Project: Cozy4   -  
            Listing for Category : Show all entries
    (Please mouse-over any icon to get a description of that function).


  
Builder Name:Preston Kavanagh   -  
Project:   Cozy - Mark IV   -   VIEW REPORTS
Total Hours:4433.6
Total Flight Time:
Total Expense:$33393.25
Start/Last Date:Sep 01, 2003 - No Finish Date
Engine:IO-360-A3B6D
Propeller:Hertzler Silver Bullet 66 x 78
Panel:Garmin G3X + ipad
 
Friendly URL: https://eaabuilderslog.org?s=Cozy4

Home or Last Project Picture

Sep 08, 2023     gap tape       Category: Z-Tools+Tips
after Phase 1 tests are done, I can add the gap tape commonly used on gliders. See https://www.craggyaero.com/misc1.htm

COrrection - DON'T use gap tape on the canard. See Zeitlin comment on the early wing shape:

Marc J. Zeitlin
Tehachapi, CA 93561
Posted September 29, 2008
coyote said: ... the gap may be used to blow the upper surface under high angle of attack to reattach the flow, then it may be detrimental to use some.

Bingo. The canard/elevator (GU or Roncz) is actually a slotted flap airfoil. The airflow through the slot/gap is critical to it's operation.


coyote said: If it is just a "mechanical" gap to allow the elevator movement, then it may be positive to seal ...

This is NOT the case.


coyote said: I would clearly clasify the GU canard in the second category ...

You'd be wrong.


coyote said: but i'm not 100% sure, and i feel lot of you guys may had the idea and have made the test already !

It is unlikely that anyone who gap sealed their canard (GU or Roncz) would be able to get off the ground for any flight testing. Removing attached flow over the top of the elevator would be a very bad thing.


 
Feb 23, 2024     Schematics - (2 hours)       Category: C22 Electrical
Gathering into one entry the schematics that are distributed into project entries, both pdf's and dwg's.


 
Sep 12, 2021     Nose Lift - (100 hours)       Category: C13 Nose+Gea
This is a 2-part entry. First, the work done in 2009 by the original builder, then the 2021 work I have done.

2009-07-02 (5.00 hours):

I know it doesn't seem like a big step, or something that should have taken this long. But today I installed the switch for the Wilhelmson nose gear lift. Several years back, when I purchased this unit, I also bought the AEX1 auto-extension module. I quickly came to hate it - every time I turned on the power, it wanted to extend the gear, and nearly caused several accidents in the build process because of that. And I didn't like the standard answer of adding a breaker or switch - what good is a safety device that you can disable? This also came with a big rats-nest of wires, some of which didn't even match the supplied wiring diagram. For instance, "white" for me was actually grey. Blue was purple. It took a while to wire, and it looked like a mess. I never did get it neatened up to my satisfaction.

Today I cut all the wires out of the rats nest, removed the AEX1, and rewired the unit with the bare minimum of wires. I kept everything neat, bundled all wire bundles together with heat shrink tubing, and now I have a clean and simple installation that I'm finally happy with! The only thing I have left to do is replace the LED grommets - they're just sort of sitting there right now. I need deeper grommets for my instrument panel. I'll address all the LEDs at once when I do the full panel setup later. Besides, I'd just have to remove them anyway when I do my panel overlay (which I may do with carbon fiber trim sheets off eBay.

9/12/2021.

I also found a rat's nest of wires, and no functioning auto extension. I built an auto extension unit following the schematic posted by Marc Zeitlin (attached) and removed the wiring of the prior install. I constructed the unit as a panel-mounted module, and located it below the SDS ignition controller, then remade it to have the switches and transit lights in my switch panel, assorted relays on a remote mounted tray. Wilhelmson guidance says the lift is fused at 10 a, and the wire sizing guides say that the installed power leads (18 AWG) are wildly redundant: good to 30 amps over the 3 foot distance. But other builders have found that a fully fueled Cozy with 2 large passengers puts a significant load on the Wilhelmson nose lift. One builder went with a 15a breaker and 14 AWG wire, and believes this is beneficial. I will move ahead with the current installation and then revise if appropriate.

The Zeitling Auto Landing Gear Extension uses 2 relays of 2 circuits each and one relay of 3 circuits. In addition there are 2 pitot pressure activated switches, a throttle position switch and a LIDAR (light detection and ranging) unit to sense AGL altitude. In operation, the unit will auto extend when there are 3 simultaneous conditions: air speed of 40-90 knots, throttle less than 10% and less than 280 feet (85m) AGL. The unit has a disarm switch protected by a safety switch cover. Attached are the LIDAR install manual and the settings I programmed in.

This was a challenging bit of kit to assemble and then install. I started with some basics - I learned to label each of the circuits on the several relays, noting common, normally open and normally closed. I made aggressive use of shrink tubing to strain-relieve the numerous joins, and liberal use of solder sleeves rather than a ring terminal setup. The WIlhelmson unit connects to the panel through a 9-pin Molex using the high power .093" pins (rated to 17 amps per pin). After the ease of DB9 pins the Molex is particularly awful to work with, and I had to find the tools to rebuild the harness. I ended up going with individual connections under shrink tubing, as in the Nuckolls method for DB9 pins in small spaces. Finally, I found and used a lot of (Mil Spec) zip ties to organize a challenging set of wires. The gear lift itself is protected by a cover which is easily removable for service, with wires passing through rubber grommets.

One build note - the Wilhelmson nose lift was installed without use of a violet wire in the #1 position: a white 22 AWG was used in its place. I have marked the pin numbers and confirmed the function of each - otherwise the unit is consistent with the technical guide provided by Wilhelmson's EZ-Lift.

1/18/2024

The Wilhelmson design is the best available for the Cozy, but it had a design flaw addressed by a retrofit kit. See the attached write-up.


 
Nov 02, 2023     Starter - (10 hours)       Category: C23 Eng+Cowl
I started by installing the starter previously used on this engine: one salvaged from a Honda Civic. It came with a custom mounting bracket milled from heavy aluminum stock, but the fit was not perfect, and at full extension the starter gear engages only half the surface of the ring gear. I was happy when another Cozy builder had a spare starter and took him up on the offer. It's "new old stock", meaning its been on his shelf for years. It's an ElectroSystems MZ-6222, which became part of Kelly Aerospace, then Hartzell. It has a 12/14 gear pitch, the one I need for my 149 tooth ring gear. This model starter is the same one used on the Mooney M20J, the original installation of the Cozy engine.

One bit of good news - using aircraft starter and B&C alternator means I was able to make a good fit for the reinforcing link between the two. Now to find the correct bolt! 5/16x1.25 - 18, drilled head. Add it to my SnF shopping list.


 
Jul 11, 2023     C18.17 Instrument Cover - (20 hours) Category: C18 Canopy
I want to have an instrument cover that is light, shields avionics from rain if the canopy should be open, and provides a glare shield for the panel. With a forward hinged canopy, the plans approach won't work. I made and discarded 5 solutions, then decided to come back to the issue after the instrument panel was fully installed and wired, canopy installed with edge seals and the canard on.
 
Dec 02, 2020     13. cabin side - part 1 - (60 hours)       Category: C22 Electrical
The Cozy firewall is a non-magnetic stainless steel sheet over Fiberfrax. A lot of planning goes into the layout of both the engine side and the cabin side. The engine side is designed for ease of service, engine layout and clearance. The cabin side is about short runs, logical flow and ease of service.

A lot goes on the cabin side of the firewall. I made up a template and did the layout of components – battery, contactors, relays, battery and engine busses, et al. Cables and connectors come up from the lower corners, then run on the outside of the curve. I aim to have the runs to alternator and starter use the passthrough fittings below the right side of the picture (pilot side). The electronic ignition runs will use the passthrough below the left side of the picture (passenger side).

Ground - Engine side. The alternator grounds through its case to the engine mount. A #2 AWG cable connects an engine case bolt to a brass bolt passing through the firewall and becoming the cabin ground. That brass bolt is the fat point ground on the firewall, connects to a non-magnetic steel firewall by direct contact. Also on the engine side is a supplemental ground for the starter - it grounds through its case to the engine, and also through a #2 AWG cable to an engine case bolt.

Grounds - Cabin side. The busses are grounded by a brass bolt / fat point penetrating from cabin to engine side of the firewall. On the cabin side it is connected to battery negative with a #10 AWG cable. The starter contactor grounds, through two short brass bolts passing through the firewall. A #10 AWG cable connects one of the bolts to a field of tabs. The field-of-tabs has a brass bolt pass through to a second field-of-tabs on the engine side of the firewall.

Power - Engine side. The _normal_ power source is a 60a alternator (B&C LX60). Consistent with the Nuckolls schematic "Z101b", a #8 AWG wire runs from the B lead through a lower right side access port to the cabin side. The field wire is a brown plug on the forward side of the alternator, with a lead running alongside the other power wires, throught the lower right side access port. The _auxilary_ power souce is a permanent magnet generator (B&C SD-8), made to fit the vacuum pump port on the accessory case with a rated output of 8.4a at 3500 rpm (2700 engine RMP). The Nuckolls schematic allows for a generic aux alternator, while his text endorses the B&C generator. I followed the B&C instructions for the SD-8 generator, so that the aux power wiring differs slighting from the Nuckolls schematic (see below). In the future I may choose to replace the 8a with the 30a version from Monkworkz (also mounted on the vacuum pad). See https://monkworkz.com/product/mz-30l/ .

Power - Cabin side. The 60a alternator is fused by a 12AWG fusible link used next to the contactor connection (see schematic detail below). The alternator regulated by the B&C LR3D-14 'controller', consistent with the template schematic Z101. In the detail photo below, the LR3 is the silver box below the red tray. The LR3 is 1) a linear regulator, generating no audio or radio noise; 2) a solid-state, crowbar over-voltage protection circuit; and 3) low-voltage monitoring and warning (yellow light flashing at the panel). The controller also has overvoltage protection, a capacitor to smooth the current delivered and a relay to switch between main and backup alternator. At the panel a clear-yellow warning light that will illuminate if the crowbar over-voltage protection module is tripped or when the alternator switch is left off.

Above the B&C controller is a red tray. It holds a regulator for the backup alternator (B&C model PMR1C), which is a _switching_ series rectifier with a rectifier bridge, adjustable solid-state regulator circuitry, and built-in heat sink. At full load (8.4 amps output) it "rejects" ~20 watts of heat. Per Nuckolls, "The power-path components depend on thermal conductivity of the potting compound for heat rejection. The rectifier/regulator's service life is tied to optimizing thermal management." The installation instructions warn against mounting to a composite surface - the red tray is an aluminum platform for the unit. (On an aluminum tray at 8a output the B&C test results point to a max temp of 125F. Since aux power operations are last only until a safe landing, the heat seems a reasonable risk.) The large blue capacitor below the red tray has two functions – it presents the SD-8 generator with the starting polarity, and it smooths out the noise that comes from a switching regulator. Also on the red tray is a relay, switching the alt aux alt bus feed to the main bus. There are diodes protecting each of the relays and a diode bridge protecting the engine bus (the silver box above the red tray).

[I'm not overly confident that 8a of backup alternator can do the job. There is an alternative for a pad-mounted backup - the Monkworkz 30a. I'll check it out at SnF and can make a final decision after wiring the SDS system.]

4/16/2023. This evening I finished the power lines described above. It continues to seem nutty to have the heaviest cables (#2 AWG) used for the very short term task of starting the engine, while much lighter cables (#8 and #14) carry the power from the alternator and generator.

===============================================

Lots of learning. I had used several methods to secure fasteners (rivet nuts & click bond studs) to the cabin side of the firewall: marine adhesive, epoxy & BID, flox & BID, marine adhesive on aluminum plate holding an installed rivet nut, et al. I decided to test the security of the components. Results were terrifically inconsistent, with some click bond studs easily twisted off with pliers and others pried off with a paint scraper and elbow grease. Bottom line, I need to find a new way to secure components to the cabin side of the firewall.

The new approach is to build the system on the bench, firmly securing everything to a sheet that can then be attached to the firewall, using the existing holes. This will sharply reduce the number of firewall penetrations - I won't be drilling two dozen holes to secure everything. I then prepared such sheets using stainless steel, a coreplast board and my own layup (1/2 foam with 2 layers BID each side). The 22 gauge non-magnetic stainless steel was heavy (3 lb 13 oz). Coreplast was 2 lb 4 oz, my own layup 1 lb 14 oz (before trimming). 22 gauge aluminum was 1 lb 13 oz (after trimming) and it's easier to set fasteners in the aluminum. I'll go with the aluminum.


 
Dec 31, 2011     Fuel Level Sensing - (40 hours)       Category: C21 Strakes
Original builder Chad Robinson intended to install an auto engine and run auto gas. He modified the build of the tanks. All of the work had been removed from the plane when I received the project. The remaining differences are
1) Each tank was built with 5 extra openings through the strake, intended for electronic fuel level sensing using magnetic reed switches, all spec'd as ethanol- resistant. 4 are on angle and sealed by BID. One is at the floor of the tank and holds the stub of a switch intended to track fuel level in the sump. All openings are 1/2" male with a brass pipe thread.
2) The tank sump was made extra large - at least 2 quarts larger than standard. Where the standard Cozy holds 29 gallons each side, #1147 holds 30.
3) The tanks are lined with ProSeal.
4) Chad had installed fuel sight gauges using an ethanol-resistant backing plate of polyphenylene sulfide. I removed those gauges and installed the Vance Atkinson standard, which uses an aluminum backing plate. The Vance package comes with an LED, which I have wired to come on with the master.


 
Dec 29, 2023     06. Panel Final (?) - (48 hours)       Category: C22 Electrical
My panel plan has had major changes over the past few years, but now the changes are smaller and driven by market pricing of alternatives.

Structurally, the plans composite panel is replaced by aluminum. Thickness of the aluminum is .041. I don't know the alloy, but suspect 2024. Composite "piers" tie the aluminum to the fuselage at the right, left and bottom center. The radio stack ties the panel to the F25 behind it, again adding stiffness. Aluminum angle at the top carries red LED's and adds stiffness.

A busy panel with old school round guages and small screens is now glass panels + ipad. Switches are now (mostly) a row at the top of the panel - see the photot of the test fit. I will work on some other parts of the build, then buy the avionics and cut the final panel. After mounting everything I will set the fuse block locations and do wiring.

(Sooner or later I have to buy a lot of electronics. But not today!).


 
Jul 02, 2020     going with a rolled application - (100 hours)       Category: C25 Paint
I took Buly's advice and painted what I could now. Here's why I painted way before it was called for in the plans...
1) the earlier in the process the lighter the fuselage, and a good paint job pretty much requires having the plane upside down for a while.
2) I don't want paint all over the cables and wires
3) Suddenly my family starts to see the airplane

I'll split this into several entries, and this is about process....

Why roll-on finishes. I ran through the list of recommended choices. The local airplane painter (Hawke) declined to quote on a disassembled airplane. I looked for but did not find a moonlighting auto painter who would come to my place. The fuse is too large to fit into the paint booths of the small local shops. A shop with a large booth wanted $8500 for me to be the airplane guinea pig. I went the DIY route and rolled everything. I am satisfied for now, but somewhere down the road I will again disassemble and use the fiberglass cutting compound, then get a professional shop to spray a clear coat.

I painted parts, not the plane. Parts was a _long_ process. The section "Sanding" describes the fill and shaping, ending in multiple coats of pure epoxy. I then worked through all the same parts, bringing each up through a minimum of two coats of primer, then a minimum of 3 coats of top coat. I have now done with the big push in finishing. There are still some parts to do: I need to build fairings, wheel pants, cowling and whatever is required by repairs after installing landing lights, gap seals around windows, et al. I'm not necessarily recommending this, but the slow and steady picking away at the task worked for me. See below and the attached photos.

Process. Big fill, guide coats, Bird epoxy wipe, sand to 180. 2-part Awlgrip primer, 2 coats. Wet sand at 360, clean with isopropyl, then degreaser, then tack cloth, then three insanely thin coats of 2-part Alexseal, wet sanding and cleaning between coats. Finish with a polish intended for fiberglass. Everything was done in the garage, where dust and pollen and bugs all affect the quality of the work. And it's Florida, so we also fight sweat running off the painter and into the paint.

Products.
- I had resisted filling with anything other than micro, but at the end used 2-part Bondo "glazing and spot filler". A phenomenal product that fills, smooths and sands really easily. Two 5 oz tubes were used, most of it sanded off and some still on hand.
- The group discussions arrived at an endorsement of Awlgrip as a reliable primer. Awlgrip is a 2-part primer with slow and fast reducers, and can be rolled or sprayed. Success rolling the Awlgrip made me look into whether I really needed to spray the top coat.
- Internet time + talking to local boat shops persuaded me _not_ to finish coat with JetGlo or an automotive. I went with an updated formulation of a marine paint (Alexseal 501) that has both converter and reducer intended for brushing and rolling. I've already found that it repairs well (I backed the gear leg into a bench and !@#$!). The product is highly resistant to UV and chemicals (up to and including acetone). Interlux Perfection is now available in a similar chemistry and from the same company as AwlGrip. I might look hard at that alternative; both are expensive but the Interlux is widely available at marine retailers.
- The final polish was Meguiar's #67. It smooths the orange peel on the surface but flattens the gloss and leaves swirl marks - I skipped using it on later parts. I came to think of it as a cutting compound intended for fiberglass.
- Miscellaneous products were a degreaser intended for fiberglass (Interlux 202), 6” mini mohair rollers from Redtree, and a fair number of disposable measuring cups and paint pans. The rollers were special order while the pans and filters came from Home Depot.


Learnings.
1) allow for the slow evaporation of cleaning products, which will otherwise give an orange peel.
2) if rolling, use only the Redtree brand mini mohair rollers.
3) A little goes a long way – 300 cc's of product (base + converter + reducer) was more than enough to fully cover the top of the fuse. A single gallon of base is considerably more than you need for the whole project.
4) Each new coat looks even more wonderful and raises the standard. When do you stop? A 3rd party has a useful voice.

Cost. My hands hurt from sanding and I'm using my wife's clear polish to save what's left of my fingernails. I probably gave up some IQ points while huffing paint around the mask seals. The total spend will come out to $800 or so – 3 quarts of Awlgrip + 1 gallon of Alexseal + the related converters and reducers + a lot of paper, mohair rollers and other supplies. Rolling gave me the convenience of working steadily at the project, solving problems and learning the process one part at a time.

Bottom line, if you can find a paint shop that will do the work by all means spend the money and have them do it. If you know how to spray, put on a respirator and go auto paint. But if both of those don't work, consider rolling a high quality marine paint. Now let me get back at it….


 
Apr 18, 2023     fuel capacity and unusable fuel - (.2 hour) Category: E01 Next Steps
Unusable Fuel. I've done unusable fuel tests in a high wing tailwheel aircraft, but never in the midwing Cozy, with fuel sumps at the wing root. The Andair fuel valve does not have a setting that feeds from both tanks. The reg reads: "�59 Unusable fuel supply. (a) The unusable fuel supply for each tank must be established as not less than that quantity at which the first evidence of malfunctioning occurs under the most adverse fuel feed condition occurring under each intended operation and flight maneuver involving that tank. Fuel system component failures need not be considered." There was a recent discussion of this on the Cozy builders group, concluding 1) land on the fuller tank; and 2) landing slips should either keep high the full tank wing or limited to 10 seconds.

Fuel Capacity. A fuel specification and tank capacity is to be marked on the aircraft, a guard against the inexperience of the person on the fuel truck. This is normally done with either decals / stickers on the aircraft or engraved fuel caps [see note below]. The process is
a) verify all fuel lines are secure, valves closed and fittings are snug
b) set longerons at level to 2 degrees nose down (inflight is 2-4 degrees up, level is the landing attitude)
c) put masking tape on the sight guages, an ohm meter on any resistive fuel capacitor or capacitor series
d) prepare a tank stick - a paint stirring stick painted flat black or white will work. Mark one side right, one left. Best to call it a refueling aid: if you treat the stick as a fuel guage, it falls under 14 CFR 23.959(a) - see above.
e) support the wing on the side being filled - one side empty and one full could lead to embarassment.
f) fill and mark (in pencil!) in the increments you think will work for you - I like 5 gallon increments, perhaps because that's the size of my fuel containers!

I found that my Atkinson sight gauges are stuck - fuel is barely creeping in and the red ball is not floating free. The Cozy mailing list has the solution...

Notes on resistance (in k ohm) of the fuel level senders:
fill Left
5 g
10 g
15 g 95.0
20 g
25 g 115.0
28 g 115.6


Out in Utah there is a print & layout shop happy to laser engrave fuel caps for all of $8 each. Contact
Aeryk
Jet Blast Designs
2474 South 1500 East
Vernal, UT 84078
435-823-1890
 
Mar 20, 2022     Cowling - fasteners - (4 hours)       Category: C23 Eng+Cowl
Piano hinges join to the wing, Dzuz fasteners for the top and bottom arches. See attached write up.

The stronger extruded piano hinges are pricey - $37.50 each, but they are stronger, lighter, and look better than the alternative of Camlocs. Now I'm paying the price for a deviation from plans + the custom cowl. _Lots_ of tweaking has happened. Constantly moving above and below the cowl proved to have its own risks - three weeks of wearing a bandage after I barked my head against a cowl edge.


 
May 24, 2022     Cooling - (5 hours)       Category: C23 Eng+Cowl
I've been concerned about cooling since the very first time I saw a Cozy. Pre-flight, I intend to make two tweaks to the air intake at the stock NACA vent and one to the air exit. If post break in I see climb out CHT's over ~420, there more things to try.

At start, I'm using
a) corner tabs on the NACA duct. This is no more than a bracket added to the rear corners of the NACA, aiming to keep in flow the turbulent air that wants to spill out and away from the air intake. See detail on attached.
b) cooling large scale VG's, creating turbulence at the intake. See detail on attached.
c) small scale eductors. Eductors are said to use exhaust pulses to draw air out of the cowl. Maybe. I need to protect the cowl from the exhaust heat, and I made stainless-lined eductors from CF-Cormat-CF using high temp epoxy. I'm not thrilled with the impact on fit of the upper and lower cowl, but I'll give it a go.

As a backup, I made armpit scoops which I can use to force air iinto the oil cooler. See below a Long EZ example of how such a scoop is part of the lower cowl. In my case the scoop-cowl attach point is to be a square the same size as the face of the oil cooler. Nothing off the shelf can plug and play, so I have to either modify an after market part or scratch build. A Bingelis standard says says I need an additional ~30 in2 of inlet area to handle a 200 hp engine. I can do that with a scoop dedicated to the oil cooler. I created a 2-part mold using 4 lb pour foam, and used my new favorite CF-Coremat-CF. No fancy bell mouth. The stem / support was left long for final trimming after I finish the cowl and install the oil cooler. I made one for the right and one for the left - I don't know which side I'll use for the oil cooler, so one of each.


 
Nov 08, 2023     08 - back up com - (12 hours)       Category: C22 Electrical
I came across a Becker com radio that was thought to be working. It wasn't, and taking it apart did not show anything obvious I could repair. I am lucky that the comapny is based here in Florida, and they were able to quickly repair and return the unit. The spend including shipping was the radio ($85) + repair ($190) + break-out connectors for the male and female DB-15 connectors. I know where in the panel I want it, and now I have to build the mounting tray. (A shout out to Becker - these units are beautifully made and packaged, and the most durable brand I know. Because the US is still a 760-channel environment, we can use these older models. 5 watt transmit. )


 
Nov 03, 2023     Cowl #5 - oil door Category: C23 Eng+Cowl
Procedure for cutting into any composite panel....

Nick,

Perhaps I am misunderstanding in which case forget the following.

It appears that you want to cut a hatch in an already existing front area and you want to be able to have a door that opens and closes and seals on a flange (that fits it) you also want a drip rail for moisture (which of course you want to drain somewhere.

If I am correct, the way that I have done it was:

Before cutting the panel out:

1. draw the outline of the purposed hatch
2. Place one layer of duct tape over this line extending about 1" OUTside the line and approximately 1" inside of the line (this will be adjusted later
3. Make a 3 layer or so BID layup over this duct tape. (creates the flange which will be foxed inside of the fuselage)
4. Peel ply the layup.
5 When cured, separate it from the duct tape and totally cut out the shape. (I don't have to add the word carefully.
6. Neaten up the outside of the layup produced in step4.

7. If you want a drip rail put a round shape of foam on the layup (on the side that was touching the tape) at the inside edge sand and make a layup over this with enough overlap to secure it. if you do the drip rail, you will have to first trim the inside of this layup and let cure
8. Remove the foam and refine

9. sand the inside of the fuselage approximately 1.5" from the cutout hole around the entire hole left after the cutout (for bonding.)
10. make a few layups of BID around this hole the thickness that you want to use for your gasket material
11 Using a relatively thin flox (but still thixatrophic) butter the inside of this fuselage layup
12. fit the new piece that you created in step 9 and or 4 with or without the rail through the hole orientated in the same way in which it was made.
13. Press it into place (upward) (from the inside) and using multiple clamps hold it to the periphery of the hole allow cure and get rid of the goobers
14. When cured create a flox corner in the outside skin, a flox fillet at the junction of the inside skin and the now affixed flange and use some light bid to seal the foam and create a stronger joint.
15. clean the layup and slightly radius the outer skin flox joint
16. Reduce the size of the cutout panel to fit its new flanged hole (remember you will have to address the raw foam edges which will, of course take up some space)

Hinge and lock.

 
Oct 15, 2023     wing finishing & attach - (12 hours)       Category: C19 Wing+Ail
Filling, sanding and finishing the wings is a lot of work. I enjoy the scrounging and improvization aspects of plans built, but it takes a lot of time that I could have spent completing the project ahead of life's unexpected events. _Don't_ take my route of slow & cheap - buy the Durabond boards and/or 3M Cubitron paper.

This is also a spot to store the instructions on attaching the wings - plan on buying the bolts in several sizes so that you don;t have to measure, then wait for delivery of the correct ones.


 
Aug 04, 2023     Panel glare shield - (8 hours) Category: C24 Seats+Fair
The plans call for cutting out the forward edge of the fuselage when fitting the forward canopy. That edge is to be used to make a glare shield for the instrument panel. My project arrived with the canopy installed and no glare shield piece. I built two different glare shields but don't like either one - I'll redo the instrument panel (now for G3X system) and come back to this issue.
 
Aug 24, 2023     Firewall pt 2       Category: C15 Firewall
I have two tasks - the firewall needs to fit the engine, and I have to patch the gaps and then extend onto the strakes. On the first, see the attached Word document with embedded pictures. On the second, see the following.

First builder Chad planned on a Mazda engine, and I'm using the wide deck angle valve Lycoming. The Lycoming is wider, requiring a wider cowl matching to a wider fuse. I defined the fuse shape as I made the cowling, and now I need to expand the area covered by the insulation and firewall. Also, Chad skipped covering the fuel sump and the wing root / aft wall of the fuel tanks out past the wing attach bolts. I want to cover that area and, separately, add the wing root heat shields. See attached photos showing the fuse area I need to cover.

I have a big sheet of stainless that I could cut, but I'm hearing about some modern products that do a better job at lighter weight. Les Laidlaw came up with a high tech product out of Italy: Teknofibra, now a subsidiary of Volkswagen. It is described as "Can manage temperatures up to 800'C only transferring through 35'C on the reverse of the panel it is mounted to." Les used FiberFrax against the composite bulkhead, then the Teknofibra, then stainless steel tool wrap. I'll follow his lead, substituting ceramic felt for the fiberfrax - it is easier to work with and has a higher heat resistance. (Commonly used for kilns and fireboxes, as it has a 2300F temperature rating. I used the same product for the heat shielding of the gear legs near the brakes.) I had a choice of SS alloys for the tool wrap (cut with shears as it is thicker than foil, too thin to rivet or weld). I went with 321, an alloy with extra corrosion resistance. The spend is $150 for Teknofibra + $60 for tool wrap + $20 for the ceramic felt = $230. The three products are shown below. The commerically available products leave me with a lot of left over foil and felt. I'll try to find another builder who can use the products.


 
Jun 25, 2023     pitch trim, rolll trim & control sticks - (80 hours)       Category: C17 Trim
Both pitch and roll have trim (actuator + a spring) and autopilot servos. Actuators are controlled from a hat switch on the control sticks.

Pitch. My project came with the Strong pitch trim unit, a modified cordless screwdriver. 12v turns the shaft of the motor, which turns a torque controlling clutch, which spins a threaded rod. The rod moves a cylinder that holds a spring loaded piston. The springs give the piston ~3 inches of play, or 1.5" each way. The piston is connected to the elevator control arm. In operation, a hat switch runs the screwdriver, the threaded rod moves in and out of the cylinder, and the spring loaded piston presses or pulls on the elevator. That's how it is supposed to work. But the unit I got had a threaded rod with a tight bind in the piston. The motor had been abused to the point of sounding, even when free of resistance, like a coffee grinder loaded with gravel. And that motor absolutely would not turn that threaded rod. After some research and emails, I decided to salvage the spring loaded piston and replace the screwdriver / threaded rod with a linear actuator. The actuator has a 3" throw that matches the full range of the spring piston - if I have runaway trim I over power it and solve the problem on the ground. I picked this actuator because of the throw, steel case construction and a super slow rate - this is 0.2 inches/second, or a full 7 seconds from neutral to full up or down. This gives 42 lbs of force for 0.33 amp of current. The actuator is controlled by a hat switch on each of the control sticks.

Roll. For roll trim I made the plans parts, then decided to go with the (common) builder alternative and used electric roll trim. I then made a Wright-Hanka spring, described in the Canard Pusher newsletter of April 2003 (p. 24). I used 8 plies of carbon fiber, and my super strong high temp epoxy - Raka non-blushing, made for use in tropical climates. The spring is connected to a small, low speed actuator, which is connected to the aileron throws. The connection is a 5/64ths cotter pin. The actuator is slow and short: a 4" throw (2" each way vs 1" expected use) and force of 14.5 lbs at 0.6" per second. Note - an earlier spring used 4 plies of BID and the West Systems slow epoxy. That spring was wide but far weaker, cracking under ~30 lbs of force. I recommend the CF and a really good epoxy. From here I can thin the spring to get the targeted give.


Autopilot Servos. The Dynon SV-AP-PANEL NOSE UP and NOSE DN buttons can control up to 2a of pitch trim motor pitch trim is 0.34a at full load. From the Dynon install manual on 18-4 – 18-5:

"Trim Motor Control. In addition to the AP mode buttons, the SV-AP-PANEL includes an adjustable, speed-sensitive trim controller, eliminating the need for relay packs or a separate trim controller. The integrated trim controller is wired to a D15M connector that can be connected to Aircraft power (12V only), pushbuttons (typically, on the stick), and power to and control of up to two trim motors - such as those made by Ray Allen. A set of pushbuttons can optionally be installed for the copilot. The pilot's pushbuttons take priority over the copilot's pushbuttons. Pushbuttons used for Trim Motor Control must be Push Button Normally Open (PBNO) – a momentary switch with a contact that is closed only when the button is pushed. One terminal of the pushbutton is connected to the selected pin; the other terminal of the pushbutton is connected to avionics ground (can be common with Pin 2)…. When SkyView is not powered on (not communicating with the SV-AP-PANEL) the speed scheduling features (QUICKEST TRIM SPEED / SLOWEST TRIM SPEED) are not available. In this failsafe mode, the trim motors will run at their full speed when trim buttons are pushed."

My intended practice is that the airplane is properly trimmed before handing it over to the a/p. The Dynon a/p can be used to control the pitch trim? That sounds like too much system reliance, and I plan to keep separate the trim and a/p.

The no trim force trim speed should be verified to be about 120-130 KIAS, established in phase 1 testing. This is equally applicable to the plans trim (tension springs), any of the leaf spring options or the electric trim options. With "natural" trim speed rigged ~130 KIAS, trim failure leaves the airplane controllable. Before that first flight, pitch trim is set so that at pitch neutral the trailing edge of the elevator is in line with the trailing edge of the canard.

Grips. The grips look to be the teak ones made by Custom Aircraft Grips (http://customaircraftgrips.com/). They were smooth but I could not detect what finish had been applied - a finish helps the grips stay clean. I treated them with "Watco 66041 Rejuvenating Oil" and the grips look and feel good. The left/ pilot grip has a 4-way hat switch (trim), a PTT switch under the index finger holding the stick, and a rocker switch to the left of the hat. The right / co-pilot stick has hat switch and PTT. I'm trying to figure out what I'll use the rocker for... The boots are auto shifter boots picked up on EBay, made as a tall cone sewn from 4 triangles of artificial leather 9” tall. The cone is turned inside out, zip tied to the stick, then pulled back over the stick right side out now. Then stuff it down in the hole leaving the large end of the cone out of the arm rest. I made a bracket to fit the arm rest - see picture below. Trim leather and bracket so the screws go thru the leather to hold in it place, while staying clear of the lids on the map pockets.

The grips have a good size wire bundle - 10 wires on the left, 7 on the right. Those wires are in a super tough shrink-fit protection, and the end beyond the tube were protected with snrink tubing. The wire bundle was passed through the center of the aluminum tube, then past the hinge on the aileron/elevator mixer. On the ouside of the map pocket, aft of the control stick bottom, I installed a terminal junction block where labeled wires from the stick switches can match up with labled wires running to trim motors, PTT and some 3rd function. If I was sure I wouldn't need to remove the stick I would use a DB-15 connector, but this allows me to easily change anything that needs changing. The only hjard part was fabricating some kind of mount for the terminal block - I ended up with nut plates sandwiched in BID, the mount then attached to the map pocket using G1000 Flex, a thickened epoxy.


 
Apr 16, 2009     Arm Rests - (32 hours)       Category: C24 Seats+Fair
Chapter 24 step 4 - Armrests

2009-04-12 (1 hour): I decided to do something a little different than the plans for my arm rests. Others have complained about not having access to the hidden area here for maintenance purposes, so I decided to make a removable access panel (as others have done). To do this, I prepared the right-side top arm rest surface to fit around the stick and map pocket. I then 5-minute epoxied two small lips onto it. The first is at a 90-degree angle, and sits between the stick and instrument panel. This will support a vertical filler panel that goes from the arm rest down to the thigh support. The second is at a 45-degree angle from the stick back to the seat. This will eventually be sanded away, but for now forms a lip against which I did a BID layup. My plan is to sand away this section, then install quarter-turn fasteners on it to support an access panel. I'll put a matching lip along the fuselage wall to support the bottom of the panel.

Today I just made the right side because I want to fit it together and see how it works before I do the left to match.

04-16-2009 (1 hour): I now have the second layer of BID on the right side arm rest, and I was pleased enough with how it turned out that I started the left side as well. I did remove the foam under the lips I had made on the right side, so there's now a 3-BID lip for the fasteners. There's plenty of clearance around the torque tube.

2009-05-14 (2.00 hours): Added nut plates. I suppose I could have done this as part of the previous layup, but it was just easier to do it as a separate step. Today I floxed on nut plates along the arm rest edges to hold the side plates. I also put a 1 BID ply on top of them to keep them in place. Job done.

2011-09-11 (1.00 hours): Pilot's side installed. This has been hanging around for a while, never a priority - and it still really isn't, but I had some extra epoxy tonight and couldn't think of anything else to do with it so I made up some BID tapes and installed the pilot's side arm rest. (The copilot's was installed long ago.)

It's a little hard to tell from the picture, but the arm rest isn't all one piece. It has an angled inside edge that stops about 2" down from the arm rest, with nut plates behind it. The nut plates are used to attach a trim piece. It only took an hour or two longer to fabricate it this way, and this makes it MUCH easier to service the controls underneath the surface because basically the entire side of the arm rest comes off. It's still plenty sturdy - the lip the trim piece attaches to is 4-BID and it makes the arm rest extremely stiff - and the trim piece will provide additional support once it's installed.

2023-07-12 (3 hours - PK build). A deviation from plans is a nice custom touch that costs time - but I'm glad to see the nut plates! Working on the lower skirting boards for the pilot and co-pilot, the first step was templates. I used foam board, cycling back and forth to the plane. The control stick throws are significant and I now need to discard and re-make the control stick covers to fit the new trim pieces. I also ordered the fabric I will use as covering - yellow vinyl in back and an upholstery fabric in front. $51 for the two remnants from fabric guru. This was another chance to pull out my Singer 6800C.... it was all about using the right non-stick foot and a super sharp leather needle. Add the right thread and it's more than half way to a solution.

2023-07-15 (6 hrs). For rear arm rest, per plans a 3" and 3.5" wide length of foam joined with micro. To have it removable, both 2 BID outer and 1 BID inner extened to form a lip of BID where the arm rest contacts the side wall, with G10/micarta inserts. 5 click bond studs on each side of fuse, slightly below the level of the top of the CS mini-bulkhead. BID drilled for the click bond stud, and outer face of arm rest drilled for access. Attached photo shows one arm rest curing the inner BID layer, the other pre-glassing. For front arm rest, made a lower skirting board, which will be drilled to match the nutplates in the installed arm rest. One bit of good news - the record heat lets the epoxy cure fast, allowing me to do 2 layups a day. And I again found that my 'tropical weight' epoxy outperforms anything from West Systems. Raka "#900 Medium Resin" + "#350 Non-Blushing Hardener".

2023-08-04. The hardest parts to fit were the upper fairings of the back seats. The angles are hard to fit, then hard to cover - see the photo with all the small bits trimmed from the original too-large parts. For the rear arm rests I added "No Step" patches. Also, in the front I added pockets, embroidered with a nicely detailed honey bee. (Never stop working!) Below the pockets are oval circles - those will be cut open for the seatbelts. I'm glad to have these done and stored away. I'll get the inspections done and then reinstall all these fairings.


 
Aug 04, 2023     Cover for EZ nose lift - (6 hours)       Category: C24 Seats+Fair
Used foam board to make a box that fit just right. The box was covered with packing tape, then BID with reinforcing tape on the edges. After inspection I will make it secure against air leaks using aluminum HVAC tape (thanks to Andrew Anunson for the construction tip).


 
Apr 19, 2023     Engine mount       Category: C23 Eng+Cowl
The engine mount was bought from Cozy Girrrls, and responds to the early concern over cracking by adding extra bracing. Cleaned with alcohol and acetone,, then painted iwth a zinc chromate primer and appliance epoxy.

The engine is secured to the mount with Dynafocal mounts made by Lord Manufacturing (a division of Parker Hannifin). For the build / dummy engine phase I used the mounts that were used in the build phase for Andrew Anunson, then build phase for Hugh Farrior. As near as I can tell they are the heavy duty mounts sold by Aircraft Spruce for the Acro and Christian Eagle - aerobatic biplanes. I've had them on and off a few times and see no distortion. On 5/26 I corrected an earlier error and moved the large diameter washer to the compression side (for upper Dynafocal cups, the firewall side, for lower cups, the engine side). Moving the washer had the effect of raising the prop. With tires inflated to 60/60/55 and all 4 thick washers on the firewall side, the bottom of the prop extension was 45" above the floor. The new measurement is 46".

Prior to fitting the cowl I wanted to switch over to new mounts. I bought a new-in-box set of the mounts specified for the Cozy: the J9613-40 originally spec'd for the IO-360-A3B6D. When the inner gel capsule burst I used the customer service email at Lord, sending in a description and pictures. That was Memorial Day. Now it is 7/13. I called again (877-275-5673) and left a message with technical support.

I may or may not change over to the new mounts - the old ones have not deformed in any way. In January 2019 I spoke with customer service at the Lord mount division of Parker Hannifin: I described the pusher configuration and mentioned that it was common to use a prop extension. That news made her recommend a stiffer mount, and to avoid the ones with the gel capsule dampers. I infer that the mount is dealing with the vibrations created by the prop as much or more than the vibration of the engine. A prop extension is a longer arm to the prop vibration, and merits a stiffer mount.


 
Jul 05, 2023     Sewing machine - (20 hours)       Category: Z-Tools+Tips
There are parts of this build best done with a sewing machine. I worked with fabric adhesives for too long, then bought and learned to use a sewing machine. I'm now a fan of the Singer 6800C. Key seems to be using a specific needle, foot, thread and stitch. I sewed seat belts, then a harness holding the large O2 bottle, then super thin nylon of the sun screen modified to be an instrument cover. Still ahead is sewing vinyl for side panels.

To date, I have consistently used Coats & Clark thread - 100% nylon upholstery CA00011 ART S964 K2 4550. I have used a "locked triple stitch". For the webbing, the stitches are done so as to be stronger than the 3" nylon webbing. The triple locked gives the stitch density that makes this work.


 
Jul 04, 2023     Oxygen - (24 hours)       Category: C99 to sort
The experienced Cozy flyers strongly recommend an O2 system - the plane does very well flying at altitudes of 8,000 - 16,000. Flying in the southern Rockies I learned that I get headaches starting at 8,000 and that was 20 years ago. So, some kind of O2 system goes with the airplane's mission.

I installed a cylinder bracket in the right side strake. The bracket is positioned so that an E / M-24 cylinder can be accessed and controlled by either copilot or by the pilot reaching across an empty seat. The bracket is secured by 10-32 clickbond studs, and the bottle is held to the bracket by 3" seatbelt webbing. I also have C / M-9 cylinders that can be carried in a shoulder bag and hung over the co-pilot headrest. Matched to a pneumatic conservator, the two sizes should be sufficient for 25 and 9 hours of supplemental O2, respectively. A fingertip device will track O2 saturation, and the flow rates will be adjusted to maintain saturation at or above 93.


 
Jul 19, 2020     Transponder + ELT antennas - (62 hours)       Category: C22 Electrical
Transponder + ADSB + ELT = 3 antennae.

The Dynon transponder unit is "SV-Xpndr-261" and the antenna connection is a TNC male from the antenna locking onto TNC female on the back of the unit. The Dynon ADSB unit is "SV-ADSB472 and needs a BNC male connector locking onto the BNC Female on the back of the unit. The ELT unit is likely to be the Artex ELT 345 with a BNC male connector locking onto the BNC female on the back of the unit.

Along the way to my antenna install I took a few detours and learned a bit. I bought and figured out how to use a vector network analyzer - it was a fun way to master a slick piece of test gear. After carefully making 2 high tech annular antennae, I decided to use the simpler "ball on a stick", and then I made and discarded 3 different kinds of ground planes. I then removed and discarded my homemades in favor of something small, pre-made and inexpensive listed on Amazon (found by Del Schier). See the attached Word file for pictures. As sent from the manufacturer, it worked well only on 1090 MHz and the newer all-in-one transponders seem to require an antenna that works on both 978 MHz and 1090. Del created a simple mod and now it works on both frequencies with < 1.2:1 VSWR. "...I simply soldered .65 mm brass extensions onto both sides of one of the pair of dipoles and it now resonates at both frequencies. See attached photo of the mod and the VSWR plot. Note: the little triangles on the plot are at 978 and 1090." In place of soldering onto the circuit board, I used copper foil with a conductive adhesive. Per Del: "It should have the same performance as a 1/4 wave rod or any BIG $$ dual frequency TSO'd antenna and it is very light and does not require a ground plane." As installed, I have SWR's of 1.2 (ADSB) and 1.3 (transponder). Rather than make cables with SMA connectors, I'll buy those online.

Today's ELT's operate on both the old 121.5 Mhz and the new 406 Mhz (typically with a GPS locator signal). I did a Jim Weir-specified dipole with legs of 22.5" and 6.3" and installed it on back of the pilot seat. Looking at pictures of the Artex ELT 345, I see a BNC connector, so I made up an RG400 coax with one end a male BNC and the other split between center and sleeve, each soldered to the long leg of the copper foil tape. The short leg of the dipole was electrically connected with a conductive adhesive copper foil.


 
Nov 29, 2020     Seat Belts - (46 hours)       Category: C24 Seats+Fair
Front Shoulder. The front seat belt mount points are birch plywood embedded in the foam, 1/16th aluminum under that, with a total of 7 (original 4 + plans revision 3) plies over the top. The work on the front shoulder points was done October 17-20 of 2005. The front seat has clearly visible hard points and it was straightforward to locate the nutplate and drill an appropriate hole through the top of the front shoulder support.

Front Lap. The front seat lap belt attach points were done 12/7/05. (See those entries.) The outside attach point are plywood hard points, aluminum angle, then 7 plies BID and uni, then drilled for bolts through the lower longeron. The front center attach is tubing in the seat back

Rear Shoulder. Set into the center section of the wing spar cap are the rear shoulder harness mounts, hardpoints made from spruce and embedded into the foam. Over the top of the hard points go 4 layers of unidirectional fiberglass layup. This was then reinforced with a plans change - add more plies. Here, both wing and center section spar were built by Dennis Oelmann and purchased by the prior builder. I energized a high lumen LED panel inside the spar and was able to see the wood inserts as shadowed areas. I confirmed this with a tap test - tap, tap goes the quarter, and you can "see it with your ears". The rear seat photos below are from another builder - Dennis did the work but failed to provide photos for the log. Dennis put the hard points at 7.25" and 12.75" from the center line. Plans locations are 5.25" and 12.5" from center line, while Aerocad spars use 5.5" and 14". I'll go ahead with the existing hardpoints, and modify if indicated. No nutplate - drill through the hard points and use an AN4 bolt to secure the belt hardware.

Rear lap. The outside attach point are plywood hard points, aluminum angle, then 7 plies of alternate BID and uni, then drilled for bolts through the lower longeron. The rear center attach is a 2" length of 20204 tubing is laid across the heat duct and covered with 7 plies uni and then 2 plies BID. After paint I drilled out the tube. Test fitting AN4 bolts I found AN4-32a was the length that fits the washers, seat belt end and lock nut.

Using auto racing belts. I ordered a set of new-in-box but out-of-date racing belts in a a 6-point configuration. 3" wide shoulder and lap belts, 2" leg loops. Blue that conveniently matches the upholstry fabric.
- The 6 points are lap, shoulder and crotch. After some trial and error, I'm going with 4-point, and not using the cratch straps.
- I'll install the rear belts for the certification, but most flying will be solor or 2-place with significant baggage capacity. I might make the rear lap belts only - lots of space between rear occupant and the back of the front seat. I have the parts ready to install if I change my mind.
- Auto racing belts are good for 24 months from date of maunfacture, while the same material in an aviation belt can be used until it fails to flex. The auto belts are assumed to live on a planet with 24/7 sunshine, while the aviation product lives in a world of perpetual darkness. It makes sense to change seat belts when changing hoses.
- I used a basting stich for the initial fit, then bought and learned how to use a sewing machine. There was a delay as I attempted to restore a Singer 237 (1960's), then a current model made the job doable. The formula for stiching seat belts uses the strength of the webbing, the strength of the thread and number of stiches per inch and inches of stitching. By using a triple stich with "overlock", the webbing is calculated to break (6000 lbs) before the stiches give way.




 
Dec 31, 2017     Why Cozy & Progress - (20 hours)       Category: C01 Introduction
PK - My decision process took place in 2016-18. Things stabilized enough that I again had a long term residence with garage space. I still have the PA-12, but I like having a project. My track record was buying and restoring a BD-4, buying and restoring a PA-12, partnering in a RV-6a and EAA BiPlane, and volunteering on the EAA's replica of a Bleriot (steam bending ash!). In each of those I was a shadow and assistant to projects led by experienced builders in Hartford's EAA Chapter #166. I may have confidence greater than my ability, but that risk is balanced by openness to critical review, a willingness to redo bad work and a lot of patience. So long as I 1) listen to experts and 2) recognize when I've made a practice piece, I can do this safely. The decisions that took me to the Cozy were
a) find a fun and different plane that can use the IO-360 I have after selling off the BD-4.
b) flip through the KitPlanes index and narrow it down to a short list - something unlike the PA-12, with a good safety record and fun to fly. I ended up looking at RV's, the T-18, and oh yeah, the Cozy IV.

The final screening was looking for a suitable project. Many or even most kits are never finished, and the completion rate for plans built is said to be less than 50%. Therefore, the optimal move is to find and assume an unfinished project with great workmanship. I ended up networking into the Cozy builders group and its chief guru referred me to a good candidate project. Attached are pictures showing the condition of this project when I did the pre-buy (most parts made, stored uncovered in a dusty hangar) and when delivered to me. There are a lot of pictures, so the files are zipped.

As of 6/09/2023, my progress is as per the attached spreadsheet. Bottom line, some odds and ends, the engine install and then configure the panel. Add 100 hours for final paint and I'll be ready for a move to the airport and inspection.

The original builder had a write up on similar lines...

Why Build a Cozy MKIV? 04-26-2009

My father was a pilot both in the Navy and commercial airlines, and I've had the bug since I was a kid. I had planned on taking lessons and working towards my Private Pilot certificate whenever I had cash to spare.But, as I started planning out this dream, I ended up spending a lot of time thinking about the future and what that certificate would do for me.Rental rates are terrible, (barely) affordable Cessnas are slow and out of date, and there's just something about owning your own plane. I want to be able to go up whenever I like, without answering to another owner, timeshare partner, or invoice.

Buying an aircraft is a lot like buying a car. You have a number of choices, each with different features in terms of safety, comfort, and speed. The problem is that a 1990s Cessna with a decent (but not extravagant) avionics package can run over $100,000, and even a very old, 1960s Cessna can run in excess of $30,000. Mortgages are long enough that these are relatively affordable, but when I did the math between speed, age, features, range, and capacity, I concluded that I wasn't getting enough for my money. It took a while before I came around to the idea of building. I suppose I figured it was a "weird" thing to do - nobody in my neighborhood was building a plane. No, that was something those guys do out on the Salt Flats - you know the ones, the same guys on TV building trebuchets to fling washing machines or "model" rockets bigger than a car. The kind of thing you'd love to do, but you don't know anybody who has actually done it, and all your friends look at you oddly when you talk about it.

As it turned out, once I started asking around, everybody seemed to know somebody who knew somebody who was building, or had built, an airplane. Weird. I live in Connecticut, not Utah. We don't have any salt flats. What's more, I found that there were even more building choices than buying choices - kits, plans, quick builds, aluminum, composite, weird mixes of both, etc. I was overwhelmed by the choices I had to make. I spent literally months researching the options, reading manufacturer sales materials, Web sites maintained by other builders, magazines, and anything else I could get my hands on. In the end, I chose a Cozy MKIV for the following reasons:

1. Composite construction. There's a saying: Composite aircraft are built; aluminum aircraft are assembled. Well, I've never built an aluminum aircraft, but I love working with wood because it's so malleable, and composite construction feels much the same. It's very tolerant of slight variations between builders. Have a bit of a low spot? You can easily fill it. Parts slightly out of alignment? Fill with flox and BID tape over it, and it's just as strong. That's not to say you don't have to make things correctly. But you work the material, you carve the foam, and you shape the finished surface. It feels very much like sculpture. It's also very refreshing to see materials that are so weak by themselves (namely crumbly sheets of foam, cloth you can pull apart with no effort, and liquid glue) come together with such simple techniques into such immensely strong structures that you could quite literally park a car on them.

2. Safety. The Cozy MKIV is a "canard pusher," which uses a positive-feedback front airfoil (the canard) to lift the nose for pitch control, rather than an elevator pushing down the tail. This is not only very efficient, it's also very safe. By setting the canard at a higher incidence angle than the main wing, the aircraft can be made more or less stall-proof. The canard will stall first, dropping the nose back to a safe attitude before the main wing itself stalls. This produces a gentle "nose bob" effect. The clean lines of the aircraft also give it an excellent glide ratio (15:1!), and it climbs to altitude quickly (1500fpm). One can reach 10,000 ft in just a few minutes, and from there glide 30 miles during an engine failure. Name a Cessna or Piper that can do that!

3. Performance. In addition to reaching cruising altitude very quickly, the Cozy is fast. With a turbo rotary engine and a willingness to burn some fuel, one can easily cruise at 200kts+ with a maximum range of up to 1000 miles. That means it is actually possible to use this plane for realistic, cross-country flight operations. I have family and friends all over the U.S. and Canada, and love to travel, so a fast means of transport is a Good Thing (tm).

4. Cost. This has actually risen sharply since I started building. At the time I started building, the plans suggested a budget of $15,000 each for the airframe, engine, and avionics, or $45,000 total. But rising fiberglass, aluminum, and epoxy prices, plus inflation in general, have pushed this number much higher. Today I think it would be safe to double the airframe cost, and add at least a bit to the engine and avionics since few builders install the bare-minimum they can find. Still, for $60k (about the price of a mid-range BMW) you can get yourself a brand-new aircraft capable of 200kts+ at 10,000ft with 1000mi of range. You can even do your own maintenance. Those are good numbers in any book!

5. Support. The Cozy has a big following, and there are a number of good Web sites and mailing lists with other builders answering questions, and sharing information, photos, and experiences. When there's something you don't quite understand in the plans, it can be very helpful knowing that you can ask for clarification on a forum, or visit another builder's site who describes how s/he resolved the issue. Update: I started this project in 2005, and I'm now most of the way through the build. I've had a few "holds" placed on the project due to work, life changes, and moves, but I'm happy to say that the bulk of the airframe is now complete. With luck and hard work, I'll be flying in less than a year. After four years and over a thousand hours of build time, I'm now convinced I made the right choice!



 
Apr 09, 2009     Rudders Rigged & Installed - (8 hours)       Category: C20 Rudders
Step 5 - Rigging Rudders

If you look carefully at the first picture you can see that I didn't do such a good job of setting up my rudder cable conduits the first time around - I had a few kinks, and while the cable did slide smoothly in the channel, I really wanted to redo this step.

Today I ripped out and sanded off the patches for the old rudder cable conduit. I also changed how I installed it. Last time I stood there like an idiot at each spot, holding it while the 5-minute cured. This was a huge invitation to holding it at the wrong angle (which I did). This time I put the cable in the conduit first, tied it to the pedals, the gave it tension at the firewall. This stretched the cable out so it was perfectly straight. Then I taped it at intervals along the fuselage wall so it stayed straight, and THEN I put 5-minute epoxy on it all at once, to hold it in place. I'll add some cover patches later - for now the 5-minute is fine. I did cover it where the map pocket goes on top of them, though. That would be very hard to cover over later.

2011-09-03 (4.50 hours):

Rudders Installed

I was initially concerned about my rudder travel because when I bought the wings from Dennis, he said that the hidden belhorns were interfering with the pockets that they sit in. Fortunately once they were mounted this proved to be a non-issue. They do interfere - but only after the rudders have reached their maximum required travel. The rudders are now installed and some of their micro is on.

Rigging Installed

This step went pretty quickly. When I got the wings from Dennis he had already set up the hidden belhorns. All I had to do was run the cables, swage the thimble onto the end of each one, and hook up the belhorns. The only reason it took so long was I spent a bit of time trimming excess micro around the rudders to let them move smoothly.

I temporarily installed the rudders with AN-3 bolts instead of the pan-head screws called for in the plans. Those are a pain to get on and off - I keep wearing down their heads with my junk screwdriver.

PK note 6/7/2020. I received the project with all control surfaces removed and the trim control removed from the fuselage. All control surfaces are now finished and ready for a second round of installation. The build log does not show rudder stops installed - further inspection and work may be necessary.


 
Sep 16, 2020     Pitot heat - (4 hours)       Category: C13 Nose+Gea
The aircraft pitot tube runs from the nose, along the left wall, via an aluminum hard tube. I installed a 12 volt, 12 watt resistive heating tape, contacting the face of the tube as far forward as possible within the nose compartment. In addition to heat conducting adhesive, the tape is secured with 3 safety wire wraps and does not touch the fiberglass structure. The location is not subject to motion and this is fully adequate for securing the heat tape. Since the aircraft is _not_ intended for flight in known icing conditions, a short term test was useful information.

I used a digital kitchen temperature probe of known accuracy. First, I tested the temperature of the tape itself. Under 13.5 volts it heated to 180 degrees, with probe in direct contact with the heat tape. Second, I secured the tape as described above - the tape was tied to the aluminum pitot tube and did not touch the epoxy structure. The temperature probe was placed inside the pitot, touching the side wall at a contact point with the heat tape. At 13.5 volts the tape heated the mouth of the pitot, first from 85F garage temp to 127 (3 minutes), then climbed slowly to 141F over 15 minutes. The adjacent composite surface heated to only 115F. I was surprised the glass temp did not go higher and repeated the measurement with the same result. The heat tape came with 24 AWG leads, which were secured with D-sub pins to 22 AWG shielded twisted pair wire. Each pin connection is secured with shrink tubing and the pair covered in a larger piece of shrink tubing. The draw is 1 amp. Pitot heat is switched at the panel and separately fused at 3 amps, giving the wire significant protection. I again used DB pins for the connections. DB pins are rated for 5 amps in low density loads. This load is significantly less than the rating of the DB pin connection.

Because the heat tape is an untested building practice, I will test again when measuring temperature and amperage draw of the completed airplane.


 
Feb 21, 2009     Main Gear - building the hoop - (30 hours)       Category: C09 Lnd Gear
It took about five days to do this step, over the course of two months. I decided to go with Wayne Lanza's method of reducing the main gear drag -- we'll see if that pays off.

The gear wraps went as planned, then I installed the brake line tubing. I used tubing large enough that I can slip my brake line down, then covered the trailing edge with foam blocks. Following Wayne's method, I set the gear to the correct angle on my work table, sanded the foam blocks until they were vertical, found the centerline for the new trailing edge, then cut and shaped the blocks into the new airfoil shape. It looks more or less like I expected it to...

I then did the trailing-edge layups down onto the face of the gear strut. Those are visible in the first two pictures below. After trimming and sanding the new trailing edges (I made a cardboard template so I could get them as close to identical as possible on each side), I then did the leadingedge layups today. It took a bit longer than I expected (I initially thought it was two UNI, not four) but wasn't exactly hard. The results are in the second two pictures below.

The plans normally call for the strut to be up on nail heads at this point. I had trouble getting it to stay on there while doing the layup, so I yanked them out and threw foam blocks underneath. I did tuck the layups around the bottom of the strut where the foam blocks are, so the wraps are complete. It was just easier this way.

Honestly, all this work to make these fairings seems a little pointless because the rotary engine can basically bludgeon you through the air even if you DO have extra drag, but perhaps it'll be worth it in a slight fuel consumption savings.


 
Jul 02, 2020     dummy engine for the build - (12 hours)       Category: C23 Eng+Cowl
January-March I had an O-235 engine overhauled at Zephyr Engines, in Zephyrhills, FL. I happened to be in the right place at the right time and was loaned a dummy IO-360 engine which they had stored in a back room. (Seems they used it in recruiting for a local technical training institute.) The dummy is the IO-360-C1E6, where I have an A3B6D. Both are wide deck / angle valve engines, and the dummy is an appropriate tool for the build. Based on an online version of the Lycoming engine codes (http://www.meyette.us/LycomingEngineNumbers.htm) both have
- Bendix fuel injection, tuned induction
- a prop governor on the left side of the crankcase,
- the Bendix D4LN-3000 impulse coupling dual magneto,
- counter-weighted crankshafts

Note that I will be moving over to electronic injection and electronic ignition, so I avoid the single point failure mode of the one magneto shaft.
A big difference is that the dummy engine has a rear-mounted air intake. It's a feature I would like to have, since it means ram air when mounted on a canard. Converting my enigne to rear air intake is something to look into.


 
May 15, 2023     C18.23 fresh air vents - (3.5 hours)       Category: C18 Canopy
The plans give the shape and location - see attached. The plans location won't fit the Cozy Girrrl extended strakes, and I adjusted to just below the strake and below the trailing edge of the canard.

An alternative to the plans dimensions is using the Van's NACA scoops, and I bought a set. (It comes with NACA scoop, adapter and hose - can I use the extra parts for cabin heat?) That scoop ends in a 2.0 inch outlet which needs to map to a 1.5” mating collar on my eyeball vents. I made some custoom scoops, then some large-ish adapters, fussed with a high performance RTV, then went simple - a 2" plug goes in the CAT hose, with a 1.5" cutout that fits the vent. The plugs are 2 layers of BID each side of 1/2" blue foam, with nested circular cuts made with my hole saw kit. The ends are secured with standard hose clamps.

(This is another instance of where kit builders save a heck of a lot of time - they just install the supplied parts. Yes, I could have followed the plans, but then I wouldn't be building with enlarged strakes, et al.)


 
May 09, 2023     CO detector - (1.5 hours)       Category: C22 Electrical
Aircraft need a CO detector. The cool new thing is active detectors like the "CO Guardian" ($640) or the newest, a CO detector embedded in the headset. I went with the most common solution, a $4 2"x2" card with a dot that changes color in a CO danger condition, replaced at annual.


 
May 16, 2023     reference - torque values       Category: C23 Eng+Cowl
Below are reference tables for torque values. Where reasonable I write the torque value next to the fastener.


 
May 13, 2023     Tires - (2.5 hours)       Category: C13 Nose+Gea
Tires are
mains - 500-5 Desser Monster Retreads, 8-ply, inflated to 60 psi
nose - 10x3.50, Tire Specialty of America, 4-ply, inflated to 35 psi

Note - at full inflation and tirtes as new, the bottom of the prop extension is 45" above the level surface. After moving to new engine mounts, __ inches.


 
Jan 13, 2021     14. Firewall - cabin side - (12 hours)       Category: C22 Electrical
This design certainly has evolved - a dozen drafts of how to arrange the components on cardboard, 3 ways to fix components to the aircraft, 4 versions of how to make the removable panel. One of the very last changes came from Ross Farnum at SDS. Seems it takes 6" of clearance for the cables going into the EM-5 electronic ignition modules. I did a last minute juggle to create a clear field for the cables. No, a right angle DB25 won't work. I think all is final, and I'm drilling for the fasteners.

On the fastener map, the green dots are click bond studs, a 10-32 thread and the pink X's are 6-32 rivet nuts. Both use 3/16ths holes in the aluminum, drilled and deburred. I want to prevent turning of stud or rivet nut. The click bond studs were notched and the notch aligned with a 1/16th hole drilled in the aluminum, then set with JB Weld, taped firm against the aluminum during cure. The holes for the rivet nuts are lightly notched before the squeeze, aiming to reduce risk of turning. Back to the fastener map - the purple hex shapes are the through bolts that use existing firewall penetrations. I will put the head of the bolt on the engine side and secure from the cabin side, with AN hardware and thread locker.

Contactor basics and wire size. Contactors are powered switches that control high amperage flows. The battery contactor draws 0.7a continuous, with power flowing from the battery terminal, to a post of the magnet wiring, around the magnet, out through the second post and then through the battery master switch to ground. The starter contactor draws 3.5a intermittent, flowing from the battery to the starter button to the starter contactor, then out through the contactor case to the battery ground. For ease of recognition I used red and black twisted pair, in 16 AWG. Over the 14' run from panel to firewall the 20 AWG is rated for 15a intermittent, 7a continuous.


 
Jun 14, 2020     00. 12v, dual alternators, single battery, Nuckolls Z101 - (25 hours)       Category: C22 Electrical
Wiring this airplane will involve a lot of learning. I'm hoping that acknowledging ignorance will protect me in this part of the project. And maybe I'll come away with a better understanding - the FAA says I'm allowed to do build an airplane for research and education. Here's hoping some education happens.

Reliability is darn important. The A3B6D has two mags mounted on one shaft - it has only a little more reliability than a single mag system. I used this engine (on a BD-4) with that mag + a first generation electronic ignition system made by Light Speed Engineering (Klaus Savier). For the Cozy I plan dual EI and the more modern SDS system - weight savings, more powerful spark, said to be more durable, etc.. Dual EI means that if I lose electricity I lose spark, and I'm guessing the Cozy is a poor glider. Therefore, this all-electric airplane needs a fault tolerant electrical design.

Like most builders, I stand on the shoulders of Bob Nuckolls - 50+ years of designing electrical systems for aircraft and probably 30 years of sharing the information through the AeroElectric Connection (first a book and then a forum). Bob recently refreshed his schematic for all electric aircraft - the "Z101" using dual alternators and a single battery. See the drawing below. It is his most recommended design and my starting point.

Continuing the homage to Bob K., a snippet from his "getting Started" (in full at http://www.aeroelectric.com/articles/Getting_Started.pdf):
__________________________

RULE 9A:
A single point ground system shall be established behind the instrument panel with sufficient attach points
for all accessories in the cockpit area. In deference to RULE 2, a forest-of-fast-on-tabs ground block similar
to . . . http://www.aeroelectric.com/Pictures/Grounding/gnd_bus.jpg

The threaded stud on the ground block assembly would penetrate the firewall and be used to terminate
battery (-) leads on either side of firewall and the crankcase ground strap on the engine side of the firewall.
In the case of canard pushers with the battery up front, the ground bus would be mounted forward of the
instrument panel. If the airplane's firewall is metallic, then a brass bolt and appropriate washers and nuts
would be used to provide an engine compartment ground stud and connection of the ground lead to the
firewall. A ground strap like . . .http://aeroelectric.com/Pictures/Wiring_Technique/bbs.jpg or http://www.aeroelectric.com/Pictures/Wiring_Technique/sbl.jpg
. . . will be used to connect the crankcase to the firewall ground stud.

The welding cable illustrated in the photo would also be used to make the short, VERY flexible jumpers from battery (+) and (-)
terminals.

Any ground straps provided around the rubber biscuits of an engine mount will be removed. Engine mounts
are for holding engines on airplanes and not use for any part of the electrical system.
-------------------------------------------------------
RULE 9B:
Avionics and other electrowhizzies on the panel would benefit from an “avionics/panel ground bus” as
described in the latest revision of the ‘Connection. See:
http://aeroelectric.com/articles/Rev11/18Audio_R11.pdf
and . . .
http://aeroelectric.com/articles/Rev11/AppZ_R11J.pdf
and illustrated in . . .
http://aeroelectric.com/Pictures/Grounding/AGB_V.jpg
http://aeroelectric.com/Pictures/Grounding/AVG_RA.jpg
http://aeroelectric.com/Pictures/Grounding/Avionics_Bus_3.jpg
http://aeroelectric.com/Pictures/Wiring_Technique/Avionics_Ground_3.jpg
--------------------------------------------------
RULE 10:
Tefzel wire used throughout with the exception of cranking circuit fat wires where 4AWG or 2AWG
welding cable would be used. An alternative FAT wire could be one of the new copper-clad aluminum wires.
These new materials are as solderable and crimpable as pure copper conductors.
_______________________________________________________

In the next entry I will repeat the electric system build log created by Chad Robinson - he's a skilled engineer and his work deserves consideration. Also, it may help me identify circuits in the tangle of wires I see in the cockpit!


 
Feb 07, 2021     97. Expansion bus - (8 hours)       Category: C22 Electrical
One fun thing - I ran and will set aside a 12-line expansion block, running firewall to instrument panel. I bought 5 meters of 12 conductor shielded cable, with tinned copper conductors. The individual wires have a conductors with a cross section of 0.75 mm, just slightly bigger than 19 AWG. It's not a perfect choice since individual wires are shielded in PVC rather than tefzel. Bob Nuckolls notes that PVC was used in a generation of Cessnas and he sees it as appropriate for use on the cold side of a firewall. That works for me. One end of the cable was wired on the bench, the other standing at the side of the airplane. I made it once with the full length of the cable, figuring I would have a big service loop. I thought better of it, and cutting to length saved 11 oz. Tested for continuity and cross feed and no problems.

The rear end is at the lower left of the cabin side of the firewall. The forward end is on the passenger side of the panel, secured to the panel with rivet nuts (great when working the aluminum!). I built and installed the one end, then figured out I needed to set the path of the cable to travel alongside my 4 AWG runs. Solution? Chop it off and do it again.
The shorter cable did save 11 oz., and I understand it takes that kind of weight discipline to make this project a success.


 
Aug 07, 2021     05 switches - (4 hours)       Category: C22 Electrical
Hardware.

Carling toggle switches, with actuators of either the nylon paddle or steel bat. The switch guards protect
- switches that would affect engine spark
- switches that control the fuel pumps and
- the defeat of the autoextend module for the landing gear.

Battery Contactor / "Master". Battery contactors are the "master" switch, and I used the standard wiring - the panel switches the ground while power is a direct connection from the battery post. So long as the ground is connected the battery will flow 18 watts of power to the contactor. The electromagnet will stay in the raised position and the contactor will stay closed. The panel switch is off-1-both, where the #1 circuit completes the link to the battery ground. I used 16 AWG for the ground connection (a red & black twisted pair) at the switch - on an all electric airplane this is a peace-of-mind matter. The "both" position brings the alternator online by sending the field signal to the alternator. Note that another switch, described below, changes the power source to the backup alternator. Alternator field is a 3a circuit.

Start Contactor / "start button". Using electronic ignition I have a start button and a 1-2-both switch for coil packs. The starter load is intermittent, and that FAA chart allows for 20 AWG. I made a red (starter) & black (battery) twisted pair for the contactors, using 16 AWG - on an all electric airplane this is a peace-of-mind matter.

Buss fuse blocks usign ATC style blade fuses.



 
Oct 11, 2020     03 Panel - drafts and discards - (58 hours)       Category: C22 Electrical
I learn and re-learn the common sense stuff:
1) Know and comfortable with CAD? You're way ahead of me. In my case, I need to stay on paper and cardboard for as long as possible. But if y ou can outsource panel cutting with a reliable CAD file, it would be a lot easier than my 8 iterations (paper, cardboard, thin plywood and then aluminum).
2) Aluminum is better for panels because of the design of the avionics mounts. 2024 is everywhere but bending 6061 is lot easier than 2024.
3) The project I acquired had the standard madness of a composite panel cut to spiderweb by all the instrument holes. A spiderweb cannot add strength or stiffness to the structure. Now a radio stack ties the panel to F28 (fore-aft stiffness) and a bit of square tube runs across the panel bottom, tying together the right and left fuselage side.
4) If I knew for certain what my layout would be, I might make it modular. But maybe not – most of the wiring is across the natural panels, and it's just as easy to pull displays as to pull a module.
5) I should have created a wiring channel before I wired anything other than the 4AWG power and ground cables. I clipped open the ugly bundles and am doing it over, threading wire through jumbo Adel clamps hanging on the bottom of F28. The upside is that I have yet another chance to test all my connections.

I worked the last wood template near to death - when I made mistakes I patched it with flox and tried again. I found and solved all my clearance issues and changed the layout multiple times. With the wood perfected I started working on aluminum sheet, first with .063 2024-T3 then .050 6061. See below on aluminum alloys. I worked through multiple colors before setting on flat black with labels of white text on black. Lesson - don't trust "paint and primer in one" over any existing finish and don't spray a clear over anything from another family. To secure the panel to the composite perimeter frame I like AN3 bolts and 10-32 machine screws into 2-lug nut plates, floxed to small pieces of G10 and topped with a layer of fiberglass tape. These suckers hold, and the compressive load is the aluminum sheet on one side and the G10 on the other.
________________________________

Side bar on aluminum alloys....The former panel was aluminum alloy 2024 - readily available and easy to cut and drill. Even so it is easier to work with the recommended alloy, 6061. After the rolling mill 6061 is a lumpy mix of magnesium, silicon, and other elements in aluminum. Solution heat treatment is done by raising the alloy temperature to about 980 degrees F and holding it there for about an hour. This dissolves all the alloying elements into a solid solution in the aluminum. Then quench the alloy in water - cool it rapidly enough to prevent the alloying elements from precipitating on cooling. at room temperature. This is called the T4 temper. If we take this material and heat treat it at a temperature between 325 and 400 degrees F, the alloying elements begin to form ordered arrays of atoms in the aluminum matrix. These arrays are called GP zones, and they strengthen the aluminum considerably. This is T6 temper and how I bought it. Heat it again, the ordered arrays break down and the sheet bends easily. Now the clock is running...an age hardening process takes place at room temperature over a time period of four to five days, with 90% of the hardening occurring within the first day. Because of this effect, aluminum parts often need to be shaped soon after a heat treatment process.

Here's the mechanics of annealing in the home shop. Mark the bend line, then use a candle to put light soot on that line. Think through the bending jig and handling hot sheet, _then_ use another heat source to burn off that soot line. I have a propane torch, and w/o an O2 feed it burns at 2000 F - I play the flame over the bend area to raise the temp gradually. The soot line burns off at 700F, and then I use a spray bottle to quench. I clamp along the bend line and the annealed 6061 bends with hand pressure. To get a crisper bend I use wood blocks and soft hammers. It aircools over 5 days, and is reported at 90% strength within 24 hours. I understand this is a T5 condition, not T6, but has the rigidity I want.
________________________________

For layout I repeatedly used the Cozy template in X-Panel software, muttering all the while. I do not recommend X-Panel - expensive and the ability to export a CNC file is even more expensive. The template doesn't fit this airplane. The outline view is _not_ a cutting guide - it will show the instrument's total dimensions but not the panel hole.

Below is a template I found useful for my steam guages. Print it (use the "original size" option, paste it on a bit of aluminum sheet, market the center and corners, and outer edges of the standard instrument. Save it forever!


 
Apr 22, 2023     Gap Seals - (1 hour)       Category: C99 to sort
Took me a while to find where to get gap seal tape. Turns out it's a multi-step process. See the attached pdf's.


 
Apr 15, 2023     Safety       Category: Z-Tools+Tips
Canopy exit tool. Cozy pilot Don Berlin had P-mag failures which resulted in a controlled off-airport landing. The airplane flipped and Don was unable to kick through the passenger side canopy. He found a crack in the pilot side canopy and was able to escape through that. He recommends carrying a tool for emergecy exit.


 
Feb 06, 2022     Shop-made parts - tips and tricks - (1.5 hours) Category: Z-Tools+Tips
Z-fastners to fit concave and convex surfaces. I make custom brackets and braces as wire conduits and tie downs. Understand that the strength of that attachment is no more than the layer it is attached to. That means you want to use them before paint, or make sure to use the abrasive wheel and get a clean surface for the epoxy to grab on to. Thickened epoxy is my go-to for attaching Z-fasteners and mounting studs, and West Systems G-Flex comes with silica mixed into each component. It holds really well, won't run off a vertical surface, and does a nice void fill under my custom fasteners. After mixing my own and then buying tubes, Santa brought me the 1 qt cans. A little goes a long way.

Gust Locks. The coolest looking ones are being 3d printed with some complex rope work. I went with the lightest that can do the job.... 0.025 aluminum, drilled for 3" lengths of vinyl tubing, painted a painfully cheerful red. Add a ribbon and the job is done. Elevator, ailerons and rudders - it takes 6 to do it right.

Nose seal retainers. I knew lost of anose seal could happen, but it was darn rare. I don't have a super large circle of Cozy builder friends, but 2 of them have reported the seal was either blown or about to go. I grabbed the template file from the Cozy site (thanks, Russ Meyerricks) and cut two from scrap aluminium (1/8 inch 2024). I'll do the match drilling when I next have the prop off.

Link for starter-alternator. A tab of 1/4 steel bar stock, drilled to fit between the starter and the alternator pivot mount. Both items bolt onto the engine, and both are further stabilized by the connecting tab. You can buy the part at B&C ($27). In my case, a local steel dealer laughed at how little I wanted, measured and cut a piece, and sent me on my way. It is mild steel, so it was easy to round the edges and corners, then drill for the two different bolt sizes. Next time I have it off I'll paint it grey to match the engine. FYI, if one has the narrow deck parrallel valve engine the alternator mounting bracket attaches to the engine using both the forward and the rear mounting bosses. That means the bracket is better bale to handle the torque of the alternator belt, and the link is typically not used.

Fuel line sealants. EZ Turn has been the standard fuel-proof lube for a long time. It is incredibly sticky and unreasonably expensive - luckily one tube lasts a lifetime. Another Cozy builder shared the idea of putting the barest film of EZ turn on the flared faces of fuel fittings. I had reason to assemble and disassemble multiple times, and on disassembly found the slightest tackiness to the surface. I think it means my perfect looking flare had a slightly imperfect contact surface with the fitting. EZ Turn makes it just that much better. I prefer Gasoila as the thread sealant for fuel lines. A small tube is more than enough for the project.
 
Apr 08, 2023     96. Regulator test rig - (2 hours)       Category: C22 Electrical
Following instructions posted on AeroElectric Connection, I used an automotive regulator to build a test rig. If and as I suspect a regulator problem, I can easily put this in place of the installed one, then test the resulting performance.


 
Mar 13, 2021     02 panel - patch & repaint - (6 hours)       Category: C22 Electrical
Getting the labels and switches just right was the path to seeing that the panel color was too dark. I loved the hammered bronze look, but you have to look 2x to read the label, and that won't work. And a poorly fitted notch for the altimeter adjustment could look better, so let's get it done. I removed the panel and instruments (30 minutes?) and used a flox / G-Flex epoxy mix to fill the mis-cut. See the circled area below. Once it cures I'll carefully file the notch for the adjustment knob, and then move ahead with the repaint.

FYI, I'm going with a light grey / dark silver. That goes well with the painted interior and with the labels.

Now in April 2023 I'm recutting the panel. I want a more standard layout, and that means
- engine and aux alternator switches separate from lights and accessories
- lights & accessory switches in the normal location along the top edge, moving engine and aux alternator switches to left edge
- built in red night lighting along top edge (probably a piece of right angle riveted to top edge)
- bottom edge extended full length, with the leg hole cut outs folded back for a longer shelf
- fuse blocks moved to the longer shelf
- round guages in a column to the right of the radio stack
- refinement in the switch alignment - using a blueprint sized print of instruments on a standard Cozy panel
- 6061 alloy! The 2024 was hell to bend and this should be much easier.

I'll change the paint scheme one more time - a flat buff might work well.


 
Nov 17, 2020     83. Shore Power - (64 hours)       Category: C22 Electrical
I installed a "Piper" shore power socket, and wired the matching plug to a set of jumper cables. Below you can see the Nuckolls article that describes how to wire the socket, which includes another continuous duty contactor and "crowbar" circuit. In addition to what Nuckolls described, in place of crowbar circuit that blows the fuse, I went with a smart voltage detection circuit, such as would be used in a modern control system. The gist of it is
- flip a toggle switch and the voltage detector runs with a power drain of 3 milliamps - on par with a quartz watch.
- The inserted plug connects to the socket, which has its voltage detected and compared against low (9v) and high (15.7v) thresholds. This is protection against a battery cart trying to send a GA-standard 24v.
- If between the two values, the detector closes a (normally open) relay and power goes to the contactor. Power flows to the battery.
- If and as socket voltage spikes, the relay opens, the contactor opens and the socket is disconnected from the battery. Any fingers inside the socket can get pinched, but not shocked.
- As a final protection, when the toggle is "OFF", there is no power to the voltage sensing relay and it goes back to its normal open, which removes voltage from the battery contactor.

I've found that sometimes I don't want to bother with the socket and I just use a batter charger or jumper cables. In that case, positive goes on the battery side of the contactor and ground clips to the socket cover. Seems to work quite well...

If I were doing it again I would install the unit in the forward hatch - easier access, no need to get the cabin wet on a rainy day, and further from any prop.


 
Oct 11, 2021     LIDAR - (25 hours)       Category: C13 Nose+Gea
The Zeitlin auto extend unit triggers nose gear extension on a combination of signals - low speed, throttle closed and near the ground. The "near the ground" bit is handled by a LIDAR unit sold by LightWare of South Africa. The programming of unit was straightforward - below 85 meters it sends a 3.3v signal to the auto extend unit. (I'm hoping this voltage is sufficient - the alternative setting is 2.2v.)

My main power runs on the right side of the aircraft: power and ground travel from firewall to instrument panel. This wiring runs on the left side. The installation instructions are specific about providing a clean power supply and routing the wires away from main power lines. I think any EMR sensitivity is about the signal from the LIDAR serial output, which reports altitude 20x per second for use in drone autopilots. Still, I routed the wires in the pilot side (signal side) bundle and put a power conditioner along side the unit, setting it to 5.00 voltage and measuring the voltage numerous times. 12 volts in on 22AWG twisted pair, and the 3.3v alarm signal on 20 awg unshielded.

The fiddly parts of this task were fitting and re-fitting the altitude senor, and the nuts and bolts of learning enough about circuits and relays to have a reliable device. Note that the plans do not include the power converter you need at the LIDAR unit - you have to deliver power to the unit, then step it down to a precise 5v. I bought an adjustable step up step down converter (single circuit board) and adapted an enclosure - seems to work well. I did the step down at the gear leg mounted LIDAR unit - too much voltage loss sending current front to back. Just put the converter next to the device and all is well. Per mfg., max power consumption of 200 mA (0.2a). See manual.


 
Apr 03, 2023     Notes - Cautions - Warnings Category: C23 Eng+Cowl
From the Cozy Builders Group, a recommended secton of the manual:

Notes, Cautions, and Warnings

WARNING – This aircraft uses an electrically-dependent igntion system. With any electrical failure, reduce electrical load and land as soon as possible.

WARNING: Takeoff and land with both boost pumps on. After takeoff, either boost pump may be turned off.

WARNING: Brake lines are to be replaced every 5 years at the Condition Inspection. Brake fluid (5606) is to be replaced no less frequently. Brake fluid absorbs moisture which lowers the boiling point of the fluid and contributes to caliper corrosion. Bottom-filling of brake lines is recommended. Suction old fluid out of the reservoirs with a large syringe and place the extended nose gear on an elevated platform. Pump new fluid in at the brake caliper until fluid appears clean and free of bubbles.

CAUTION – If the nose inadventently rises more than a few inches, a tipback can happen quickly which will damage wheel pants and prop. When parked on three wheels with the cockpit empty: i) insure the 25 lb weight is hung in the nose gear; ii) lower the nosewheel if parked pointed into a strong wind or on an upslope. Apply the parking brake when parked on a downslope.

CAUTION: The nose gear mechanism must be fully extended over-center or fully retracted. If weight is placed on the nose in any other position, it may strip the gear in the mechanism. A stripped gear can be reversed for one more usage.

CAUTION: For safe stall behavior, this aircraft requires 16# of ballast placed ahead of the rudder pedals with a 225 pilot. Cast lead weights fit in the compartments under the nose hatch.

CAUTION: To prevent nose gear damage, avoid taxiing into potholes or ground-wire depressions on the ramp.

CAUTION: Keep the swiveling nose gear adjusted so that that a hard blow with the fist against the tire does not freely deflect the tire, otherwise, the nose gear may shimmy and destroy the nose gear.

CAUTION: There is no warning of an unlocked canopy in this aircraft. Insure that the canopy emergency catch is bent so that it engages when the canopy is lifted.

CAUTION: Leaning during ground operations is recommended, however, lean so that if the throttle is inadvertently advanced for takeoff with the engine leaned, the engine will die.

CAUTION: In the event of alternator failure, lowest current drain will be achieved by selecting E-bus power, then turn off the master switch, then selectively turn off any E-bus-powered equipment that is not needed (i.e., com radio, transponder, D-10A, one fuel pump). Turn off Lightspeed Ignition #2 to save the backup battery for last use.

NOTE: Before removing fuel tank caps for refueling, attach the fueling ground wire to the step. The step is bonded to each fuel cap ring via internal wiring.

NOTE:: For normal operation, maintain Ignition 2 Pwr Select in the “aux batt” position. This checks the condition of the aux battery.

NOTE: Lightspeed ignition #1 is powered directly from the main battery and #2 is normally powered from the aux battery, each through its own switch. If alternator failure occurs, reduce any other electrical load and turn off one igntion (normally turn off #2) until the main battery is exhausted, then turn on ignition #2

NOTE: Spare fuses are stored in a red bag in the right strake hole.

NOTE: If the fuel valve binds, position the aircraft nose-high, disassemble and lube the spool with a tiny smear of Fuel Lube. If too much Fuel Lube is used, bits of it can lodge in the gascolator screen (where it will not desolve!).

NOTE: Tire pressures are 50# main wheels, 65# nose gear. It is particularly important to keep the nose tire inflated to avoid turning on the rim at touchdown.

NOTE: This aircraft uses DOT3/4 brake fluid and EPDM o-rings in brake hardware.

NOTE: The Dynon D-10A EFIS and uMonitor are powered via the E-bus and will indicate approximately one volt less than battery voltage due to loss in the E-bus diode.

NOTE: Water is seldom found in the tank or gascolator drains but if any water is found in the tank drains, then also check the gascolator for water.

NOTE: At high cruise speed and wide-open-throttle, the throttle may need to be retarded slightly for smooth running and peak RPM.

NOTE: This Ellison carburetor set-up exhibits a slight engine surge at medium RPM.

NOTE: For instrument access: remove the canard cover, remove two long pins securing the instrument cover, remove instrument cover and disconnect the connector for cockpit lights.

NOTE: To remove the canard, remove the instrument cover as described above, remove the footwell access hatch, disconnect the elevator control rod quick-disconnect (starboard side), loosen two screws holding the trim spring wires in the trim mechanism (port side), disconnect Dynon remote compass box, unscrew & remove two screws through the canard incidence-setting tabs, unbolt the canard lift tabs, lift the canard up and out.
 
Mar 05, 2022     IO-360 sumps & the Cozy - (50 hours)       Category: C23 Eng+Cowl
My Cozy was built using the engine I had on the shelf - an IO-360-A3B6D. The codes mean my engine left the factory as
I Fuel injected
0 opposed-
360 360 cubic inches of cylinder volume –
A type A sump
3 propeller locating bushings rotated 120 degrees clockwise
B with an accessory section using Bendix accessories
6 (1) sixth and (1) eighth order crankshaft counterweights
D (1) Bendix D4LN-3000 impulse coupling dual magneto

Attached is a write up of modifications made to fit this engine to the Cozy.

The angle valve wide deck sump is above the induction chamber, with wings to the right and left. Both wings are tapped 1/2" NPT for oil drains. The standard Lycoming plug has a square head. On one side I installed a stainless plug that uses a recessed hex head / Allen key. On the other I installed a Fumoto engine oil drain valve (p/n T202N) with the lycoming engine thread of 1/2-14 NPT. Spring loaded and brass, vs the standard springloaded and aluminum. This is brass going into aluminum - a strong hand tight is sufficient! Use safety wire for peace of mind. I also have a 1/2" id plastic tube and a solid plug. To drain oil, roll the left wheel onto a ramp, attach the hose, put the drain end in the pan, remove the hose plug, and flip the switch.


 
Mar 31, 2023     Exhaust - (2 hours) Category: C23 Eng+Cowl
I bought the standard exhaust for the Cozy.

Here are tips for the flanges (I use the ones made by SDS), studs and nuts.

“While conducting GA and Experimental airplane inspections, I have found many exhaust leak(s) at the interface of the cylinder flange and exhaust stack. Here's some bullet points for your consideration:
1. Ensure the nut that you choose has a High temperature lock device. The Continental part number is a plated-high temp all metal stop nut. I've seen corrosion issues with this particular application and this is not my first choice.
2. Find a system that is corrosion resistant. G#^*'s aero used to send back OH'd cylinders with CAD steel stop nuts and CAD plated washers. In a very short period of time, these would corrode away and allow the stack to loosen and the gasket to be breached by hot jets of exhaust.
3. If a washer is needed, use a stainless or corrosion resistant option.
4. Ensure your studs have a proper interface with the cylinder. If a stud comes out with the nut corroded onto it; Don't be tempted to simply
screw it back in. Replace the stud and ensure you have proper rotational resistance during the process. Oversized studs are available and there's an ID marking on the end of the stud alerting the Mechanic of the existing stud size/oversize.
5. I favor the large profile Continental brass exhaust nuts - like the ones you find at Spruce. The lock is a "stake" or slightly out-of-round scenario. These nuts work very well and are corrosion resistant. Also, they tolerate re-torquing. However, they are NOT reusable. Once they're removed, the threads will be severely compromised.
6. I recommend spending a few extra bucks and getting the No - Blow gaskets. They will last the life of your engine and can even be reused on your next engine.
7. Lastly, address any erosion issues in aluminum flange of the cylinder before assembling your exhaust stack. If it's a used engine, there's a good chance you will find erosion from a previous exhaust leak.
Dave Ronneberg (Berkut designer) prefers - using Stainless 12 sided nuts which are lower profile and easier to put a socket to and seem to resist backing off. No more corrosion that so many exhaust nuts exhibit – sometimes locking onto the stud which results in the stud coming out of the head. He agrees on the blo-proof gaskets being the best – many home-built Lycoming pipes start their "turns" close to the head, restricting space for tools.

 
Feb 06, 2021     cowling - Boat Tail or No? - (8 hours)       Category: C23 Eng+Cowl
On 2/5/21 I heard Klaus Savier endorse the boat tail lower cowling. Changes to the plans burn up time, but the cowling is already a custom feature. Here's an explanation and picture of a "boat tail", then a discussion of baffling. I'll be cautious in planning, but it's where I'm headed.
__________________________________________________

The plans version of the cowling involves a large curve that results in separated airflow. Somewhere along the way, someone came up with the boat tail. The idea is that by adding a tail to the back the slope of change can remain at or under the 3 to 1 ratio (for every three inches of length the curve only changes 1 inch or less). This allows a more gradual change in the contour which keeps the airflow connected - see the tuft testing photo below. Then someone went further and moved the exhaust to this location as there was space there and it smooths airflow over the cowling.

Nick Ugolini used an eductor in a standard cowling, and perhaps that can be used with both exhaust and with air exiting the baffles.
_____________________________________________________

Air through the cowling - tractor vs. Canard. A typical tractor-form airplane (think Cub) has pressurized air come through the nose and held tightly over the cylinders before exiting to the lower cowling and out a large and generally neglected exit at the bottom of the cowl. In a canard the air enters at the bottom of the cowl pressurized with intake air from the NACA. That air flows up through the cylinder fins, constrained by baffles, which guide around the cylinders and into a pressure box open at the rear. The air exits the cowling through largely unrestricted openings

Background - plenum & eductor. To increase pressure differentials, a lot of time and trouble goes into constructing tight baffles, with rubber / neoprene strips pressed tight against the cowl to hold air in and increase pressure differentials. When that approach is exhausted, people use plenums - see the BD-4 plenum below. A plenum is a pressurized chamber containing cooling air and forcing it over the cylinder fins. But I have an updraft cooling Cozy and it is darn hard to shape a plenum for the bottom of an engine - the induction pipes and oil drain, are hard to work around. Is there any benefit to a top side plenum with an updraft engine?

I have never seen one on the hot side, but perhaps it could be called a modified eductor. (Wow, straight from the Latin educare, "to lead out"!) Below is a picture of the Nick Ugolini "eductor". He used the eductor to exit exhaust gases, with the cylinder heated air exiting through ducts on the top of his cowling. (There is a slightly more detailed description of eductors at https://groups.google.com/g/cozy_builders/c/-YRfovdF1-E/m/j-1-d7pkOUUJ.) Could an eductor be used in a boat tail cowling - the cooling air exits through the eductors on the right and left side of the prop, while the exhaust pipes exit below.

In this approach the NACA is as well done as possible, pushing into the cowling as much air as possible and losing as little as possible to anything not cooling the engine or oil. The air escapes up past the cylinders into the plenum and out through an eductor exit. In the real world it is hard to pressurize anything, so I'm simply closing off big air exits other than through the baffles. Regarding exhaust, the pipes are kept fairly short, and 4 pipes exit below the prop hub. I'm going to use a 8" prop extension. That should give enough dissipation area for the exhaust not to focus heat on a given strip of the prop.

In summary,
- boat tail cowling
- plenum atop cylinders
- cylinder cooling air exits through eductors either side of the prop hub
- exhaust exits through eductor underneath prop hub

___________________________________________________


And here are the half-done ideas on making cowling and cooling easy to live with.
• The top cowling “plate” should come off with nothing attached to the engine, so I get to see and service most things from the top. Dipstick hole in the top plate.
• The bottom cowling piece includes a ground adjustable lip to the NACA air intake, done via a metal lip on some screws. That lip includes the “fences” that keep NACA air from spilling out the corners.
• Exhaust pipes are pulled in close to and under the propeller – probably without a 4-into-1, just 4 pipes pointing aft. The exhaust exit is framed with an aluminum plate / mask, so airflow can leak around the pipes, but less than otherwise.
• Baffling will be high temp composite - I've ordered a half gallon of "Max HT", being the PCI product for high temps. It looks difficult to work with - at room temp's it can get to gel stage, then put it out in the sun for a "glass" stage (where it can shatter), then cook at 200 for 5 hours to get a hard cure that keeps strength up over 350 degrees.
• A hole in the forward baffle gives a dedicated air exit to the oil cooler, which is mounted on the spar with a 2” or 3” SCAT hose into the baffle.
• Cabin heat will be the EAA standard aluminum sleeve around a door spring around the exhaust pipe, with a bilge blower drawing air forward.
• With Dual EFI I won't need to blow air on a mag, so I don't need a cool air pipe.
• I have a prop-facing induction. I'd like air intake to come with the blessing of intake pressure, but the replacement systems all focus on making a vertical intake into a prop-facing intake (for instance, https://www.aircraftspruce.com/catalog/eppages/superior_sv78950.php). I'll keep looking for something that might work. Right now I expect to end up at an elliptical lip air filter box feeding a fiberglass connection to intake. I can use the Freeman modeling wax sheets to make the complex shape locking onto the induction box.


 
Feb 26, 2023     Cowl #4 - (48 hours)       Category: C23 Eng+Cowl
I shaped one half of the cowl mold, then cut profiles (see below) and used them to shape the other half. There were multiple checks against the profile taken from the airplane (pink foam cutout shown below). After plaster and final shaping, it was two coats of epoxy to seal the plaster dust, then 3 coats of mold release wax and two coats of Part All spray mold release (polyvinyl alcohol). Note - you get better results with sealed plaster + packing tape.

I then layered the form with peel ply. I'm making cowls with layers of 6k h5 twill carbon fiber, Coremat 2mm XM and a second layer of carbon fiber. The headache with cutting CF is that it slips like crazy on the peel ply - a shot of spary adhesive fixes that. The headache with the Coremat is that until wetted it is much less flexible than the CF. I ended up with 3 pieces in each CF layer and 8 pieces in the Coremat layer. It all gets topped with more peel ply. Attached is a picture showing the inner CF layer sitting on the inner peel ply, with the next 3 layers on the strake in the background.

The layup was West Systems slow for the inner layer, then Raka + Non-blushing hardener for the Coremat and outer layer. I continue to be wildly impressed with the Raka epoxy - so long as I use their high end hardener I get a superb layup. The tradeoff is a short pot life... The layup day was 6.5 hours of scramble, but I have well wetted layers and it all tied together. The Coremat got a lot more flexible when wetted, so perhaps I could have cut corners in fitting that layer. After a 18 hour cure the mold+cowl went into the Florida sun. 4 hours at 120-140 surface temp finishes the 2nd cure.

Below are pictures of the piece before and after removing from the mold and cleanup. The inside was coated with fuel proof epoxy, and the photo shows the areas I again masked with peel ply. (Note for others - I mixed 300 cc's of epoxy and could have done the job with 210. I hate wasting the good stuff.) Once I had a clean lower cowl I started iterating test fit + trim. The lower cowl was on and off ~10 times, aligning it front and back, marking the edge, back to the table to trim off a bit, then repeat. Picture 10 is a milestone where the front and rear edges work and I still need to trim both top & bottom for good matching surfaces.


 
Dec 12, 2022     Cowl #3 - (60 hours)       Category: C23 Eng+Cowl
I can accept the quality of the top cowl (CF + Coremat + CF) but I was sure the commercial ones must be better. In KY, Greg Cross had one he ended up not using, whcih he said was for a wide deck 360. It was a 3-day 2000 mile round trip but I went up, socialized and brought it home. Then I found it is actually a poor fit - !@#$!. The commercial cowl has the oil door too far forward and the exhaust openings are too tight and incorrectly oriented. The upside is that my Coremat cowl is about 60% of the weight of the commercial product and a lot stiffer. Time to double down on making the lower cowl....

This has proven to be a much bigger task than expected, and perhaps it would have been more direct to flip the plane again. But I persevere. Here's what has proven successful.

I need a tight fit at the firewall/wing root, and then at the trailing edge, particularly around my exhaust eductors.
- Lower profile. I used square cross section aluminum to bridge the NACA duct, providing a shelf/lip for the forward edge pf the lower cowl. The lower cowl needs to wrap around the air intake, alternator and starter, reaching up in front of the ring gear to fit behind the (extended) prop hub. I like having at least a 1.5" gap for the lower engine baffle. I used building sheet foam (purple!) to profile the lower cowl - it ended up looking like a hockey stick. I copied that foam shape onto luan plywood and fixed it in place using 5 minute epoxy. The plywood ends up as a keel for my boat tail lower cowling.
- Wing root match. Using the same wing root profile as used for the upper cowling, I built on the plane a foam block lower cowling. The wing root blocks were held in place with bamboo skewers passing thorugh the wood profiles into the foam . At this point I have gone through a _lot_ of foam insulation sheets, and the cost approaches buying something from Velocity. Moving on...
- I did a rough carving of the foam while in place on the plane. I then (carefully!) supported the cowl while I sliced the foam away form the wing root profiles and firewall. I removed the cowl and reinforced the inside with pour foam and building foam. At the sides I added an additional 3/4" wing profile, copying the wooden ones. The block was then moved to the bench, ending the messiest part of the upside down work. Note that with the interior of the foam core now reinforced with pur foam, this core can no longer fit on the plane.
- Firewall profile. I trimmed a piece of foam board to match the exisiting firewall lip. Fitting it to the foam core I saw that it was not a great fit to the new foam template. !@#$!. After 3x checking the template I used both foam and plaster to get a darn good match. I then re-shaped the cowl to smoothly flow from the correct firewall profile.

[Sidebar: Spray foam was an uncontrolled horror, but it took only 2-3 hours to clean that up. Pour foam is much easier to sand, but expensive and it's hard to predict how it flows before it swells, gells and hardens. I was happy to find a pour foam source even less expensive than my bare bones boat supply distributer - Amazon has some, and they sent me 1/2 g containers of A&B when I had paid for only the quarts. Doing it again I would build on the airplane with blocks of foam, remove and add a thick pour foam layer, shape with rasps, then use plaster to get a smooth surface. Model one side, then cut templates and shape the other.]


 
Dec 12, 2022     Throttle Cable 2 - (12 hours)       Category: C23 Eng+Cowl
It took a darn long time to 4x measure the correct length and winnow vendors. See attached. The cable is treaded from rear of the instrument panel, a U-turn to run alongside the pilot side of the aircraft, and throught the firewall just left of the fuel. 3 new clickbond studs were added to further secure the shielded, armored throttle cable.

At the engine end the armored throttle cable goes into a steel tube with external threads, then a small dimeter smooth steel tube, from which emerges the moving 10-32 threaded solid rod. To the end of that threaded rod is an engine-rated clevis with a 3/16ths pin, matching the hole in the throttle arm. I modified of piece of aluminum angle so that it bolts (two 1/4-20 by 3/4" high strength bolts, with split washers) to the existing tapped holes in the oil sump. That bracket holds two engine compartment - rated Adel clamps. The forward one is secured around the steel tube with external threads. The one further rear is secured around the small dimeter smooth steel tube.

There was a fair amount of measuring and re-measuring, which meant 1st try success in cutting and drilling the bracket. There is full throw of the throttle are with no conflict with any structure throughout the travel.


 
Oct 31, 2020     15. wiring EI - (1 hour)       Category: C22 Electrical
Backtesting the switch layouts.... The instrument panel cutouts plan on using the "Design1" programmer. This is a newish model, and so far SDS has posted the switching and fuses to-from the older style panel-mounted controller head. This looks consistent with what I understood when I did the switch layout. Looks like two electrical cables run from the control head back to the firewall one for the coil packs and one for the main harness. I'm guessing the panel switches are wired into those harnesses, and the harness will be custom built to fit my project. For purposes of the firewall arrangment, the single ECU dimensions are 3.875 x 8.5 x 1 inches, gold anodized, 6061T6, CNC'd billet. I'm doing double, so figure it at 2" tall.

More electrical redundancy - this is a dual alternator system with a single battery. The Nuckolls design standard calls for sufficient redundancy to complete the planned flight. The SDS EFI system draws 1.5 amps and the fuel pumps draw 4.5 amps in normal ops (14 gph), 5.5 at the max expected draw (20 gph) = 5.5-6.5 a. Add 4a for the avionics = a total draw of 9.5 - 10.5 a. The PC680 battery has 16 amp hours, so I get 1.5 hours in which to notice the flashing lights and change to the back up alternator, cut high drain items (not many of those) and plan for a landing. This is an all electric engine in an airplane that "glides" at 150 mph, so the circle in which to find a safe landing is ~200 miles radius. I'm certainly safe, but the next step would be a move to a higher capacity b/u alternator - the Monkworkz ML-30z 30a permanent magnet, also using the vacuum pad. That will shift duration back to fuel remaining.


 
Oct 04, 2020     Cabin Lights - (40 hours)       Category: C22 Electrical
For cabin lights I went through 3 iterations before going final with aluminum panels of LED strips fed from a single pulse width modulating dimmer and a selector switch (red-off-white) mounted on the panel. There are red panels in the strakes + instrument panel lip, and white panels in the strakes and overhead rear. Each panel is 0.5 meters long, and 10 strips of 36 LED's, for a panel of 360 LED's. The max draw is 5.3a for the 3 white panels at full output. Below I show both the LED strips and the amperage test set up. The wire runs are short, and I used 20 awg from main bus (15a) to dimmer to red-white switch, and then switch to the point where the current is split right-left-rear. From that point I used 22 awg.


 
Oct 26, 2022     Cowl #2 - (100 hours)       Category: C23 Eng+Cowl
My first pass at an upper cowl weighted in at 7 lbs, right on target. But I can see the errors. I had rough edges where CF strips bridged across my 3-part layup. I had not lowered the nose and layers slipped to the rear and down the sidewall, leaving me with edges without the Coremate center. My edge was not smooth where I met the firewall. Clearance of the starter ring gear was only 3/8". The right and left looked symmetrical, but measurement says they are not.
Smoothing the surface and prepping for paint added too much weight. Crap... I decided to do better with the next effort.

I again started with the top cowl. Top cowls are straightforward - start at the firewall and go smoothly to the prop, while staying clear of the cylinders and starter ring. I modified the mold to get a better outcome.

Building a core for the cowl:
- I changed the profile at the firewall to get a smooth line around and across the (wide deck) cylinders
- over the ring gear and rocker covers, add a clearance spacer
- starting from the wing profile and firewall, make a foam core/mold that fits around the engine installation,
- define the exit for cooling air. In my case, a box with the lower horizontal tangential at the lower edge of the prop extension, the rest defined by the shape exiting the wrap around the cylinders.
- rough shaping, then fine shaping, I used foam blocks, foam strips, plaster and micro. For plaster, use the quick set that comes in the 18 lb bag. A 5 lb bucket of plaster will dry too slowly for any practical use.
- fill-sand-fill-sand the mold, then epoxy wipe. Now that one side is perfect, copy that profile to the other side.
- box tape on the mold (you need the epoxy wipe before tape will stick to the plaster)

Layup schedule, top cowl
- Prepare airplane – lower nose so cowl is near horizontal
- Prepare mold: 3 layers wax, buffing between each + 2 layers PVA, using spray bottle
- Using Raka slow cure non-blushing epoxy, paint mold and affix peel ply
- Using oil & gas resistant (GRE) epoxy, carbon fiber tape on edges that will hold Dzuz / Camlock fasteners
- Using GRE epoxy, place and wet out the inner layer of CF
- Using AeroPoxy, place and wet out the 3 pieces of Coremat 2mm XM
- Using AeroPoxy, place and wet out the outer layer of CF
- Afix peel ply and roller, hoping to draw out excess epoxy
- Plastic sheeting for spreader work – draw out excess epoxy and aim for smooth finish

[This task will use a lot of scrap foam, Gorilla Glue, and cheap boat epoxy. On pricing, note that the best epoxy made by Raka (900 resin + 350 hardener) was 75% the cost of West Systems and 50% the cost of Aeropoxy.]

The bottom cowl is a lot harder than the top. I am wildly disinterested in flipping the plane, so I explored making a removable mold. I began with a bridge across the NACA duct, then a "keel" piece to form the center profile (first in foam, then in luan ply). The keel also facilitates a boat tail cowling, which race winners say is more efficient. THe forward edge is glued to the aluminum bridge, the trailing edge glued to a wood disk between prop flange and prop extension. I then filled in with styrofoam 2" board insulation.


 
Jul 01, 2020     repairs - (4 hours)       Category: C18 Canopy
The pilot side gas strut failed at the upper bracket connection. This is a threaded connect and prior builder Chad had a mis-matched thread between the strut end and the fitting connecting to the lift arm. He used an epoxy patch amd wishful thinking. Hmmm. I disassembled, cleaned out the old epoxy, used tap and die to clean the threads, cleaned with acetone and patched with JB Weld. Below are pictures showing the strut at inspection, the break, and reinstalled repaired part.

In order to repair the gas strut fitting I had removed the canopy. It's always time to clean, and this time I saw a hairline crack in the new paint job. The frame was made 17 years ago and has been on and off the place dozens of times - I don't know when this happened. I sanded off the finish, patched with 2 layers of BID and put peel ply on it. The epoxy was "G-Flex", a toughened epoxy that I like for repair work. I'm not sure I'll repaint - this is a reminder to stay vigilant.

The rear canopy is hinged at the top of the fuselage with a gas strut running from the fixed portion to a ball connect on the left side. The original gas strut failed (no remaining pressure), so I replaced with the original 10 lb, then upsized to a 20, then 30 lb strut. Installed it correctly (cylinder up and rod down, keeping that oil drop on top of the seal) I think it will last. This strut is 20" long.


 
Apr 20, 2007     Piping the Pitot and Static System - (14 hours)       Category: C13 Nose+Gea
For the pitot, I found a small air compressor blower nozzle on McMaster-Carr that had a threaded fitting on one end. A threaded bushing in the nose provides the connection, giving me a removable pitot. An elbow joint completes the picture by connecting to the aluminum tubing that runs up to the instrument panel.

For the static port I found some small machined aluminum static ports that seem like they'll do the job. They (one per side) get installed in recessed holes just under the outside skin and plumbed the same way.

PK note, November 2021.
1) The removable pitot is an M10 thread, with a barbed front. 6mm Barb x M10-1 Male; Total Length: 1.22"; Hex Width: 7/16ths. I have a pitot length of 7/8th inch, with the lip barely forward of the landing light lens. In flight testing I'll determine any pitot-static error.
2) As described elsewhere I have pitot heat from a thermal tape wrapped around the aluminum tube. The temperature test went well. I still need to test for a self-draining ability in the pitot system.
2) Pitot static plumbing went missing from the project as delivered, and I assume they were retained by Craig W. I bought a full pitot-static kit from ACS ("Avery EFIS System Plumbing Kit" at $132) with lots of hose in 3 colors and way too many fittings.


 
May 22, 2022     cowl       Category: C23 Eng+Cowl
The engine is a wide deck angle valve. The plans call for buying the cowl - with no cowl available for my engine scratch build is a reasonable deviation from plans. Below I show that this is _not_ efficient or cost effective; if you can use the Aero Composites / Featherlite cowl, by all means do so.

I had to start with the requirements. The cowl has to
- provide a streamlined shape to the fuselage,
- have a stiff and resilient surface durable enough to handle the proximity to prop wash and engine vibration,
- be secured with reliable and easy-to-remove fasteners and
- facilitate engine cooling, with efficient and properly sized intake and exit areas.

Shape and Fasteners. Cowls should have minimal drag and ideally complete an airfoil shape over the fuselage. I've chosen to have a) an upper - lower join that matches the wing trailing edge, b) a boat tail on the lower surface, and c) exhaust exiting through an "eductor", an effort to have exhaust gases pull air through the cowl.

I secure the cowl to the attachment flanges built into the wings and fuselage. I will use Dzuz fasteners every 4 inches on the top and bottom arch, and piano hinges at the wing-cowl mating surface. This is contrary to the builder group discussions, which prefer Camlocks. I have 85 year old Dzuz still working well in a PA12, and I'm comfortable with the simpler install - I'll go with Dzuz and use more of them. For the long straight joins I'll use my RV experience and go with piano hinges. I'll pay up for the extruded hinges, just in case it's a strength issue.

Construction method. The shockwave of prop passage will hit the cowl surface at 2700 rpm x 2 blades = 5400 times a minute, 90 times per second. The closer to the prop the harder the hit. To handle that force I decided to make this cowling from carbon fiber cloth with a Coremat center. This is consistent with a presentation for the Cozy builders group. The presentation is at https://docs.google.com/presentation/d/1vTyFMM8RQ9PijpZ07AT6vDHU164KCHXY/edit?usp=sharing&ouid=111349802257488370268&rtpof=true&sd=true

Intake area. Per _Tony Bingelis on Engines_, the rule of thumb for inlet areas is .35 x engine hp (p.87). At 200 hp, my IO-360 should have an inlet area of 70 in2. The cross section at the end of the ramp of the NACA inlet is 15 x 2.75 = 41.25 inches. Unless the NACA in nutty efficient and has an effective area 1.7x the cross section, I need another 30 in2. My oil cooler has a face of 30.8 in2 - if I feed the cooler with an armpit scoop sized to match the inlet area is 72 in2 and on target with the Bingelis guidance. But most Cozy fly without the armpit scoop feeding the oil cooler. I will build and make initial flights with no armpit scoop, knowing I can add one. I will focus on having an efficient NACA intake, using the corner tabs that keep air from tumbling out of the intake.

Exit area. I have not found a standard for outlet area. Per Bingelis the outlet is at least equal to the inlet. Per the Vans forums it should be around 1.6x the inlet area. Above I plan for 72 in2 of intake, so I target an outlet of 115 in2. The area around the prop flange is a diamond of total area = 119, less the area of the extension prop flange for a net 80. My exhaust pipes exit through the lower cowl; I am shaping my exhaust pipe exits as eductors, hoping they will pull air out of the cowl. The area of the eductor is 23.8 in2, less the area of the exhaust pipes is a net of 17 per side = 34 total. Total exit area is 114 in2. On target.

Construction steps.

1) Install the (purchased) exhaust on the dummy engine, and any eductors. If not done already, install the cowl mounting flanges, keyed to the expected thickness of your cowl. Wrap the engine.

(Eductors are a lower cowl feature, and need to be fitted and secured before the lower cowl layup. I determined the target radius and pop riveted stainless steel shim stock. I then wrapped this in a sandwich of fiberfrax, CF+ Coremat + CF. I let the epoxy set in a frame that gave me a targeted oval shape, matching the exhaust pipes.)

2) Mount the prop extension - the cowls will need to converge and terminate 1-3 inches forward of the mounting flange. The front face of the extension is the back face of the prop.

3) Mount the wings and copy the edge profile required at the cowl-wing join. Securely attach the profile to the spar, but knowing it will be removed after final cowl casting. Remove and store the wings.

4) Surround with foam STRIPS. The cleaner the curves of the foam strips the less time and money you will spend on filler. [A better approach is to build a cardboard shape, then fill around that with the foam.] The cowl is laid up on a casting surface, and the better the surface the better the cowl. Plaster and sanding, epoxy squeegee on the plaster, then packing tape. After all this work I finally have a good casting surface.

5) An armpit scoop was laid on a core carved from a block of pour foam. CF + Coremat + CF for the scoop. This will be held in reserve for use if required.



Materials:
4 sheets of foam sheathing @ $28 each = $112
6 cans gap fill = $24
2 gallon kit of pour foam x 2 = $125 x 2 = $250
1 quart PVA = $26
1 tin miracle glaze mold release wax = $22
10 yards 3k 4hs carbon fiber (needed 7, bought extra) = $182 (Soller Composites)
5 yards CoreMat XM = $0 (the manufacturer sent a free test roll)
1 gallon West resin + extra slow hardener = $120 + $60 = $180. I buy this as I run out, and it was time to get more.
1 gallon acetone to clean arm hairs of gap filling spray foam = $25. As with the epoxy, buy it when in runs out.

Total ~ $825. Chris at Aerocomposites offers a full set for $650 - if you can use a purchased cowl, it's the smart way to go! https://aerocomposites.aero/


 
May 13, 2022     stations for CG envelope and W&B - (4 hours)       Category: C99 to sort
An aircraft CG range is the designer's planned relation of mass to lift. The aircraft designer sets a datum plane typically forward of the nose of the spinner - that makes for convenient positive number arithmetic. He then measures the distance aft of the datum of the empty CG of the prototype, setting safe foreward and rearward CG limits by testing that prototype. No matter how closely the plans are followed, EAB airplanes are going to vary from the prototype. If the build varies in the location of lifting surfaces it has to affect CG range. That's why it makes sense to double check measurements.

Builders agree that for the Rutan-derived canards the important reference plane is the wing root leading edge ("WRLE"), since it is a fixed point as regards the wings and thus the center of lift. The plans assign that point FS 113.9 - conveniently it falls at the outmost corner of the strakes and can be measured wings off. Given the WRLE, what are the stations for the leading edge of the canard, our other lifting surface? And what are the stations for the main and nose gear (reference points of the scales), and the several stations at which weight can be added or removed (ballast, pilot & copilot, fuel and rear passengers)? Time to do some measuring.

First step, find someone smarter - in this case Marc Zeitlin and Joel Ventura. I distilled their work into a 3-step process. First, set the WRLE and define the location of the landing gear relative to it. Second, set the aircraft on scales and set the empty CG. Third, measure the actual arms for the stations of interest. Here's the step by step.

1. On a clean floor, level the plane. The first several steps involve measuring distances and can be done wings off.

2. Drop a plumb line from WRLE to the floor and mark the spot (right & left). The plans define this as 113.9 inches, and I used it as the reference point for all other stations.

3. Drop a plumb line from the center of the main gear axle, mark the spot and measure the distance forward of the WRLE (for me, 4.1 inches for both left and right axles, for a main gear fs of 109.8). The plans call for 110, and the template draft POH calls for 109.5 +/- .5. The result is between plans and the POH and within tolerance. The 0.2" bias will very slightly increase the moment arm of the engine relative to the gear, so I might rotate 1-2 KIAS faster than otherwise. The discrepancy has no effect in the air. The landing attitude might be a degree or two nose higher and 0-1 knot slower. I might need to be just a little bit more careful about tip back of the aircraft while moving around the hangar.

4. Drop a plumb line from the center of the axle of the fully extended nose wheel, mark the spot and measure the distance forward of the main gear on the center line. Plans say FS16, which is 97.9 forward of the WRLE reference line. Mine measured at 96.14 - I will fully extend the gear and remeasure.

5. Drop a plumb line from the leading edge of the canard at the side of the fuselage, mark the spot (left and right). The plans say 18.7 but the manufacturer provided draft POH calls for this to be at 18.6, +/- .54. This is 95.3 forward of the WRLE reference. Mine measured at 81.4 - I absolutely need to remeasure!

6. By now there is a lot of tape on the floor! Snap chalk lines and make the measurements. Measure twice. At the end is determining if the build is in conformity with plans, and if not, that the variance is known and not a flight hazard.

7. Now it is time for the scales. My EAA chapter has a set of vehicle scales that are not certified but accurate within a half pound. The airplane should be ready to fly - all standard equipment and normal oil. I hold that you need to have installed all standard equipment - the ELT, POH, et al. Add 5 gallons of fuel and drain all usable. (With aft fuel sumps, the higher risk is level flight - drain with the aircraft level.)

8. The next step sets the arm of the various stations where weight will come and go. The following sequence is keyed to standard definitions of empty weight and to keeping the plane safely on the scales. For each step, add a _known_ weight at the given station. Write it all down - each measurement includes each of the 3 scales + the weight added.
- Empty weight and CG. This may require 50 lbs on the nose wheel to avoid a tip back.
- Add 100+ lbs at the pilot station and remeasure.
- Move that 100+ lbs to the copilot station and remeasure.
- Move that 100+ lbs to the right rear station and remeasure.
- Move that 100+ lbs to the left rear station and remeasure.
- Add max weight (24 lbs) at the most forward ballast station and remeasure.
- Add 50 lbs at the standard ballast station (for me, forward of the nose wheel housing) and remeasure.
- Move that 100+ lbs to the right strake, centered on the fuel cap, and remeasure.
- Move that 100+ lbs to the left strake, centered on the fuel cap, and remeasure.

9. Do some high school arithmetic and determine the station arm for each of the points.

10. Develop a cg worksheet or modify the Zeitlin template. ***Test the worksheet*** before leaving the scales - does the calculated CG match the actual? If so, load the same into Foreflight.

Going forward, look at the placard above the start button. T/O = WT + CG + DA.


 
Oct 16, 2020     05 panel - mounting trays and supports - (32 hours)       Category: C22 Electrical
I ended up spending a week fussing with the supports and stiffeners around the panel. It is shaping up as a stiff, strong box with very little flex, while also being fully removable.
- The instrument panel is .063 aluminum bent into an "L", and right, left and bottom center of the panel are tied to the old plans panel with machine screws into my home made G10 nut plates, floxed.
- I have a 1/2" square aluminum tube running across the remnants of the plans i-panel, screwed in on the right, left, and center support. The bottom edge of the panel attaches to the lower edge of the square aluminum tube, using nut plates attached to the top of the tube and machine screws coming up through the tube.
- The top of the panel screws into another piece of square tube, increasing stiffness at the top and across the center.
- Side panels of the radio stack attach to the IP and the cross member used for lift pins into the canard. It's as strong as anything not called a spar. There was some experimentation and dead ends in the shape of the supports, but I finally got where I need to be.
- The audio panel and the 2" GPS-Comm are held in manufacturer-supplied mounting trays, them selves screwed into rivet-nuts on the side panels. The mounting trays add rigidity.

Theoretically I can disassemble and pull out the panel in one piece - I have to take out 2 machine screws from the top edge, three across the face from the bottom and 4 from the leg openings. That is not super easy, and maybe I overbuilt this.


 
Mar 05, 2022     air filter - (2 hours)       Category: C23 Eng+Cowl
The A sump locates the throttle body between the sump and prop. It was convenient to directly connect the air filer, putting it at the aft end of the cowl. Per other builders, air "piles up" at this location for a relatively higher intake air pressure. The plans say the air filter is to be "Fram 3647 or equivalent". That filter has a surface area of 66.9 in2 (2.5" height & 8.52" diameter) before counting the pleats. I went with a K&N filter connected to the SDS throttle body with a section of 3" reinforced hose. (I hear rotten lab tests for the K&N air filters, but I think it is the most common make used in amateur built aircraft.) This filter has a pleated surface with an average diameter of 5.44" and height of 5.0". C= pi x d = 17. A = C x H = 85 in2. This is before counting the inner cone, estimated at 40 in2 for total area ~2x the plan filter. The additional area will offset the difficulty of breathing through an oiled filter.


 
Nov 06, 2021     Fuel lines & flaring tools - (12 hours)       Category: C21 Strakes
It's been a long time since I last made fuel lines, and those were either Aeroquip 471 or automotive hoses. This time I'm using -8 and -6 versatube (3003 soft aluminum) with AN fittings and the 37 degree single flare. It's a fuel injected system, unpressurized from tank through selector valve to pump, then pressurized at about 30 psi for a short run from pump to injectors. The return lines are after a pressure regulator, and are 6-8 psi. The -8 (1/2 inch OD) Versatube is rated at 380 psi, and the -6 (3/8 inch OD) to 520 psi. The tube isn't the issue, it's the quality of the flare and the correct torque on the fittings.

Flaring tools come in a _wide_ range of styles and price points. After two of the lowest grade I moved up one level, and I'm loving it. Below is a photo showing the equipment. After practice, my process is
- cut with a standard cutting tool
- remove burrs with a step bit
- put B nut and sleeve on the tube
- place tube in the correct sized hole of the multi-hole bar, with the end of the tube proud of the surface
- use a course file on the cut end, then check for a clean and perpendicular cut
- level the end of the tube with the top of the bar
- bar goes into the flaring anvil, centering the cone on the tube
- tighten the anvil on the bar; the anvil anvil is not allowed to twist
- add a drop of oil to the cone and spin it until it self-releases
- disassemble and inspect.

The height and inner surface of the flare has to be perfect, with no burrs or scratches. Tool marks on the outer side wall are acceptable. After practice I like the results.


 
May 13, 2022     shuffling everything - (20 hours) Category: C02 Workshop
I want to get the wings on so I can work on the cowling and controls. Those wings need a 31" free span, and my garage can just barely do it - if I move everything. I have pretty much everything in the shop on wheels, so it required a lot of putting away, a new storage bay on the ceiling, disassembling a favorite work table.... it's a project that took 2 weeks of nibbling away. The spend was for additional lumber, drywall mud for the cowling work, et al.
 
Aug 22, 2018     more work shop prep post project delivery - (29.5 hours)       Category: C02 Workshop
I kicked off the project by fitting it into the work space. I had to turn a woodworking area into a new space for a family car, install a garage door, build shelves, re-arrange a heck of a lot of accumulated possessions, et c. Everyone reading this will understand the shorthand for weeks and weeks of shop set up time. When the project arrived, I was able to move the wings to the ceiling, canard on a side shelf, miscellaneous in the attic, and fuse front and center.

Friday 8/10/18 Receive Project!
Saturday 8/11/18 8.0 unload, unpack, stow
Sunday 8/12/18 8.0 inventory (missing key, missing bolts
Wednesday 8/1/18 2.0 350.00 lay in basic supplies - laminating & sanding epoxy, BID, peel ply, 4 mil plastic, squeegees, dry wall trowels, sticks, containers, scale, et al
Monday 8/20/18 1.0 65.50 order replacement key
Tuesday 8/21/18 8.0 9.00 design and build device to invert plane (buy bolts), invert
Wednesday 8/22/18 2.5 8.00 build sanding boards
_________________________________

The last photo shows painted wings and fuse in the workshop. The crowding of benches is the result of multiple open tasks, the result of shipping delays, backing up to redo a prior task, and the urge to get something tangible done in some limited amount of time.


 
Dec 31, 2025     Project Selection - (40 hours)       Category: C01 Introduction
This entry describes events of Q2 and Q3 2018. I want it as the display entry for the builder's log, so I date it 2025.

I am the 3rd owner of Cozy project #1147, having acquired a "mostly" complete hull, wings and canard. This log is organized by chapters of the 2-volume set of plans, and includes entries by both prior builders and me.

Prior Builder. Chad Robinson is a software designer and developer with an unstoppable personality and a gift for precision. As his first build he picked the Cozy Mk IV, a plans built airplane that will take 2000-4500 hours to complete. He launched this project in September 2003, working out of a shop around New London, CT. At the same time that I was active in the Hartford EAA and networked with the DAR's and homebuilders throughout the state. Even so, I did not know Chad - he was working down on the shore and seemed largely outside the EAA networks.

Eventually a big family and a growing business cut into his build time and Chad sold the project to Craig Westwood, a first time builder in Athens, GA. At the time of the sale this project was inspected by Marc Zeitlin, a highly regarded aeronautical engineer who specializes in canards and does 10+ canard condition inspections each year. He gave #1147 a clean bill of health at the purchase by Westwood. Craig Westwood bought the project, spent some time sanding and thinking about components, then decided he wanted a plane in which he could learn to fly. He bought a flying Cozy and sold this project (removing some high value parts he plans to use). I was referred to this project by Marc Zeitlin. Since then I have been pleased by the work of Chad Robinson and wished that Craig had better documented his holding period actions.

Craig and I hammered on a price for a while, and I probably paid too much, but better to pay a mediocre price for a great project than a great price for a mediocre project. Then we had to find the right shipper, and that occasioned a renegotiation. The airplane was delivered via a specialty trailer, with a hydraulic system for raising and rotating the aircraft. Neat!
_____________________________
Sidebar on Resale Values
High quality homebuilts are the great bargain in aviation - a pristine 20-year-old home built might sell for the cost of the used engine. Unfinished, engine-less projects go for less than the cost of materials - yep, all that labor adds zero value. I've been a happy team player working on airplanes where all or most of the starting project came free to my EAA chapter. We worked as a team, got the airplane flying, and sold it on to a new owner. My favorite project story is a happy little acrobatic biplane donated to the chapter by a widow. We got it back in the air for less than $10,000 and sold it for our cost plus a young eagles donation. The plane is still zipping around and everyone is happy to see it getting loving care and attention.
____________________________


 
Dec 08, 2020     98. Discarded - copper tubing connections - (6 hours)       Category: C22 Electrical
I wanted short distances for all the main power connections, and certainly achieved it. On the firewall I have a vertical stack of the battery, my "fat wire point", the battery contactor and the battery bus. The total distance is 5 inches, and the longest segment is 2 inches. It is clumsy to have distances that short connected with cable and lugs.

Consistent with advice in AeroConnection, I am connecting these parts with solid copper, formed from sections of copper tubing. The hydraulic crimper has multiple dies. Reversing a pair to get a flat surface, the 3/8 inch pipe is crushed to a flat of 14 mm x 1.2 mm = 16.8 square mm cross section. This is the same cross section as #5 AWG. which has a resistance of .00103/meter. 5 inches is .127 of a meter, so the length has resistance of .000156. Using an online calculator, at 14 volts it can carry better than 3000 amps while losing less than 1 volt. Yeah, I think it will work for my system.

A headache in using solid copper is the alignment of the attach point - each of the 3 connections has ends perpendicular to each other. Cut it, crimp it, test fit, modify, test fit... there is no time savings here. Once fitted, cover with shrink tubing for some insulation - getting zapped is a PITA. A better approach might be to make the copper bar and put twists in it in order to get the alignment - I'll try that if I have any connection problems.


 
Mar 06, 2022     Throttle cable - (1 hour)       Category: C23 Eng+Cowl
Before buying a cable I made sure of the length at full throw. That required knowing the throw. I measured the distance from arm to a known point (here, the throttle body base) at full open and full closed. The distance is 2.75 inches.

The throttle body mounts on studs inserted into the sump, forming a square 2.5" on a side, The throttle body was installed in the temp engine using the o-ring and a film of lube.


 
Jan 26, 2021     04 Band Saw Fence - (1.5 hours)       Category: Z-Tools+Tips
I was getting ready to make covers and needed 1/4 inch foam. Rather than break into a big sheet I decided to cut down some left over blocks of "the blue stuff". From past experience I knew I could get close with a hand saw and sand flat from that. But could I do better? I know that serious woodworkers use a band saw fence for slicing veneers from larger blocks, a process called "resawing". I found that a resaw fence runs more than $100. But taking a look at the scrap pile I see
- a Harbor Freight give away, the 14" magnetic bar.
- a piece of cap rail from a deck fence (when and where did I get this?)

The HFT mag bar is a steel U-channel filled with a series of rectangular magnets. I uncovered them, pried them out, and did a test fit in the groove cut in the hand rail fence. Fits! I drilled some shallow holes in the wood of the groove, filled with flox, and pressed in the magnets. Remove the overflow, and let the flox set, making sure of a flat surface at a right angle to the side of the cap lumber. Once it set I had a fence that holds tight to the surface of my band saw, while being fully adjustable.

I set the fence on the left side of the blade and measured the distance from the slot machined in the table. Once square, I trimmed a block to the max height of the band saw, then went to to town on the block. The results are shown in the picture below. This should be more than enough 1/4 foam for the covers, and I have a technique I can use for the cowling.


 
Feb 20, 2022     Baffles - composite w high temp epoxy       Category: C23 Eng+Cowl
Talking to experts built my confidence - I'm going to try for composite baffles, done with high temp epoxy. Klaus uses an aerospace product I can't access, so when pressed for a recommendation he offered:
- make sure it's a laminating epoxy and test the sample with a scratch test. There will be a transition temperature where it goes from a hard ceramic-type scratch result to something like a rubber sheet. That transition is the measured temperature for this use.
- The outer edge of a cylinder fin will be a lot cooler than 400 degrees - closer to 200.
- An epoxy with a two-stage curing cycle has a chance of meeting the standard. He likes MGS.

I have West, Aeropoxy, Max HTE (high temp), Max GRE (fuel resisistant) and a number of general purpose epoxies. Only the Max HTE comes anwhere close to the target temperatures, so I'll make a test blank with it, then stress test a toaster oven!

Here's the write up on Max HTE: MAX HTE A/B is a two-part epoxy based system especially formulated to provide structural strength at temperatures of up to 200⁰C or 390⁰F under pressure or load. It is formulated as an impregnating resin for fiberglass, Carbon Fiber, Kevlar, Spectra Fiber and other specialty materials that require heat performance. MAX HTE A/B can also be utilized as an adhesive, encapsulant or potting compound, tooling resin for high temperature applications. MAX HTE exhibits exceptional toughness and other mechanical properties such as adhesion, compressive strength and flexural modulus at high temperature exposure. MAX HTE also provides excellent chemical and water resistance. Fillers and colorants can be added to modify it for a specific use. MAX HTE provides a long pot life at room temperature suitable vacuum assisted resin transfer molding or VARTM, fiber pultrusion, pre-impregnation process with a relatively short heat cure time. It is specially designed to withstand continuous high temperature service, high impact resistance and exposure to harsh conditions. MAX HTE A/B is 100 % solids, low odor and toxicity and does not contain Ozone Depleting Chemicals (ODC).


 
Sep 12, 2020     Interior paint - (12 hours)       Category: C25 Paint
This work was done in July, right after finishing the exterior.... I have a fair amount of posting to do.

Looking at the possible mess of a bad zolatone paint, I went with the easily controlled rattle cans. Rustoleum makes a flecked paint in several shades - I went with "Pebble". It seems to be plastic flakes mixed with a high power solvent and a propellant. It sprays rough, then settles into a smooth paint with the look of a high end spatter treatment. Topped with a matte finish clear, it appears to be easily maintained, and certainly repairable if and as required. Note the miserable coverage of the flecked paint - 10 cans were required for the interior, and I've kept 2 cans in reserve. The top coat required only 2 cans. [followup: it does not wear well. I painted before running power and fuel lines, stages where one steps in and out of the back at least 100 times. Lots of bare spots. I'll clean, spray and again top coat with the clear enamel.]

I made the mistake of painting the cabin side of the firewall - I subsequently sanded the surface in order to get a good attachment for mounting electrical components. Lesson - don't paint where you want to glue things!


 
Jan 25, 2022     Fuel lines - (100 hours)       Category: C21 Strakes
Fuel tank selector, fuel filters & pumps, fuel lines

First is choosing fuel injection and electronic ignition, going with the SDS EM-5 described elsewhere. That choice meant a switchable feed from each tank to the filters and pumps and engine, then a return line flowing back to the same tank. Each strake has the standard outflow, plus a return line in the upper rear corner of the tank. I bought the recommended Andair “6-port” fuel selector and mounted the valve forward of the instrument panel (a cleaner look, more perceived cabin room). I chose to locate the fuel pumps and filters in the hell hole, increasing the distance between people and potential leaks. I also made covers for the hell hole, both a smaller one just aft of the main landing gear, and the larger one just forward.

With tanks, fuel selector and pumps located, it was time to connect them. I chose to follow the sizing of the Andair selector, with -8 feed lines and -6 return lines. If I had it to do over I would have a -6 adapter on the Andair valve and make all lines with the -6. The flow would have been more than sufficient for the intended IO-360 and -6 would have been larger than the finger strainers at the tank exit. More radically, perhaps the tube bending and flaring and fittings could have been sidestepped with an automotive style flex fuel line. I went with stainless braided flex tube for my brake lines, and my next Cozy will explore flex braided fuel lines.

Tanks. I have the plans fuel tanks, with a finger strainer exit. Fuel lines run underneath the aileron control rod, secured to the side wall with click bond studs and Ugolini-style hold down clips (a customized Adel clamp of sorts). I can remove the sidewall cover and access in-line fuel valves – both valves are secured open and were installed only for future convenience. I have a fuel return located in the upper corner of the tank; any bubbles from returning fuel should be far away from the sump.

Fuel filters & pumps. Below are pictures of the fuel pumps and a “cap” made to hold the filters. This package fit neatly in the hell hole, where it can be put behind a barrier screen. Fuel from the selector comes to the rear, through a bulkhead fitting, across the main gear, through another bulkhead fitting, then into the first filter, the pumps, the second filter and then to a steel firewall fitting low on the firewall. The pressure regulator is mounted to the firewall to the left of the pumps + filters. It's hard to see, but the return fuel lines comes in from a steel bulkhead fitting on the lower left, through the regulator, then curves nicely to the bulkhead fitting. It crosses the main gear, then forward to another bulkhead fitting and onward to the fuel selector. Note that other builders have placed the pump and filters under the front seats - I don't know what's easier, but I've reserved that space for remote mounted avionics, whatever they turn out to be.

(I chose to install cut off valves close to the tanks - the black hexagonal interruptions in the tubing.. They are wired open under the side panels, available only for an annual when I want to service the lines and spill as little as possible (!).)

Materials, techniques & tools. The lines are made of VersaTube, a soft aluminum commonly used for this purpose. A 50 foot length each of -6 and -8 was sufficient. Burst strength varies with size (smaller is stronger), and all sizes are at least 10x the maximum pressure that can be generated by the fuel pumps. Experimenting with the tubing found that smaller sizes (-3) bend easily - I had a 8 foot length I used to template the bending of -6 and -8 tubing. I had _no_ luck with the standard "triple header tubing bender" sold everywhere - I got crushed spots, inconsistent bends and very difficult to get a finished bend out of the tool. I ended up using bending springs - the -6 bends well with an outer spring and the -8 requires both an inner and outer spring. The outer springs come as a set for a wide range of sizes and I found a -8 inner bending spring on eBay. (The inner bending spring for PVC will _not_ work on VersaTube.) My preferred technique came to be putting the tube in a spring and enclosing in a bending jib made from scrap plywood. I recommend you _not_ use the cheapest flaring set, but go up one grade to the $40-50 one. Below is a picture of the tools I used and the scrap I trimmed off when I decided to remake a part. The most common error was to make the tube just a bit too long, so I got to trim and remake the piece. The next most common was to flare before putting the nut and sleeve on the tube!

Most everyone does the flares the same way. My only tip is to add a drop or two of cutting oil on the flare cone - I got super smooth faces. When it comes to fitting pieces, when I couldn't get the nut to to mate with the opposing threads it was where I had the one end secured and was fighting the other. Undo that first end and get alignment at the problem end, after which I was still able to reattach at the first.

Fittings. I underestimated VersaTube, and assumed I would need a lot of 90 degree fittings to get good corners. Instead I was usually able to bend the tubing and get the job done without fittings. (This is preferred by SDS, where they want bends over fittings.) I hit my limit in the 180 degree bends of -8 used between fuel filters and fuel pumps. An inner spring plus an outer spring plus use of the bending jig got my parts aligned and fitted. Deciding how to piece the fuel lines then turns on design for future service. I have 3 pieces in each of the lines between fuel selector and tank, a count that made reasonable the install-remove cycle. 3 x 6 lines = 18 pieces, each with 2 ends. Add in the plumbing of filters and the pumps and you get practiced at making and appropriately flaring the tubing.

Sealants. We pretty much all use Gasoila as the thread sealant for fuel lines. I also used a film of "EZ Turn" fuel lube on the faces of the fittings. A small tube of each is more than enough for the project.


 
Jan 26, 2022     fairings, gear leg to fuse - (25 hours)       Category: C09 Lnd Gear
Fairings, Gear Leg to Fuselage

My fairing is detachable, wrapped around the leading edge of the gear leg so that it cannot go through the prop. It was my 3rd set that finally turned out strong, light and with good shape. I recommend the following process:

a) The gear leg is fully faired and painted before making the fairing, with a minimum 3/8ths inch clearance where the leg enters the fuse. The fairing is made with the aircraft on wing stands so that the legs hang as they will in flight.

b) Cover the working areas of the gear leg and plane with packing tape. Do not attempt to form curves with packing tape – it serves as a release wax, not a mold. Have a tape “tail” extending off the gear leg trailing edge.

c) Wrap a 2 layer BID collar around the top of the gear leg. The collar has to extend past the trailing edge, and secure it with plastic clips or clamps. Peel ply the heck out of this collar. Post cure, remove the peel ply.

d) Now use blue foam to form the compound curves. Use adhesive spray to assemble smaller pieces into a block that fits snugly against the packing tape. Shape with a rasp, then cover with micro, then sand to a smooth casting surface.

e) Working on the airplane, mark and cut 2 layer BID to smoothly fit the compound curve. This layer is the upper side of the fairing, extending from the fuse wall, over the transition curve and down to the gear leg collar. The hard part is getting the layer to wrap around the leading edge. Apply peel ply – this will have to be pieced due to the compound curve. Figure out a way to hold this snug against the fuse side while it cures – I used a heck of a lot of plastic sheeting and tape. Post cure, remove the peel ply.

f) Working on the airplane, mark and cut 2 layer BID to fit smoothly and form the lower side of the fairing, extending from the leading edge of the gear leg collar, over the main gear cover and making a smooth join to the trailing edge of the gear leg. Apply peel ply. Figure out a way to hold this against the underside while it cures – I used a heck of a lot of plastic sheeting and tape. Post cure, remove the peel ply.

g) Last layer! On the plane, cut a piece of BID to wrap around the leading edge and back into the upper and lower pieces. Peel ply. Post cure, remove the peel ply.

h) Assess the result on the plane. If 90% on shape, coverage and surface smoothness, OK to remove. (If not, evaluate whether to repair or try again.) Remove by sliding the collar down to the wheel, then removing from this narrower point.

i) Off the plane, inspect again. Repair as necessary. (I ended up adding a quarter sized patch to reinforce a point at the upper edge of the fairing.) Trim the fairings to get good edges and to remove the excess trailing edge “tail”.

j) Fill with dry micro and sand, then epoxy wipe to get a paintable surface. For extra credit, look to the inside of the fairing and use pure epoxy to seal the foam blocks.

k) When satisfied and painted, the gear legs are secured with a trace amount of latex caulk. Dot the caulk on the top 2” of the gear leg, then slide the finished fairing up the leg and into position.

These fairings will have a snug fit on the gear legs and a pleasing shape without excess wetted area.


 
Nov 06, 2021     Fuel Pumps       Category: C21 Strakes
I'm using fuel pumps supplied by SDS as appropriate to their system. The twin pumps are Walbro GSL-393 pumps set in a machined alodined frame. Heck, they look so nice I hate to bury them in the back of the plane. The pump can provide 155 liters per hour, or 41 gph. They draw 4-5 amps in normal ops, 5.5 at the max expected draw (20 gph, a pessimistic read of full rich full power) but are to be fused at 20 amps. The pumps run one at time, and I've put the pump selector switch next to the tank selector (switch tanks, switch pumps) hoping to achieve even wear and to always have the backup at hand. From pump selector switch to the pumps is 7 feet each way, 14 feet for the round trip. The wire size calculator says I can use 14 AWG, so another order to ACS... Planning for 20 amps seems crazy, given that the draw is measured at 4.5a. But I'd sure hate to lose a fuel pump on an EI/EFI system.

Walbro's comment on filters: "Note! This pump should never be operated without a fuel filter between the tank and the pump. This pre-filter should be 20- to 40-microns. Additionally, almost all applications require a 10-micron post-filter between the fuel pump and the fuel rail. Putting just a 10-micron filter before the pump is not recommended. We offer a good quality metal cannister filter (disposable) with 3/8-inch hose barb ends as well as the outstanding Holley aluminum billet 390 LPH filter with -6 and -8 AN fittings. The Holley filter can be disassembled and cleaned or the entire filter media renewed." I am using a 30 micron filter pre-pump and a 30 micron after. Both filters are as spec'd by SDS and in SDS enclosures, again beautifully machined aluminum anodized gold.

Here's a link to the Walbro specifications page: https://walbrofuelpumps.com/walbro-gsl393-fuel-pump.html


 
Oct 19, 2021     brake lines - (16 hours)       Category: C09 Lnd Gear
- I went with PTFE hose with stainless braid, in a single length all the way from the brake caliper to the cylinder. I bought 25' of the hose, and ended up with an extra 2" - I should have ordered 30'. I ran the hose down the center, inside the cabin heat channel. Routing on the sidewall would call for ordering 35'.
- Braided hose has a limited life - I'm accepting that I will replace the brake every 10 years.
- I used AN3 hardware, with 4 straight ends + 4 90 degree fittings. I should have ordered 2 45 degree fittings for use at the calipers - I think that would have been better clocking. Threads of the AN fittings were touched with Gasoila, the thread treatment approved for fuel, oil and solvents.
- I tore out the NylaSeal that had been installed. I have an artifact - the bit of Nylaflow that was embedded in the landing gear.

Almost all of the Matco hardware was kept back by the Craig W., and I had already bought and installed wheels, axles and brakes. On 10/20 I asked Matco to help by selling the fittings connecting reservoirs and cylinders. That plus the (bad idea) wash bottle are the $45 spend of this entry. See picture for the missing bits.

10/31. Brakes are done, with no visible leads. I'll circle back later and check again for air in the lines.
- I again considered changing over to solid -3 tubing with stainless at the ends, but decided against it. The trade off was burst braided tubing vs extra joints. I like the single piece from brake to cylinder, and running the braid in the heater conduit protects the stainless from most all possible accidents. Prior photo shows NylaSeal exiting the cylinder pressure side; new photo shows stainless braided brake line.
- Fitting the reservoir line required a small adjustment to the clocking of the two fittings on the reservoir. The lines from reservoir to cylinder fitting benefit from a dish shaped cut in the nose gear support, already done when I took the project. See the photo - well done, Chad Robinson. If you want to _not_ do this, space the reservoirs more widely.
- The reservoir is a polycarbonate bowl with a, aluminum cap, and there is a small pressure relief / overflow hole in the cap. A mounting bracket holds the resoir on the wall, above the level of the brake. Note that there is a thin washer between the bottom of the bracket and the top of the cap, creating clearance for that pressure relief cap. One of the washers was lost in the project moves, so I replaced the brass one with a steel one.
- I got some bad advice from a Van's forum, where someone recommended a chemistry lab wash bottle as a better way to pump up brake fluid. Don't do it - the brake fluid nipple is pretty darn stiff and hand pressure won't push the fluid past it. A standard oil can has the necessary pressure. It took surprisingly little fluid to fill the brakes, lines, cylinders and reservoirs - I figure 8-10 ounces. I probably spilled another 4 ounces transferring between containers and having hoses pop off.
- Some Maco brake systems recommend a DOT-5 (silicone) fluid. This one uses the traditional 5606, updated to Mil-H-5606.
- The full kit Matco uses a NPT male-female fitting at the bottom of the reservoir, with a slick washer and integral gasket between the fitting and the polycarbonate bowl. Fitting and bending lines was tight, and I'm a big believer in Gasoila for my fuel fittings. That fuel-proof tread sealant is in place of the NPT + gasket. There is very little pressure at the reservoir side, so I'm thinking I keep an eye on it and figure if I need a different solution.
- Hydraulic fluid seeps, creeping along surfaces and contaminating foam. The bottom of this forward area was already sealed with a fuel-proof epoxy; I went back and sealed the holes for ADSB and transponder antennae. The fuel proof epoxy goes all the way back to the instrument panel.


 
Apr 03, 2009     Fuel Valve, Electric Pump, and Gascolator p1 - (5 hours)       Category: C21 Strakes
Note from Chad, the original builder:
"My engine will be a Mazda rotary, which uses a high-pressure fuel injection system with a return. After much debate, I'm following in John's footsteps. Each tank will have a pump underneath each rear seat, which will be tied together at the fuel rail. A return will feed a solenoid that will pass the return fuel to the selected tank. Only one pump will be on at a time. This is a useful setup with some interesting side effects. First, its controls can be simplified to the point that feed and return are switched together, so there is no need for the pilot to manage both devices, and accidental cross-feed is prevented. However, deliberate cross-feed can be engaged when desired. This is a nice feature if you're on the ground and about to refuel. You know the fuel you have remaining is good, so you can pump it all into one tank (which is now a "known good" tank) and refuel ONLY the other tank. You can then take off and perform critical maneuvers on known-good fuel, and only use the new fuel when it is safe to make the switch. If there is contamination, this gives you a response option. You can also use this technique to empty a tank for inspection."

"In the first picture below you can see several of the components in my fuel system, including the pump, tank fittings, and sump level sensor."

PK note 6/8/2020. The project arrived without fuel pump, fuel valve or gascolator. The prior builder even stripped off the AN fittings. I plan on using the fuel flows standard to aircraft fuel injection, with return back to the source tank, and that requires a dual switched fuel valve. I have one of the 6-port Andair valves from a Cirrus, and need to install hard lines bringing the fuel through filters and pumps forward to the dash-mounted valve, then return lines to the source tank and the engine. This is going to be a challenge and learning experience.

(There are wires going into the tank, located at about where the sump would be. This is the fuel level sensor, an array of 5 gas float switches to each side, with a resistor network designed to give output varying with fuel level. It was a clever, if overly complex solution to fuel monitoring, described in C21 "Fuel Level Sensors". I've tied off the wires and will put them under a protective cover for future use by someone else.)


 
Oct 17, 2021     Fuel system - (100 hours)       Category: C21 Strakes
Variance from plans - EFI/EI, return lines and location of fuel selector valve. The plans fuel system is designed for a normally aspirated parallel valve O-360; I'm building towards an EFI / EI system from SDS (their EM-5) feeding an IO-360 angle valve engine. This system has a pressurized fuel system with the fuel return flowing back to the originating tank (no sump). The Cozy plans put the fuel valve in the seat back, just like the Long EZ and notoriously difficult to operate in flight. I moved the valve to the instrument panel ("IP").

The SDS system that I'm building towards requires a return fuel line, and getting that return fuel to the correct tank means a 6-port fuel selector. Like most others, I'm using the Andair valve. In my case I got one out of a Cirrus, but it's all the same 6-port valve with permanently lubricated ceramic disks. To fit this large-ish valve in the Cozy, most put the valve on a center console, between the throttle quadrant and the foot of the instrument panel. The SDS FI means that I don't have a mix lever, so all I have is a throttle cable. With only that one control to move, I am trying to have everything on the panel, and avoid having the throttle quadrant taking up people space. That means shoehorning the fuel selector onto the panel. I think I have it done, but it did cost me 100 hours of fiddling, fitting, repairing and replacing. I ended up with a standard Andair face plate, placed low on the IP. Where the Cirrus uses an extension from face plate to valve, I trimmed that to as short as possible, while keeping the extension and the stiffness of that specialty shape. The valve itself is supported at the front by the face plate, and at the rear by a bracket shaped to the nose gear wheel well. There are nutplates on the back of the IP, inside the wheel well, and rivet nuts on the back of the valve. Note how the banjo valves were re-clocked to permit a fit under the rod for the nose gear manual extension. Valve surfaces now have a film of EX-Turn fuel lube. The banjos are safety wired using the same pattern as Andair had on the part when shipped to Cirrus.

Below is the schematic provided by SDS in their implementation guide. Mark Rieger, Cozy builder in California, was kind enough to share his more detailed schematic, with a parts call out. Mark's system is 100% AN-6, but otherwise similar to this build. My tanks have an AN-8 out and a -6 return, and so does the fuel selector valve (as above). I got frustrated with the organization of all the fiddly little AN parts, so I ended up making a paper layout, with post-it notes for each of the AN components (see below). I called out to multiple vendors before finding a combination of 3 that covered the parts I need at a price I can afford. Here is a walk through of the line sizing, as the fuel travels:

Tank to shut-off valve - AN-8 to AN-8
Shutoff to selector valve - AN-8 to AN-8
Selector valve to filter - AN-8 to 3/8th inch NPT
Filter to pump - 3/8th inch NPT to 3/8th inch NPT
Pump to filter - 3/8th inch NPT to 3/8th inch NPT
Filter to bulkhead fitting - 3/8th inch NPT to 3/8th inch NPT
Bulkhead fitting to fuel block - 3/8th inch NPT to 3/8th inch NPT
Fuel block to injectors to fuel block - TBD
Fuel block to Bulkhead fitting - 3/8th inch NPT to 3/8th inch NPT
Bulkhead fitting to selector valve – AN-6
Selector valve to tank – AN-6

Note that fuel lines are segmented for future servicing. (The more segments the more opportunities for leaks, but also the easier to service.


 
Oct 17, 2021     Fuel pump, gascolator and filters Category: C15 Firewall
This work is described in Chapter 21
 
Oct 17, 2021     Fuel Valve, Pump and Filters Category: C06 Fse Assb
This work is described in chapter 21.
 
Feb 12, 2021     07 - Avionics Bus - (18 hours)       Category: C22 Electrical
I made, installed, removed and then repurposed two power conditioners. The more versatile of the two is now used to condition the 5v power that runs to the LIDAR sensor. The brown-out device is still available, and I may use it as a supplemental power input on the Garmin GPS-Comm or the Dynon. I appreciate the several rounds of consultation with Charlie England (AeroConnection guru, #2 to Nuckolls).

At the front of the plane I have gone through a heck of a lot of circuits, and decided to organize them onto 3 buses - a 20-fuse main, a switched 8-fuse for cabin accessories, and an always-on 6-fuse dedicated to the radio stack. At the rear of the plane I have a 6-fuse main and a 14-fuse engine bus. All in, that's 50+ circuits!


 
Jan 20, 2021     82. Making cables - (10 hours)       Category: C22 Electrical
I've been making my own power cables, connecting battery to contactor, contactor to starter, main fuse block (rear firewall) to the front fuse block (instrument panel), et al. I started with the Bob Nuckolls recommendation for fat wires - make cable ends from copper pipe. The result was great in carrying current, but way to difficult to get good looking ends with smooth bolt holes. I bought an assortment lug ends and a hydraulic crimper. The result has been much better.

One of the lug ends had too small a hole, so I had to replace it. That was a chance to cut into the lug and check how my squeezing was doing. OK! See the two photos below. The first one shows the cable just outside the lug. You can see the individual wires of the 4AWG cable. The second photo shows a cross cut in the center of the lug. Under compression the wires merge into a solid mass, and there is no space between the copper and the tinned copper wall of the lug. I didn't get that solid metal look all the way across the cable, but there is still one heck of a low resistance connection. I don't know that all the cable ends are this good, but this one looks acceptable.

The spend was on a hydraulic crimper (Klutch brand from Northern Tool) and an assortment of lug ends (Amazon, their larger assortment). Make sure to get copper, tinned, with a tang end opening so you can add solder if you want to.


 
Oct 08, 2021     Ballast - (6 hours)       Category: E01 Next Steps
I was able to get lead tire weights from an auto shop. I cast them into the shape of small muffins (the steel mold I found on hand), then got smarter. I shaped wood blocks to fit in a compartment created by structure holding the nose gear. I then built molds to fit the plugs. The weight is far enough forward (and I'm big enough) that I don't expect to use any more ballast than this 17 lbs, even when solo. But I have two more large bricks , able to shift it between the forward compartment and a holder just behind the front seat.


 
Oct 10, 2021     Nose Gear refinement - (12 hours)       Category: C13 Nose+Gea
The project as received had some rough spots, and one was the nose gear. Here are the things I found and fixed:
- The EZ Lift attaches to the nose gear strut with a metal clamp. It was held in place by an AN3 bolt with no nut. Replaced with the correct AN4. Where the installation instructions use a lock nut, I see this as rotating through 15 degrees or so, so I went with a drilled nut, castle nut and cotter pin.
- For the past decade or so the user group has called for a bolt securing the metal clamp to the gear leg. The bolt is to be transverse through the no stress center of the gear leg. (The front of the gear leg is in tension, the rear in compression, the center is neutral.) I installed an AN4. Even as this bolt does not move, for consistency I went with drilled bolt, castle nut and cotter pin.
- One gear door was torn out. I prepared flox beds for small screws and installed the missing door.
- I found and fitted a door spring that holds the door open through taxi and take off, then has the retracted gear pull the door closed. This is a fairly standard design for EAB aircraft with retractable gear.
- I cleaned up the gear door edges so that the doors open and close smoothly. This amounted to some light filing work.


 
Jul 02, 2020     Prime & top coat - (100 hours)       Category: C25 Paint
Here are pictures of my test panel and then post-paint airplane parts.

I used two test panels and did what I could to screw up the chemistry of the paint. I put the primer and top coat on with and without
- surface de-greasing
- sanding
- conversion time
- brushing vs rolling

Those experiments gave me an understanding of what it might do. There were no paint failures, but I still did my best to follow directions when applying paint to real parts.

Three of the pictures show a board bolted to the wing spar, I used this in rotating the plane; my engine hoist was raised as high as it would go and the nose supported on saw horses. The fuse was rotated on its longitudinal axis and set on wheeled sawhorses. Other builders have much higher shop ceilings or armies of manly friends. I dinked around with various approaches until I found this, which worked for me.


 
Jul 12, 2020     Lights: Nav, Strobe, Land and Taxi - (16 hours)       Category: C22 Electrical
I started with the Whelen wing tip lighting, the "Microburst III". There are less expensive choices, but I spent a lot of time in the CT aviation crowd, and learned respect for the Whelen team and products. Worth the $450? I'll find out over the long haul. The sooner you install the lights the sooner the lenses will break. I'm getting all the connections ready, but I won't do final install until I am at the airport. At the wingtip the connectors are DB pins, crimped, with shrink tubing with inner glue used for strain relief. DB pins are rated for 5 amps in low density loads. This load is significantly less than the rating of the DB pin connection. The connections at the wing root are shelled DB connections - there is room for a connector and it is possible the wings will come on and off several times.

The FAR's governing this area were clarified with Advisory Circular 43-217 dated 12/12/2018. At section 11.7.1 the AC says the required light intensity is in 23.2530, which says "Any position and anti-collision lights, if required by part 91 of this chapter, must have the intensities, flash rate, colors, fields of coverage, and other characteristics to provide sufficient time for another aircraft to avoid a collision." The AC also says that Part 23 aircraft certified prior to August 30, 2017 comply with 23.1405, which gives a table for required output measured in "effective candela value". At a measuring distance of 1 meter, the values for candela (lumen per steradian) and lux (lumen per m2) are the same and a candela is to 1 lumen x square meter per steradian. Per the FAR's, the light should put out 400 ECV at the 0 horizon. My non-calibrated light meter shows light output of 421 lux, so I believe I comply with both standards.

Wire sizing From AC43.13-1b: "Wires must be sized so that they: have sufficient mechanical strength to allow for service conditions; do not exceed allowable voltage drop levels; are protected by system circuit protection devices; and meet circuit current carrying requirements." With a nominal 14 volt system the allowable voltage drop is 0.5v continuous, 1v intermittent. As applied to the wingtip lights....... Total amp draw at 14v = nav 0.25 continuous + strobe 0.2 average and 1.2 intermittent. Each wing 14', total single wire run estimated at 16' x round trip = 32'. Fig 11-2 (continuous) says 22 awg handles 1a for 30', so redundant for the nav and average strobe draw. Figure 11-3 (intermittent) says 22 awg will handle intermittant 1.5A in a 40' run, so good for the strobe intermittant. The ground has to handle both loads, so 0.45a average and 1.45 intermittent. I upgraded the shared ground to 18 awg - better safe - and fused the 2 circuits (Nav & Strobe) at 5a each. The old fashioned strobes handled a lot of current and created interference for the com circuits. LED strobes are low current, but still a strobe and run alongside antenna wires. For the wing portion a good twist in the wires, and at the wing root it connects to shielded twisted pair. As a caveat to the tables, I note that Whelan manufactures these lights with 4 leads of AWG 28 or so - those are surprisingly fine wires.

The nose holds landing and taxi lights, a pair of 6-LED lights in aluminum cases which are finned to act as heat shields, with shock resistant design (intended for use on ATV's). I modded the cases for fit in the nose cavity, then attached to the bottom and side ribs with dabs of flox. Connectors are DB pins, crimped, with shrink tubing with inner glue used for strain relief. DB pins are rated for 5 amps in low density loads. This load tests at 0.9 amps at 12.8 significantly less than the rating of the DB pin connection. The wire run is about 3 feet x 2 = 6, so 22 AWG is redundant, fused at 5a.

I made and rejected multiple lenses - 5 in plexi and one in Lexan, before learning how to make a good Lexan lens (heat very slowly, nudging up the oven temperature to a soft slump. The lens was trimmed with bandsaw, then sanded to final profile and attached with silicone. The nose compartment is unventilated and the LED's generate heat. I placed a probe between the lights, sandwiched between the radiator fins. The LED's raised the fin temp from 88F (garage temp) to 120 (15 minutes) and then 141F (30 minutes). The fins were uncomfortably hot to touch. The surrounding composite surfaces were only slightly warmer than the air. With landing and taxi lights typically on for less than 15 minutes and a transition temperature of 165F (50C), I am satisfied that this solution works for this application.

10/18/20 - I came back to the lens and decided it needed a better shape. I rebuilt the base with 2 plies of BID, then a foam micro slurry, then micro. That was sanded flat. I cut the existing lexan lens to have a matching flat, and attached with the flexible and durable "Shoe Goo". See photo. I then faired with a wood flour + epoxy mix.


 
Sep 26, 2021     Cabin Accessories       Category: C22 Electrical
Several of the accessories are switched at the device or somewhere other than on the instrument panel. I created a separate bus to handle these loads:
right USB port (3a) left USB port (3a)
right seat heater (5a) left seat heater (5a)
cabin heat blower (3a) defrost blower (7.5a)

I had just finished the radio stack and immediately put the sub bus on the side of the radio stack, and moved the ground out from under the radio stack. The new look is easier to service, with the tradeoff that removing the radio stack now requires disconnecting that cabin accessories bus.


 
Sep 15, 2020     cabin heat - (2 hours)       Category: C22 Electrical
There are two blowers that address cabin heat.

A plans blower moves heat across the exhaust muff and pulls it forward. That is done with a marine sump blower, drawing a max of 1.2a and fused at 5 amps. The harness appears to be equivalent to 24 awg. I will follow the FAA rules on load, distance and allowable drop. I will install a heat duct from the engine compartment forward to the passenger footwell, with the motor forward of the passenger rudder controls.

A defrost / avionics fan pushes air across the radio stack and then washes the front of the canopy. This is a 6 amp rotary fan The two work well together, able to spin the motor at all settings and drawing 6v at the half-way setting and full battery voltage at the "max" setting. The manufacturer wired the fan with 24 AWG; my wiring will be to-from the IP connect points, fused at 7.5 amps, wire as per the FAA rules.

I also picked up a nice 10 amp pulse width modulation rotary switch. It is ideal for these motors, but I'm not sure it makes sense. When you want heat or defrost, you want it full on. Is there a use for the switch?


 
Jul 01, 2020     seat cushions - (30 hours)       Category: C24 Seats+Fair
The seat panels alone are surprisingly comfortable - that's the right curve for me - but I need something that works for varying size people and, right now, I need some idea of how seat cushions will affect the leg spacing. I ended up with a thin hard cushion permanently attached to the panels, a removable thin cushion that I take in and out, and a set of removable standard cushions.

For sitting in the plane and thinking about panel layout I used a thin pad glued onto the fiberglass. The thin pad is "Anti-Fatigue Foam Mat", at Harbor Freight for $9 for 4 squares 2'x2'. With these seats being the plans 17" wide, an 18" wide cushion will just fit. For a removable layer on top of that I've used a Home Depot distributed Hampton Bay "sling chair cushion" in "chili stripe".

2/27/21 - 3/12/2021. Refining the cushions. For longer term use I made a set of removable standard cushions, as follows.

Front. Foam is 2" of medium density topped with 1" of memory foam, wrapped with two layers of polyester batting. The foam was a 24" x 48" block, which was sufficient for 2 seats and 2 backs. ($65 at Amazon.) The fabric is blue Olefin, made for outdoor upholstery - I bought a 5.25 yard remnant 54" wide and used 2 yards for the front seats. I like the ridges sewn into the cloth and hope that minimizes slipping. There is an auto seat heating panel under the fabric, both seat and backing, which will tie into a 12v switch on the panel, and join the "Cabin Accessories" circuit. The backing is fiberglass (2 layer BID + peel ply) cast to fit the seat and back of the front seats. I found that Velcro just won't stick to Olefin and the cushions slipped around like crazy. I re-assessed. I turned the seat plate into a foam-BID sandwich panel, with front and rear edges that hold the seat panel. I recast the seat back panel for a height matching the setting in the plane. I did the back panels first - on all 4 edges aluminum strip with Tinnerman clips, fabric wrapped around the strip, then short screws through the 2-BID backplate into the Tinnerman clips. Super light, but not much tension on the fabric. For the seat panels I echoed the plans seat pan, with a foam core sandwiched between 2 layers of BID. On both seat and back I used spray adhesive (3M #77) and for the seat I had foam structure I could use to hold staples. Seat back detail - the pilot side does a nice job of holding itself in place, while the co-pilot side has two pins that push into the seat back.

Rear. 2" medium density foam was cut to the panel size, then a diagonal cut taken at the front and back edge or top and bottom edge, for seat and back panels respectively. Wrapped in 2 layers of polyester batting, then the blue olefin fabric - 1 yard for the 4 panels. The fabric is secured with 3M #77, stapled also. The piano hinge were cut free from the back surface, so a small fabric tab covers the visible part of the hinge. The result looks spartan but is quite comfortable.

Heaters: I went with an automotive heating pad - . The heater is the white sheet shown in photo "seats2.png". For each of the 4 heating pads I routed the plug to the outside, where a handy disconnect meets a 2-pin plug. Both back and seat use a panel mounted rocker switch in the lower outside corner, with high and low settings. When off the draw is zero, at low heat the draw is 0.85A per seat, at high 2.70A per seat. Each side has stand alone wiring, with the switch firing a relay that handles the current draw. Each sides comes with a blade fuse at 10A, saying the manufacturer trusts the wire to that current. I don't have that trust and downsized the fuse to 5 amps. I have panel out for repainting. Once back in the plane I'll install the wiring and switches.


 
Sep 17, 2021     07 Repairing Seals on MS20271 Universal Joints - (5 hours)       Category: Z-Tools+Tips
Repairing Seals on MS20271 Universal Joints


 
Dec 08, 2020     Aux Alt tray - (6 hours)       Category: C22 Electrical
I'm using the permanent magnet alternator spec'd in the Nuckolls architecture, manufactured by B&C Electric and sold as the "SD-8". The kit includes the SD-8, over-voltage protection, a 20 amp relay, regulator, capacitor and instructions. I installed it consistent with the instructions - horizontal on aluminum. (I spent a week of 1-2 hour sessions doing this 4x.) At the end, what you see below - scrap aluminum turned into a tray to hold the switchery of the aux alternator. Two rivet nuts in the aluminum plate catch 6-32 screws holding the red tray to the firewall. Using the tray allows me to horizontally mount the regulator on a cooling surface, and, of course, to do the connections at the bench.

The big blue cylinder is a capacitor, included in the PM-8 kit sent from B&C. That plan was intended for lighter weight engines - think an O-235 in a Long EZ. With the cap the alternative alternator has a starting charge. If and as I had to hand prop the engine, I could switch to the auxiliary alternator and this cap would support the rectifier. There's not much reason to take it out, but it's not in the Nuckolls diagram and not something I'd do again. Nuckolls said not to worry about it - it certainly won't harm anything (so long as I don't lick the terminals!).


 
Jan 26, 2021     Test cards - (1 hour)       Category: E01 Next Steps
There is a Cozy-specific flight test program. I supplemented it with the EAA materials. Good job, Kevin Walsh! Good job, Home Builders Council!


 
Jan 25, 2021     Certification - (5 hours)       Category: E01 Next Steps
I'm using two reference guides to the certification process. The first is an FAA-assembled selection of federal rules and guidance. I picked this up at an Airventure back in 2002 or 2003. The second is the current edition of the EAA's certification guide. It's got everything from panel labels to sample forms - certainly worth the $15 + shipping & handling.


 
Nov 09, 2011     Nobody Will See It... Except the Kids - (5.5 hours)       Category: C25 Paint
I took an extra hour while prepping the wing root hardware to paint the major surfaces (the control tubes and mounting brackets) in contrasting colors. That'll make the boys happy. I know nobody else will see it - but I know it's there, and it looks a lot cooler than I expected it to. You can really see how the parts move together to make the aileron function. Shown here are the FMN10 bearings floxed into the wing root, plus related hardware. I didn't finish the installation because the bearings were still curing - next time I'm out I'll trim those up a bit and bolt everything down for good.


 
Oct 25, 2020     06 Jack stand - (8 hours)       Category: Z-Tools+Tips
The Cozy is difficult to lift using normal jack stands, especially if wheel pants are installed. Courtesy of Marc Zeitlin, one solution is to lift the plane at the spar, at or just outside the covers for the wing attach holes. Here's the procedure.
1. Lower the nose gear and put the plane in the kneeling / camel posture.
2. Use saw horses or blocking to create a stable surface 40” high.
3. Nudge the blue block forward under the kneeling / camel posture plane.
4. Operate the nose gear. As the nose comes up there will be a lever action rolling the underside of the wing up the ramp of the blue block.
5. Stop when the nose gear is fully extended. In my case the wheels float 1.5” off the floor.

Having proven that this works and found the required height of the platform, I built custom sawhorses for long term use. If and as I want a jacking kit in my traveling tool bag, I can travel with the foam blocks knowing they work when 40" off the ground. Here are the dimensions for the sawhorses. Using those clamps, the legs were 37", the braces 15" and 18". Top piece was 18", the platform was 16" x 8", made of 1/2" ply. If I had to build a set while on the road, it is four 8 foot sticks of 2x4 (legs), plus one 8 foot piece of 1x4 (braces), plus some scrap 1/2 inch plywood. They seem pretty darn sturdy.

Friggin' Florida. Late October and puttering in the garage leaves me drenched in sweat.


 
Jan 01, 2010     05 Hot wiring foam       Category: Z-Tools+Tips
Hot Wiring Tips

My hot wiring experience went very well, thanks in large part to John Slade's assistance. We discovered some tips and tricks that I'd like to pass along to other builders. Our cores looked almost laser-cut when they were done, using the techniques described below.

Saw Construction

I've seen a number of methods of constructing a hot-wire saw. Ours cost less than$8, and was very fast and simple to assemble:

1. Cut 3/4" electrical conduit to 18" (small saw) or 24" (large saw) lengths.

2. Cut a 2x4 to 46" (small saw) or 64" (large saw). Bigger is not better. 64" will handle the biggest cuts you need to make, and you can stand close to the templates for better control.

3. Use an 11/16" spade bit to drill holes in each end of the 2x4 at a 15-degree outward angle.

4. Pound the conduit into the holes with a hammer. It'll be tight, but this friction gives good tension for the wire.

5. Drill small holes in the ends of the conduit for the hot wire.

6. Install the wire and wrap it around itself to hold it in place. I bought 40' of 26ga nichrome wire on eBay for $5.

7. Tighten by turning the conduit with a pair of Channel-Lock pliers.

8. Install conduit couplers at the base of the saw to provide an attach point for the cord. Alternatively, drill the conduit and install a self-tapping screw.

9. Use a 12' extension cord with its end cut off for the power cord.

Constructing the saw took only a few minutes. We used conduit joints to hook up the electrical wires - see picture 2 above. A pair of Channel-Lock pliers made an easy tightener - you just turn one arm a bit, until the wire "sings".

Cutting Guides

The plans include a set of straight edges, but John and I discovered two much more useful options.

The first is the corner of a small sheet of melamine / Formica. You can get this in 12x24 pieces cheaply, and the corners are already perfect 90-degreeangles. Each piece gives you four triangles that can act as squares. If your table is flat, you can very quickly set up a perfectly vertical cut when joining blocks.

For longer, or angled cuts, we used two drywall squares. We drilled out the rivets, and separated the two pieces. We then drilled holes about every 6" for nails. These made great short and long straight edges, and we've since found dozens of uses for both lengths in other chapters of the project.

It helps to make a few cutting tools/guides. Here you can see a pair of triangles cut out of the corners of a piece of melamine, with a factory-cut 90-degree corner. Verify your corners - not all sheets are exactly 90 degrees! With a pair like this you can make perpendicular cuts in just a few moments - set the block flat on your bench, and the triangles will automatically give you a vertical cut! In the background of the second picture you can see two aluminum straight edges, made by cutting the cross piece off a drywall square. The inch markers are handy both for measuring and as hotwire talking points.

Lessons Learned

We learned a number of things that make life easier while cutting:

1. Don't leave the saw on between cuts. This fatigues the wire more quickly.

2. Tighten the wire for every cut, AFTER turning the saw on.

3. Replace the wire occasionally because it will fatigue. Two replacements over the course of cutting all of the cores would be a good guideline for nichrome.

4. Split a mixing stick about an inch down, and once the saw is hot, run it down the wire. This cleans the wire much more effectively and quickly than sandpaper, with no damage to the wire. It is very important to have a clean wire - the quality of the cuts is much higher.

5. If you come off the template and get a bump, don't spline-sand it off. This takes more time than it's worth. Hit it quickly with the hot-wire saw to define the shape, then a bit of sanding will take off the residue left behind. It's more accurate, and much faster.

Half a popsicle stick, carefully split for about an inch, makes a great wire cleaner. With the wire hot, slide the split end over the wire, and run it back and forth a few times. All of the melted foam will get scraped off by the stick, without harming the wire as sandpaper would.

Hot-Wiring Micro

Yes, you can! Wicks had a fire sale on foam blocks that I jumped on. They weren't the highest quality, and they weren't the large size - they were 7x14x41. We had to piece them together to make the wings, and in doing so ended up with a micro joint before we had made all of the cuts (in the aileron torque tube hole area). Think this is a problem for a hot-wire saw? Think again. Our cuts were perfect - circular, and went right through. You can't do this if the micro is fully cured; ours was only a day old. I'm not recommending this, just saying if you happen to have a cut you forgot to make, and now have to make it through micro, don't panic - give it a shot, and you may be pleasantly surprised.

Stopping Midway

Finally, a well-known trick is to put popsicle sticks across the spar cap depressions and cut those in a second pass. The idea here is that the wire will be lagging in the center of the cut, and even a two second pause may not be enough to let it catch up. Cutting a curved trough is not good, so a second pass ensures they will be perfect.

We took this a step further. We started at the leading edge, cut to the center of the popsicle stick, paused two seconds, then lifted the saw out. We then cleaned and tightened the saw, and cut the other side by starting at the trailing edge. The idea here is that the start of the cut is always the best part - you have the tightest possible wire, no lag, and the wire is hot so it makes its best cut. It's not uncommon to see cuts where the leading edge looks great, but there is a curve in the center of the trailing edge that needs to be spline-sanded out due to the wire lag. By making the cut in two passes, from the edges to the center, you don't see this problem. We used the same technique in the spar cap trough, and they looked perfect. This technique also gives you a chance to rest your arms halfway through the cut, shift your feet to a new position, etc.


 
Jul 31, 2021     03 Fiberfrax alternative Category: Z-Tools+Tips
The gear leg axle gets hit with heat from the brake, most of which travels by radiation. In response, we cover the gear leg tab with insulation and aluminum tape. I don't have the FiberFrax remnants from the firewall build, and found that Fiberfrax isn't available in the small pieces I need for that work. Instead I found the insulation "paper" used in pottery kilns. It has the same performance numbers as Fiberfrax, can be cut with scissors (far fewer fibers in the air), and Aircraft Spruce recommended it as the new best thing. I was able to get it on Amazon, but the manufacturer dropped the Amazon relationship, so look elsewhere. Here is the description: "CGjiogujio 2pcs 6mm x 12" x 13" Ceramic Fiber Heat Insulation Blanket Paper". I paid $18.50 and got twice what was required for the two gear legs.
 
Feb 17, 2021     02 Piano hinge lube - (4 hours) Category: Z-Tools+Tips
Piano hinges get contaminated by glue, epoxy, paint and old-fashioned dirt. When I reinstalled the nose gear covers the hinges were so stiff that the spring would not push the doors open. I found the best lubricant was _not_ LPS-3, graphite or petroleum-based. I got a better, cleaner result using "Lightning Dry Lube", a product made for bicycle chains. The lubricant is a Teflon powder and the medium is a mineral spirit. The product wicks along the pin, so application is a very small amount applied to the piano hinge's interleaving spaces.

 
Mar 28, 2021     02 Wing Trolley - (15 hours)       Category: Z-Tools+Tips
Taking wings on and off requires some fine tuning of the bolts and bolt hole alignment. Rather than rely on neighbors or risj dropping the wing, I copied the Bernard Sieu design for a wing trolley. Scott Fish shared the design with the Cozy group, and I in turn shared the cutting plan.


 
Oct 13, 2020     04 Panel - Labels - (40 hours)       Category: C22 Electrical
Wow, this took a long time, with several dead ends. I ended up finding a clear material which I can print on a desk jet printer. ("Octago Inkjet Transparency Paper" available on Amazon.) I tweaked and changed layout repeatedly, using an Excel spreadsheet to keep alignment. The Excel-based layout was converted to a screen shot, saved it as a jpg, reversed in a photo editor, and pasted it into a Word document. From there I could print the picture on the transparency. Now the printing is on the inner side with a protective film.

Notes on what didn't work.
- I have a panel in a non standard size. If there was an easy way to digitize the dimensions I would chase having one watercut and engraved. With no easy path to the right dimension I went old school, hand cutting all the holes.
- Label tapes can't fit good descriptions. Yes, it fits the FAR, but I can do better
- Print shops are able to print any pdf onto Mylar. I found that clear Mylar is opaque, and looks only a little better than label tape
- it should be possible to engrave the image onto the thin, layered plastic used for nameplates. The local shop was unable to give a quote on this job.

I'll keep the alternatives handy if this solution fails.


 
Jul 04, 2020     01 Fitting a panel - (20 hours)       Category: C22 Electrical
Cutting, fitting, trimming. Repeat.

When I took the project the old panel was a disaster - cut and recut until there was no structure dealing with twisting loads. That's pretty much guaranteed to give a rotten feeling when you throw a switch or turn a knob. Pretty clear it needs a rethink and another, better effort.

I'm trying for a larger leg opening, since the plans one is too darn small for normal size people. That means taking advantage of the vertical clearance, so long as I don't lose visibility over the nose and can still close the canopy...you can see the tradeoffs. Add in the comments of others about needing to angle the panel, and it gets to be too much for sketches - I have to sit in the airplane, pull down the canopy and see if the part fits. I've been through 4 panel templates, trying to nail down exactly how much room I have under the non-standard canopy. #4 is the wood template in the back of the stack.

I could build this panel from some foam and fiberglass. But it's easier to test fit wood (nature's composite) and easier to mount instruments on aluminum. I'm pretty sure this ends up a composite plane with a metal panel! But I like the look of the wood so I'll sand out the blood stains, seal this piece and use it as the long term template and/or final panel.

Ended up going with aluminum - the strength/weight relationship is just too good to pass up.


 
Jul 12, 2018     N number - (2 hours)       Category: C25 Paint
I went onto the FAA's N-number inquiry system, and was able to search for available N numbers. I reserved "N10PK", a lot easier to say than "N7608H"! The reservation is renewed annually at $10/year.

The rules on what size letters and placement... per the EAA, canards can display the letters on the vertical rudder. Put it on the outside surface, both sides. Since I believe the ultimate cruise speed will be less than 180 knots, I can use 3" numbers. SO, I'll seek the airworthiness certificate with 3" letters. If and as I know I'll fly through the DC ADIZ (I was finger printed and approved) I'll upsize to 12". If and as I fly outside the US I'll add temporary 12" letters (e.g., electrical tape). Walmart just happened to have 3" letters at $1.74 per packet... I'm not sure the letters fit the width requirement (for a 3" high, needs to be 2" wide, as below), but I'll give it a shot and see how it ends up. Using my Walmart lettering I get 5 characters of "N10PK" at 6" wide - picture. I should be at 10", so this won't work.

"45.25Location of marks on fixed-wing aircraft.
(a) The operator of a fixed-wing aircraft must display the required marks on either the vertical tail surfaces or the sides of the fuselage, except as provided in �f).
(b) The marks required by paragraph (a) of this section must be displayed as follows:
(1) If displayed on the vertical tail surfaces, horizontally on both surfaces, horizontally on both surfaces of a single vertical tail or on the outer surfaces of a multivertical tail. However, on aircraft on which marks at least 3 inches high may be displayed in accordance with �b)(1), the marks may be displayed vertically on the vertical tail surfaces. (2) If displayed on the fuselage surfaces, horizontally on both sides of the fuselage between the trailing edge of the wing and the leading edge of the horizontal stabilizer. However, if engine pods or other appurtenances are located in this area and are an integral part of the fuselage side surfaces, the operator may place the marks on those pods or appurtenances.

45.29 Size of marks. .... (iii) Marks at least 3 inches high may be displayed on an aircraft for which the FAA has issued an experimental certificate under � (d), � (g), or � (i) of this chapter to operate as an exhibition aircraft, an amateur-built aircraft, or a light-sport aircraft when the maximum cruising speed of the aircraft does not exceed 180 knots CAS; ....

(c) Width. Characters must be two-thirds as wide as they are high, except the number “1”, which must be one-sixth as wide as it is high, and the letters “M” and “W” which may be as wide as they are high. [A 3" letter is to be 2" wide, with the "1" at 0.5" wide.]
(d) Thickness. Characters must be formed by solid lines one-sixth as thick as the character is high. [Line weight of 0.5".]
(e) Spacing. The space between each character may not be less than one-fourth of the character width. [Character spacing of 0.5".]
(f) If either one of the surfaces authorized for displaying required marks under �is large enough for display of marks meeting the size requirements of this section and the other is not, full size marks must be placed on the larger surface. If neither surface is large enough for full-size marks, marks as large as practicable must be displayed on the larger of the two surfaces. If no surface authorized to be marked by �is large enough for full-size marks, marks as large as practicable must be placed on the largest of the authorized surfaces. However, powered parachutes and weight-shift-control aircraft must display marks at least 3 inches high.
(g) Uniformity. The marks required by this part for fixed-wing aircraft must have the same height, width, thickness, and spacing on both sides of the aircraft.
(h) After March 7, 1988, each operator of an aircraft penetrating an ADIZ or DEWIZ must display on that aircraft temporary or permanent nationality and registration marks at least 12 inches high.


 
Oct 17, 2005     Installing Hinges       Category: C18 Canopy
10/17/2005:
I deferred the installation of the hinges until I was actually in this chapter, so I could use the turtleback itself as a jig to make the hinges as hidden as possible. However, one of the nuts for the hinge screws is hidden behind the shoulder support bar. To avoid having to cut a hole in the shoulder support later, and to allow complete removal of the hinges of necessary, I installed a nut plate here.

There are a few recommends methods of doing so, but I wanted to keep it simple. I drilled the hole for the screw, and marked the nut plate's position. I then drilled two tiny holes where the nut plate's ears are, and filled them with flox. I then installed the nut plate, using a small scrap of plastic wrap to protect the screw threads (but keeping the screw inserted a bit, to correctly position the nut plate. I then covered the area with two scraps of BID. The nut plate is well potted in flox - it would take a miracle to make this thing spin. (I think both ears would have to break off.)

Update: This later turned out to be irrelevant, as I've installed a forward-hinged canopy. See Step 15 below for pictures of how that turned out. This nutplate is just a useless part lost forever. =D


 
Jul 12, 2006     Outside of Turtleback - (14 hours)       Category: C18 Canopy
The outside of my turtleback has a spar cap laid into it, with a metal hardpoint at each end. This will provide some extra rollover protection, because my head rests are from a car and probably won't do as much. The hardpoints serve two purposes. First, if the plane is upside down, pressure on the top of the canopy will make it try to spread. The hardpoints extend below the bottom of the canopy into slots just inside the longerons. This will prevent the canopy from spreading and then collapsing. Second, they'll serve as a mounting point for bolts that I can use to set up my canopy latches.


 
Oct 29, 2007     Engine Mount Reinforcements - (10 hours)       Category: C18 Canopy
There are a variety of reinforcements involved here, and I've done them over a wide period of time (5/3/2007, 6/6/2007, 10/24/2007, 20/18/2007, and 10/29/2007) but they're all done now. In some cases I used plastic to hole the plies in place. I also tried aluminum foil, which some builders seem fond of. Not my favorite - I'll stick to plastic. It worked, but it was a bit touchy to remove in some spots.


 
Jun 28, 2008     Installing Upper Firewall - (3 hours)       Category: C18 Canopy
Installing the upper firewall was pretty easy, with one minor setback. Because I made my turtleback 1.5" taller than plans, my upper firewall (which, following the plans, I had made WAY back in Chapter 4, several years earlier) was not the right size and shape. Rather than remake it, I just shimmed it out and filled it in with scrap material. My upper BID tape from the spar to the firewall slipped a bit in alignment, but it was a bit oversized anyway so it will still do the job. I trimmed it a bit around one of the engine mount hardpoints, but otherwise it's ready to go.


 
Jun 28, 2008     Installing Upper Firewall - (3 hours)       Category: C18 Canopy
Installing the upper firewall was pretty easy, with one minor setback. Because I made my turtleback 1.5" taller than plans, my upper firewall (which, following the plans, I had made WAY back in Chapter 4, several years earlier) was not the right size and shape. Rather than remake it, I just shimmed it out and filled it in with scrap material. My upper BID tape from the spar to the firewall slipped a bit in alignment, but it was a bit oversized anyway so it will still do the job. I trimmed it a bit around one of the engine mount hardpoints, but otherwise it's ready to go.


 
Jun 30, 2008     Installing Turtleback - (8 hours)       Category: C18 Canopy
My turtleback 1.5" higher than plans, and it is also installed higher than plans. Specifically, at the front end it's lifted another inch above the longerons, and it's spread at bit at the front edge so it doesn't produce as much of an internal overhang above rear passengers' shoulders. This area is normally hidden under a fairing anyway, and it makes the interior feel a bit more spacious for tall passengers.

Some fill-in was required with foam and plywood, but otherwise the installation was per plans.


 
Jul 20, 2008     Turtleback Construction - (22 hours) Category: C18 Canopy
Wow, this was a pain. If John wasn't there to help me I'm sure I'd have walked away for a week, frustrated. Laying the foam into the form was definitely a pain, and getting it all to fit nicely was very tedious. We ended up spending a lot of time fussing with drywall screws, trying to hold the foam into the form correctly. To make matters worse, I didn't have time to do the layup by the time everything was set up, so I left it overnight. By morning, the dabs of 5-min I had used to hold the foam down had let go, and I had to spend another evening repairing them! If I had to do this step again, I would definitely adjust a few things:

1. Install more slats. The plans setup is just barely acceptable, and raising the height 1.5" put me over the edge support-wise. I would recommend installing at least 2 additional slats per side, and packing them more closely as you go up the curve. It doesn't take long to install them, and it's cheap insurance.

2. Make sure the flashing is installed VERY firmly at every spot, especially at the top where the curve is most complex. I had used a roll of aluminum tape John had lying around, and while this was great at first it didn't stick very well, so it gave way at the top and allowed the foam to buckle.

3. Don't put your joints at the ends. You want them even so you don't get a noticeable line on one side, but that doesn't mean they have to be at the lip. Instead, cut each foam strip in half in its middle and add the extension piece there. There's not much flex in that section, so you don't have stress on the joint. If you're careful to use very little glue, you won't get a joint line (it's easily sanded, anyway).

4. Use twice as many foam strips. It sounds time consuming, but if I had used 3" strips instead of 6" strips, they would be easier to shape for a good fit and install. Make sure to install extra flashing, of course, but I think this extra setup effort is well worth the result.

Re Turtleback Bulkhead...My turtleback doesn't have a bulkhead because it has a spar inside it where the bulkhead would normally be. See pictures and comments above and below.
 
Jan 01, 2009     Installing Windows - (22 hours)       Category: C18 Canopy
My canopy and turtleback windows are larger than per plans. In other Cozies I've noticed that visibility is excellent IF you are in the front-seat, but the back seat was almost an afterthought. I have two sons whom I'd like to be involved in this aircraft as they grow up, and I'm hoping bigger windows will make the rear seat a more enjoyable place to fly.


 
Jul 15, 2007     Turtleback Form - (8 hours) Category: C18 Canopy
Building the jig wasn't that big of a deal, but it was fussy work that took some time. I made one change from the plans, on advice from other builders, and lifted the "top" of the turtleback shape 1.5". This will give more inside headroom and hopefully a pleasing curve when it comes time to do shaping. But this step also required me to make new templates, so I started by tracing the templates on new paper and extending them to make the additional room. The jig pieces themselves were cut and assembled per plans, more or less (I used some scrap wood to assemble it so some of the side supports were slightly different sizes. No big deal.) For side support, John and I found some thin aluminum flashing material at the local Home Depot (fortunately there's one right around the corner from the hangar!) and used tin snips to cut long, narrow strips out of it. These we laid into the form to support the pieces of foam.
 
Dec 24, 2018     change brake lines from nylaflow to braided - (74.5 hours)       Category: C09 Lnd Gear
Gear Leg Fairings
Even as I have not yet completed review of the plans, I have decided to change the plumbing of the brakes. The Chad Robinson build used permanent installation of a nylon tube (.25" od, .125" id), running down the main gear legs and enclosed in a fairing. The preferred standard is hard lines where there is no movement and, where there is movement, braided stainless with a PTFE core. Unfortunately, that change means cutting out the existing tube. If I'm to do that, I might was well change over to the preferred fairing from Eureka CNC. Here are the shapes, ready for use.

Ouch - these precut fairings won't fit over the existing fairing work. I'm back to the starting point, less not-insignificant cash. After a 3rd pass closely examining the gear legs, then looking through the drawings, plans, Lucubration log and the Cozy builders discussions, I am confident that the gear leg torsional wraps were all done, then layup of this fairing. Therefore, I can cut the existing fairing without reducing the strength of the gear legs. Confirming that is a comment from the guru:

Aha - if you've already got the fairings well outside of the torsional layups, then you can definitely cut a channel in the TE of the fairing (totally non-structural) and lay in your new brake lines, then cover the channel with 2 BID and re-fair in the surface. Marc J. Zeitlin 3/14/17

I marked and made the cuts, leaving the existing tube on the right leg, and then cleaned out the trailing edge.

I looked for a flexible tube in which to run the planned stainless PTFE brake lines. The plans call for using a vinyl straw. To get something light with the diameter big enough to handle future service needs I fabricated tubes from BID, pieced them to fit the gear leg cut offs, then micro'd them in place on the cut offs. My test amounted to dropping a -3 fitting through the tubes - it came out just fine! Next comes the re-build of the fairing, where I aim to achieve a decent airfoil.

I'm aiming for an airfoil shape that scales well (the gear leg has varying thickness) and symmetrical should be easier to build. I went with NACA-0021:



Saturday 8/25/18 6.0 6.00 sand lower right strake
Monday 8/27/18 4.0 gl micro fill on strake lower + right gear leg, green stage sanding
Wednesday 8/29/18 1.3 gl document brake set up, refer for advice, research running brake lines
Thursday 8/30/18 29.31 gl sanding supplies - HFT
Friday 8/31/18 0.3 gl sanding strake lower + right gear leg, shaping fillets
Saturday 9/1/18 1.0 gl sanding strake lower + right gear leg, shaping fillets
Sunday 9/2/18 4.0 gl sanding strake lower + right gear leg, shaping fillets
Monday 9/3/18 3.0 gl sanding strake lower + right gear leg, shaping fillets
Tuesday 9/4/18 3.0 gl sanding strake lower + right gear leg, shaping fillets
Sunday 9/30/18 2.0 gl marking gear legs for cuts
Monday 10/1/18 1.0 gl cut TE from right gear leg, prep for next steps
Wednesday 10/3/18 1.0 330.29 gl cut TE from left gear leg, parts for next steps
Friday 10/5/18 1.0 gl inventory ACS order, shape gear legs for next steps
Saturday 10/6/18 2.0 39.85 gl prepare gear leg for brake line; purchase of tubing
Sunday 10/7/18 1.0 gl inventory ACS order, shape gear legs for next steps
Monday 10/8/18 1.0 gl inventory ACS order, shape gear legs for next steps
Tuesday 10/9/18 1.0 gl slice open gear legs, fashion a right sized tube
Wednesday 10/10/18 1.0 gl prep the space for reattaching a trailing edge
Thursday 10/11/18 1.0 gl research gear leg shapes
Friday 10/12/18 1.0 gl build airfoil templates
Saturday 10/13/18 1.0 gl re-build airfoil templates
Sunday 10/14/18 1.0 gl measure legs against templates, reattach trailing edge, wrap one leg
Monday 10/15/18 1.0 1,672.43 gl ordering brake parts
Thursday 10/25/18 10.0 145.30 gl multiple small sessions of building up leg fairing, buying fabric
Friday 10/26/18 3.0 33.27 gl ordering parts - micarts for nutplate support
Saturday 10/27/18 3.0 20.98 gl shaping GL, buying drill bits, #30 and #40, for nut plate rivet work
Sunday 10/28/18 1.0 gl trying to fingure out an accurate method for incidence of GL fairing
Tuesday 10/30/18 1.0 71.12 gl setting p incidence, ordering nutplates + supplies
Wednesday 10/31/18 1.0 gl filling & sanding on GL's
Thursday 11/1/18 1.0 gl filling & sanding on GL's
Sunday 11/4/18 1.0 gl filling & sanding on GL's
Monday 11/5/18 1.0 gl filling & sanding on GL's
Tuesday 11/6/18 1.0 gl filling & sanding on GL's
Wednesday 11/7/18 1.0 gl filling & sanding on GL's
Thursday 11/8/18 1.0 gl filling & sanding on GL's
Friday 11/9/18 1.0 gl filling & sanding on GL's
Friday 11/30/18 1.0 gl filling & sanding on GL's
Saturday 12/1/18 1.0 gl filling & sanding on GL's
Thursday 12/20/18 1.0 gl gear leg cover - fitting & nutplates
Friday 12/21/18 1.0 gl gear leg cover - fitting & nutplates
Saturday 12/22/18 3.0 gl gear leg cover - fitting & nutplates
Sunday 12/23/18 2.0 gl gear leg cover - fitting & nutplates
Monday 12/24/18 1.0 58.20 gl gear leg cover - fitting & nutplates + order battery


 
Jul 02, 2020     sample - inside of canopy - (100 hours)       Category: C25 Paint
The first picture shows the canopy top after multiple coats of epoxy wipe. It no longer looks chalky and the surface is smooth with some brushmarks. After this the canopy exterior was painted with 2 primer coats, then 3 finish coats. The last picture shows the canopy installed.

Turning the canopy over, I'll use the inside to illustrate the steps of 2 primer coats, then 3 finish coats.
- clean it! This part has been in at least 3 dusty shops for about a decade. SImple Green, isopropyl alcohol and lots of paper towels.
- light sanding at 240 or 320. This is where I can feel the surface and start to know all the rough spots.
- micro or glazing compound - the micro is for larger areas and deeper surface flaws. Another round of light sanding
- wet sand at 320, working steadily around the perimeter 2x
- clean, alcohol wipe and tape off protected surfaces
- Awlgrip primer mixed and applied as per directions
- wet sand 320
- inspect for flaws and repair as indicated (thus the parts with brown patches of glazing compound)
- clean, degrease (a wipe on, wipe off nasty chemical), tack cloth
- Awlgrip priimer
- sand, clean, degrease as above, then inspect and repair
- Alexseal 501 topcoat, mixed and applied as per directions, adding a 15 minute conversion period _not_ called for in the directions
- sand, clean, degrease as above, , then inspect and repair
- Alexseal 501 topcoat
- sand, clean, degrease as above
- Alexseal 501 topcoat

Yes, I am happy to put that part aside!


 
Jul 30, 2021     Spats - wheel pant fairings - (100 hours)       Category: C09 Lnd Gear
I built 3 sets of "spats", the fairing that transitions from the wheel pant to the gear leg. The first was very stiff and intended to remain on the gear leg. I decided that was too heavy and that I wanted a removable piece. The next build was two layers of BID in multiple pieces and proved to be the most complex layup I have yet done. When sanding and smoothing the result I determined that I need more strength at the attach points, and did a 3rd build. This one had tapes around the perimeter and a better job of smoothing the surfaces.

I bought another gallon of West 105 resin and quart of 206 slow hardener, 15 yards of 7 oz cloth and 50 yards of 3" tape.


 
Jul 30, 2021     Pants - (100 hours)       Category: C09 Lnd Gear
When I purchased the project it came a set of carbon fiber shells, appropriately sized for the plans Cozy. John Shade had used the traveling mold to cast a pair of shells, which were split between a front and back half - that work is described in this section..

But those shells don't fit around the heavy duty Matco 3-puck brake system, and don't fit the Desser "Monster Retread" tires I have used successfully on other airplanes. Les Laidlaw defined a work around and I followed it. The front and back shells were carefully fitted and secured, then split lengthwise. The inboard and outboard halves were secured to a blue foam block 2" thick, then the foam was shaped to fit the outer profile. The exterior join was set with 2 layers of BID, after which the foam was removed from the interior of the shell. The smoothed interior was then joined with 2 layers of BID. The shells now have the proper width. The exterior was smoothed with micro and then 3x of epoxy wipe. To hold the shells together I used 10-32 nutplates, mounted on G10 and then secured to the inner face of the shell with flox and BID.

The wheel and gear leg openings were cut away during a tedious and iterative process of fitting and trimming. The Cozy was pitched to a 2 degree up, cruise flight attitude, measured with digital levels. The wheel pant supports were fabricated and attached to the axles, then the wheel pants were set in a horizontal plane using a custom jig that was hot glued to the floor. The supports were clamped to the inside of the shell, then drilled from the outside to mark the support. Everything was disassembled, and rivnuts were set into the axle-mounted supports. Clearances around the wheel and gear leg were confirmed, and the wheelpant was reassembled.


 
Oct 17, 2020     02. Out with the bad - (8 hours)       Category: C22 Electrical
A lot of wires with no labels and 3 surprises: 1) the existing wiring assumes the battery and central wiring hub will be immediately behind the front seat. Well, that changes. 2) the wiring used was not milspec. 3) all power and ground was run from battery to behind the panel in a single (18 AWG?) pair, then instead of a fuse block there are big solder joints with a bunch of leads heading their own ways. I need to replace that with normal runs to blade fuse blocks and the "field of tabs" ground blocks.

There was some milspec, but of the wrong size and in the wrong place - two long runs of 2 AWG running up the heater duct to the backrest, with one to the battery (described above) and one to a marine battery power switch located where the plans call for a fuel selector. I gather that the prior builder intended to use that marine switch as the DC master, and avoid having a battery contactor.

There were also a number of firewall penetrations that I don't understand - perhaps they had to do with the prior (incomplete) installation of a Mazda engine. I reused 3 of them, one being a pass-through for the field-of-tabs ground and the other two used to secure the aluminum firewall I installed over the fiberglass + plywood (as the project was delivered, the firewall was built as per the plans). My own planned firewall penetrations are limited:
- 2 AWG cable run to the main alternator, something lighter to the backup (8 amp) alternator.
- 2 AWG from the starter contactor (cabin side of the firewall) to the starter
- A pass through bolt ties together the ground field-of-tabs on each side of the firewall.

I plan to use the firewall wiring ports located low on the right and left sides, under the engine mount holes.


 
Oct 13, 2020     Attachment bolts - (6 hours)       Category: C12 Canard 2
My project arrived with two missing CNL bushings, which secure the canard lift tab to the fuselage frame F22. Also, the passenger side of F22 has the installed reinforcing pad and the pilot side does not. I'm guessing a prior builder removed the bushings and removed the pilot side pad along the way. Below are pictures of the right side pad and bushing, and the left side which I built. The right side uses a thin plywood. I used G10, the purchased compressed sheets of glass and epoxy. I built up the layers to get to the target strength and thickness, then sealed it in 2 plies of BID. I drilled it out with a carbide twist drill, using the existing hole in F22 for alignment. After cure I inspected and found a void at the lower edge of the pad, where I used my syringes and injected flox. The finished pad came to 0.99" (co-pilot) and 0.98" (pilot).

Cozy Girrls was the source for the replacement bushing. Aircraft Spruce sold me the nutplates that go on the aft side of F22, securing the bolt in the hole. ACS had COVID delays, but got here eventually.


 
Sep 13, 2018     Brake - Matco + Fluid - (30 hours)       Category: C09 Lnd Gear
9/13/18
___________________________________________
Following the advice of more experienced builders, I went with the Matco heavy duty "3 puck" brakes. These use a disk internal to the wheel, so one has to buy a package. (This is the brake and wheel combination pictured in the "Lucabration" builders log; the seller retained those wheels and brakes and delivered the aircraft on old Cleveland wheels and axles.)

Elsewhere I described the work of cutting open the existing gear leg fairing and installing a channel big enough for the brake lines I am using - stainless braid over a rubberized teflon inner core. Re building the gear legs to a nice airfoil took _way_ too long, and my shop is saturated with micro balloons. Now I need to construct the brake lines.

Side note on brake fluids... Past Cozy builders have had problems with overheated brakes, in one case resulting in a fire and loss of the aircraft, on another resulting in warped landing gear. A metal plate is commonly attached between the gear leg and brake, intended to protect the gear leg from brake heat. I will make this modification to the plans. I also intend to upgrade the brake fluid, moving from the standard mil spec 5606 to the current practice of a mil spec 83282 (Aeroshell 31, 51 or 61). Here is supporting text from an Aeroshell handbook (located here):

"Although the military did not move to phosphate ester type fluids they did identify the need for a more fire resistant fluid as a direct replacement for MIL-H-5606. As a result a synthetic hydrocarbon-based fluid, MIL-H-83282 was developed. This fluid is completely compatible with MIL-H-5606 fluids and MIL-H-5606 hydraulic system materials. All physical properties of MIL-H-83282 (now MIL-PRF-83282) were equivalent to or superior to those of MIL-H-5606 (now MIL-PRF-5606) except for low temperature viscosity. In particular all fire resistant properties of MIL-PRF-83282 are superior to those of MIL-PRF-5606. More recently MIL-PRF-87257 was introduced in order to address the concerns over the low temperature viscosity of MIL-PRF-83282."

2/12/18
_________________________________________
Over the past week I installed + reinstalled the axles, wheels and brakes. I ended up with a super slow leak to my new tubes - at $75 each that is a bit of bad news. And no, I did not pinch the tube between the wheel halves. I'll monitor it and might go back to Desser for a return and change over to the Michelin tubes.

I'm now waiting on ceramic insulation for the gear leg wrap, after which I can go final on the attachment of the wheels. Once the wheels are on for good I will move to the wheel pants. Fun to see wheel bearings clean of any grease - that's pretty rare! I like to use Mobile 1 bearing grease, so that's what you see loaded in the bearing packer.

I'll add spacer washers on each side of the aluminum heat shield, reducing the contact area and trying to isolate the gear leg from the heat that flows to the axle. And after I add the ceramic insulation I can fuss with the slight bend on the heat shield so that it best fits the installation.

And one more note - The aluminum axles were begging for an attachment point on the outside face. This can be used to secure the wheel pant, to hold a Wilhemson tip-back preventer, or pretty much anything else. A machine shop here in Tarpon Springs tapped the 4 AN3 holes in exchange for a plate of cookies.


 
Apr 23, 2009     Axles, brakes, and brakelines, then landing brake - (25.8 hours)       Category: C09 Lnd Gear
02-28-21
When I bought the project the seller had removed the Matco wheels and brakes and installed an old mismatched set of Cleveland axles & wheels (no brakes) and a set of bald tires. With most of the painting done I can return to using the Matco system.

Back in 2018 I had bought from Infinity Aerospace his package of the 3-puck Matco's, thought to be the best way to handle the high landing inertia. It comes with axles, wheels, brakes and a parking brake. In January 2020 I purchased a set of "Monster Retreads" from Desser TIre. These are the largest tires that I expect ever to use, and they are the right choice while I am fitting the wheel pants.

Tires. Sunday, 2/7/21, I mounted one tire. It took 4 hours - I kept redoing the work as I figured out the sequence. This morning I changed over both axles and mounted the other tire in 2 hours. Yep, experience matters a lot. Best sequence...
1. Disassemble package as received from Matco. Axle: clip the zip ties and remove the cotter pin and nut, remove the axle from the wheel. Brake: use a torx driver to remove the 3 machine screws securing the rotor plate. Set screws and rotor aside. Wheel: Use 7/16 socket and wrench to remove the 3 bolts securing the two halves of the wheel, then split halves.
2. Disassemble package as received from Desser. Remove inner tubes, check tire cavity for any included items (e.g., a bag of tire talc).
3. Inner tube prep. Valve stem: remove valve stem cap and larger brass nut from the valve stem, apply tire talc to inner tube, dumping any extra into tire, then insert inner tune into tire, aligning valve stem opposite of the red dot (marking the heavy side of the tire). Note that the innertube is still completely deflated.
4. One side of the wheel has a notch cut out for the valve stem. Place this on the table and position tire to align valve stem and notch. with no pressure, the tire will fit snugly on the wheel but will not yet be seated. The other side of the wheel has a hole for the valve stem. Position this half with the valve stem passing through the hole. Confirm that the valve stem is still opposite the red dot on the tire. With no washers on the bolt, secure the 3 bolts securing the two halves of the wheel. The nuts are engaged on the threads, but not tight. Secure the valve stem with its large brass washer.
5. Inflate the inner tube to 25-30 psi. This will push the tire rim onto the wheel. Fully deflate the inner tube. Remove the 3 bolts one at a time, this time using the washers.
6. When all three bolts are secure, reinflate tire to 35 psi. Bounce it on the floor several times, then leave it to stretch and settle. In 12 hours or so the pressure will drop several pounds. Reinflate to 35 psi. Test in 24 hours - the tire should be holding pressure. If it is not, disassemble and inspect for any leaks or cuts on the inner tube or a damaged Schrader valve. Reassemble and test again.

Axles. The Cleveland and Matco axles have the same diameter and secure to the strut with the same hole pattern. Both are 1.25" in diameter. My Matco's are black, the Clevelands are gold and slightly longer. The Clevelands were removed and the Matco's installed, using AN4-20 bolts in place of the Cleveland AN4-24's. I was able to remove one washer and ended up with just one thread showing vs the 2 washers and 6 threads of the Cleveland install.

Wheels. THe easy way to install the wheels is

a) Lube bearings. I used a bearing greaser I had preloaded with Mobile 1 bearing grease, my preferred for this task. The conical bearings are open on the top and outside and have a rubber seal on the bottom. The bearings are full when you see the grease oozing past the cylindrical bearings to the outside of the bearing chase. Mobile 1 is a thick high pressure grease. A bench vise is the preferred solution - light pressure and 30 minutes vs. leaning on the press and wondering when it will show.
b) hang the brake rotor and attached pads on the axle, then slide the inner bearing onto the axle. Slide the wheel onto the axle and confirm that the bearing is set and evenly seated on the wheel. Slide the outer bearing onto the axle and confirm that the bearing is set and evenly seated on the wheel. Secure with axle nut. Tighten by hand. Use the 3 torx fasteners to secure the rotor to the wheel. Secure axle nut with cotter pin, one hole past the tightest achievable by hand.

04-23-2009 (4 hours):

Installing the axles was an interesting process. I'm in a hangar, so my "wall" is the hangar door, 30 feet away. That makes for good accuracy with this procedure, but it also means I have a very high ceiling, and hanging plumb lines is difficult (or impossible)!

What I did instead was set up a straightedge across the gear, which I know are perfectly level and straight in the fuselage right now. I measured to its midpoint, and made a mark. I then measured equal lengths from each spar tip (which is also straight, and centered) to the nose to accurately find the centerline there, too. Finally, I set a laser line generator on a ledge on the back wall of the hangar so it projected a line through these two points. It took a LONG time to set up - almost 2 hours - because even tiny errors in angle became huge offsets when cast across the 50ft depth of the hangar.

Next, I used the laser level on each gear leg right at the axle's midpoint to cast a point onto the far wall. A level line between these points and through the centerline gave me the "current" gear leg setting, and most important, the axle height. In my case my distance was 30 ft, so according to the plans this called for a 1.5in toe-in adjustment to equal 1 degree. I measured and marked these points on the wall (door).

I started to flatten the legs to receive the axles, but this was hard going for me with my wrists. Poking around online, I noticed Hicks had made up for this by setting up a flox bed, and this seemed like a good method to me. I carefully drilled two of the four holes for each axle, taped the axles and greased some long bolts to go through them, laid down a bed of flox on each gear leg, then bolted on the axles. Since the leg was still a slight bit curved, I was able to adjust the toe-in just by adjusting the tightness of the two bolts. Very small changes (as little as an eighth of a turn of the nut) translated into very noticeable adjustments. After some tweaking, I was satisfied, and I cleaned up the flox that had squeezed out and walked away to let it cure.

2009-04-29 (3.50 hours):

Trimming and backup plates

Once the flox cured under each axle, I installed the Matco brake caliper and backplate, then marked where material should be removed for a close fit. It was slow going trimming the leg ends, but I managed it with a hack saw and a fresh blade, the Fein with a cheap, throw-away Harbor Freight blade, and several Dremel sanding drums.

I then prep-sanded the area, did the BID wrap, and installed each backing plate with flox. I didn't re-install the axles for this step, opting instead to use a block on each side to make sure the BID sits flat against the flox pad I had previously built up under each axle (which sets the toe-in). This way the BID wrap is over the top of that pad. I'll be sure to check the toe-in one final time when I install the axles.

2009-04-30 (2.75 hours):

Wheels Installed

Installing the wheels was relatively straightforward now that the axles are finished. I removed the axles, cleaned up the layup area, then reinstalled the axles with the Matco brake cylinders on them. I inflated the tires to 45psi for now, and installed the wheels. Looks great! I still need to pack the bearings with grease, install the heat shields, and get the brakes set up, so I didn't torque everything down yet. I'll take care of that once the brakes are done.

2009-05-21 (1.50 hours):

Brake Cylinder Plumbing

I may want to tweak this setup slightly later. My Matco kit included nylon fittings which I may want to replace with brass at some point (although they do appear to seal very well). But in any event, this step worked out fairly well. I won't fill the lines yet - I still need to plumb the lines to the wheels, and I'm waiting to pull the gear out one last time to install the correct screws on the hard points before I take that step.

2011-09-03 (7.00 hours):

Fabricating Wheel Pants

There is a set of wheel pant molds floating around the mailing lists. The deal is that each builder pays the shipping cost and they move from builder to builder. John and I worked out a deal: he would get the molds and fabricate the pants, and I would supply enough cloth for two sets (one for me and one for him). I'm not sure who made out better: I went with carbon fiber, but it IS a fair bit of work.

Here you can see John holding a pair of pants. They're made in two pieces initially because they release from the molds more easily that way (split the long way) and it's easier to do the layups. You then take them out of the mold, get the mold release off, cut them in half the short way, and BID-tape the left and right halves together. This forms a pair of shells, front and back, that attach via brackets and nut plates to the gear legs.

To attach the pants you need to make a bracket to support the inboard side. There is a set of instructions for installing them that details how this bracket should be formed. The other side mounts to an axle nut from Vans Aircraft. I BELIEVE this is the VA-106 nut - once it arrives I'll confirm and update this post.

2011-09-10 (1.50 hours):

Brake plumbing at wheels

To plumb the brakes at the wheels I bought a pair of pre-made 12" braided stainless hoses with 1/8" NPT fittings pre-installed. These are smaller and lighter than what you can install yourself, and have very high burst pressure ratings. You can frequently find these cheaply on eBay. Mine are rated for 1800psi - plenty of margin.

To install them, I installed 1/8" NPT male-to-female right-angle fittings in the Matco calipers. The braided hoses run from these fittings up to a 1/8" NPT female-to-female coupler, and then into a 1/8" male NPT to 1/4" Nyloseal (mine are actually Parflex, which has a higher burst pressure) fitting on the brake line coming down the gear leg. A few stainless wire ties will complete the picture once I get them.

Step 6 - Constructing Landing Brake

Status: Completed Est Time: 0.00, Actual: 6.50 Est Cost: $ 0.00, Actual: $ 0.00 Date Completed: 11/15/2007 2007-11-15 (6.50 hours):

Fairing and micro

The landing brake works very well on the actuator I chose for it (an eBay special, but small, lightweight, and well made). It is now installed and micro applied to fair the entire surface into a smooth final product.


 
Jul 12, 2020     81. Tools & Tricks - (15 hours)       Category: C22 Electrical
Tools. I started with some automotive style crimpers. Nope. Dean Psiripoulos is a hangar neighbor and Honeywell rockets guy. He told of chasing bad connections and steered me to buying a set of tools from Stein Air. Done. I also bought a SteinAir connector assortment and an assortment of milspec wire from an auto racing firm. Following Nuckoll's guidance I went with 4 awg welding cable for the run from power center (cabin side of firewall) forward to a single location just forward of the instrument panel. I used the F22 bulkhead.

Following Keith Spreuer's advice I ran multi-conductor from the firewall forward to F22 - I have a dozen shielded 19 AWG tefzel coated wires ready for future use, with quick connect terminal blocks at each end.

I have experimented with click bond studs and click bond nutplates. I come back to the Nick Ugolini zip tie loops - see http://nickugolini.com/blog/?p=1490. For completeness, I'll repeat some of what's there. Below, the pictures from my first set, cast around square tube aluminum. My next set will be half height and a set to hold the O2 bottles. My "mold release" was packing tape and hair spray.

From Nick's blogpost:

Light weight, easy to make ZL's make it easy to attach almost anything to your fiberglass structure.

ZTL's are made by taking 3 layers of wetted glass and laying them over a rod or some square material (1/4? x 1/4? I would recommend at least 1/4? high. After curing I used my radial arm saw to cut the slots in the long strip and a pair of scissors to separate the loops. After you fabricate them (which takes very little time) you can secure them anywhere on your structure by just gluing them in place with a little bit of flox. They are so light you dont even need to secure them or hold them in place while the floxis curing. Just wet the back side and postion. They are also easy to remove. Just apply a little heat from a heat gun, and the epoxy softens and you can remove them.

ZTL's are very light weight and extremely strong. testing has proven that NO zip tie (or even doubling up the strongest zip tie I have) is as strong as the ZL. I built test rigs and have tested them to over 75 lbs of pull (tensile strength) before failure. Once cured, they will self destruct before they will come loose - I discovered the ZL will always tear through the loop before separating from the base IF you bond them directly to sanded fiberglass. If you bond them to a painted surface the attachment strength of the ZL will only be as strong as the surface material strength.

Cut the ZL to the desired length (using the fence of the bandsaw). Generally I like to cut my ZTL's about 1/2” wide. I also make them from 1/4” (for just a few wires), to 5/8” wide if I have something heaver that I want to mount such as heavy cables, or a filter. I even have a set that are 1" wide and 1/2" tall, for paired electrical cables and paired fuel and return lines. I find it's always nice to have a layup to work on, so I find these a fun part of the electrical and fuel line work.


 
Apr 13, 2009     99. Prior builder writeup - (41.5 hours)       Category: C22 Electrical
Step 1 - Main Design

My electrical system is a single-alternator, dual-battery configuration with a manual battery switch. The batteries are identical 20Ah Panasonic batteries, installed just behind the front seatback, on the floor. The battery switch is a Blue Sea Systems 9002e, a 4-position marine-rated device with alternator field disconnect. This is a very simple setup with only a single bus to worry about.

I printed out a full-size, color copy of the current instrument panel design, then cut it out and taped it onto the panel. Looks pretty good! Do you want to do the same thing yourself? If so, click here for a synopsis of how I used Inkscape to do this! You can also Click Here to download an SVG file of my panel template. Download Inkscape (it's free!) and use it to open this file. The panel is to scale (actual size) and per plans. That means you can import (File->Import) pictures of avionics/instruments, set their widths/heights in the top toolbar, and play with their locations on the panel. It's fast and easy - no need for a panel builder!

Step 2 - Main System Wiring

The batteries and main switch are installed. The plans call for batteries either in the nose or above the spar. In the nose requires less ballast for solo pilots, but limits your weight and balance range if you fly with passengers. Above the spar gives you more flexibility, but flying solo you have to ballast the nose all the time. I went with a middle-ground solution - behind the front seat back! I'm a relatively light pilot (less than 160lbs, depending on proximity to Christmas), and the weight of my batteries more or less right behind my butt just makes me a heavier pilot. I'll still need nose ballast, but maybe a FEW pounds less, so I might save a few bucks in gas over the long haul without sacrificing much CoG range.

But the real reason is noted above - my design has a manual battery switch, which eliminates the load from the main contactor(s). It's located in the middle of the front seat back, about where the fuel valve would normally be placed. I don't need a fuel valve there because I have a Mazda Rotary (see the engine chapters for details).

One battery is behind each seat, for redundancy. The switch connects to a fuse panel just below it (easy access), and there is a grounding panel just behind the pilot's battery. You can see a lot of grounds here because I'm using a single-point star configuration grounding system, which helps eliminate noise. Larger cables run back to the firewall, where it will connect to the alternator and the starter contactor.

I still need to make upper covers for the batteries to prevent them from sliding out if I'm ever inverted (such as during a crash), but otherwise this system is basically done.

2009-05-21 (0.50 hours):

First switch installed

OK, it's a minor bit of progress but an important one to me. Until now I've kept all my switches and wires and such on a small temporary panel. This let me work on things without actually installing them, but was sort of an anti-commitment thing, too. This switch controls the speed brake - I'll install the landing gear switch next, but I need to rewire the interface because I want to remove the AEX unit. I'm not happy with how that thing behaves.

2009-07-02 (5.00 hours):

Gear Switch

I know it doesn't seem like a big step, or something that should have taken this long. But today I installed the switch for the Wilhelmson nose gear lift.

Several years back, when I purchased this unit, I also bought the AEX1 auto-extension module. I quickly came to hate it - every time I turned on the power, it wanted to extend the gear, and nearly caused several accidents in the build process because of that. And I didn't like the standard answer of adding a breaker or switch - what good is a safety device that you can disable? This also came with a big rats-nest of wires, some of which didn't even match the supplied wiring diagram. For instance, "white" for me was actually grey. Blue was purple. It took a while to wire, and it looked like a mess. I never did get it neatened up to my satisfaction.

Today I cut all the wires out of the rats nest, removed the AEX1, and rewired the unit with the bare minimum of wires. I kept everything neat, bundled all wire bundles together with heat shrink tubing, and now I have a clean and simple installation that I'm finally happy with! The only thing I have left to do is replace the LED grommets - they're just sort of sitting there right now. I need deeper grommets for my instrument panel. I'll address all the LEDs at once when I do the full panel setup later. Besides, I'd just have to remove them anyway when I do my panel overlay (which I may do with carbon fiber trim sheets off eBay.

2011-11-27 (9.50 hours):

Installing Avionics

Avionics are something you usually leave until the last possible moment, because every month of the build brings new innovations (and price reductions). I'm glad I did - I started the build before Dynon Avionics existed -- even before Blue Mountain (remember them?)!

But you can't wait forever because once you start wiring and laying out things like controls and switches you need to be able to plan the back of the panel. My panel has changed a bit since earlier "dreaming" posts (I still can't afford SL-30 radios), but I'm happy with it, so I decided to install a few instruments to get the ball rolling.

The "quad" you see here are 2-1/4" instruments intended mainly to act as backups to the Dynon panels I will be installing. I chose these four units for two reasons. First, three of the four (compass, altimeter, and airspeed) require no power or vacuum at all, so they're obvious choices as backup units. Second, the electric turn and bank is a solid-state unit with few moving parts and no gyro to tumble. All of them are very light and make a nice quad together.

I had hoped these units would install easily, and they did... sort of. The holes must be drilled very precisely, and even then I found slight variances in my instruments that I needed to work around - the compass had an adjustment-screw slot on the bottom, two instruments had top lighting bumps, etc. Thanks to Jim at RST Engineering for a nice set of downloadable PDF templates for this task!

Step 4 - Overvoltage Module

Jim Weir of RST Engineering was kind enough to publicly post a circuit diagram and documentation for a crowbar overvoltage module. This device basically shorts its power feed to ground if it sees a voltage exceeding a trip point. The idea is to put it on the tail end of a fuse or circuit breaker leading to the alternator regulator, the primary cause of overvoltage events. By shorting to ground, it blows the fuse or trips the breaker, taking it offline and preventing damage to the rest of the devices on the bus. (This all happens pretty quickly.)

I decided to build my module based on Jim's plans, but made one change. I replaced all of the devices selected with equivalent surface-mount components. I didn't really spend a lot of time shoving this into the smallest form factor possible. For example, I chose size 1206 resistors to make soldering easy - why sweat for a quarter of an inch in this particular module? It's about 1.5"x1" even with four 5mm holes for mounting posts, so I didn't do too badly. I have one backside track, which can be replaced by a simple jumper wire, and only four holes (not counting the mounting holes).

Bill of Materials:

Designation Digikey P/N Value Description Cost

C1 PCE3574CT-ND 10uF Electrolytic capacitor, 5000hr life $0.6360
D1 S1BDICT-ND 100V 1A Diode $0.48
D2 S1BDICT-ND 100V 1A Diode $0.48
D3 1SMA5918BT3OSCT-ND 5.1V 1.5W Zener Diode $0.40
R1 311-470ECT-ND 470 ohm Resistor $0.078
R2 311-10.0KFCT-ND 10k ohm Resistor $0.088
R3 P5C102CT-ND 1k ohm Trim Potentiometer $0.31
R4 311-10.0KFCT-ND 10k Resistor $0.088
R5 311-4.70KFCT-ND 4.7k Resistor $0.088
R6 311-1.00KFCT-ND 1k Resistor $0.088
SCR1 S4010DCT-ND 400V 10A SCR $1.64
U1 296-1014-1-ND Dual op amp $0.49
Total $4.87

The plan is to build this on a single-side PCB and pot it in epoxy, with space allocated for the mounting studs. It only has two wires, one to the bus and one to ground. I'll probably make a bunch of these all at once, so if you want one holler, and I'd consider making a few for people willing to cover my costs and shipping. And by all means, check out Jim Weir's site, he has a lot of very useful information for aircraft builders, and a number of great kits for DIY-ers.

This device is really cheap to build. The $10.00 estimate would cover PCB, solder, potting epoxy, testing, and the need to buy 5-10 of some of the parts above (single single quantities are not always available, even through DigiKey - who wants to buy a single $0.088 resistor?)

Step 5 - Install Instruments

I've been playing with instrument panel layouts for a while now, watching the available options on the market evolve. This is where I am so far. Qty Description Cost (ea) Total

1 ASA Flight Timer $40 $40
2 Eyeball Swivel Vents $150 $300
2 Dynon NextGen EFIS $4000 $8000
1 Dynon 2-axis Autopilot $1700 $1700
1 2-1/4" Attitude Gyro $3300 $3300
1 2-1/4" UMA Airspeed $200 $200
1 2-1/4" UMA Altimeter $275 $275
1 PS Engineering PMA9000ex Audio Panel $2100 $
2 Garmin SL30 NAV/COM Radios $3600 $7200
1 Garmin GTX327 Transponder $1900 $1900
1 RealWorldSolutions Engine Controller $950 $950
1 RealWorldSolutions Engine Monitor $475 $
N/A Miscellaneous Switches and Indicators $300 $300

Total: $26,740

That sounds like a lot, but this is also a dream installation. I can (and probably will) cut the number in half by installing less expensive radios, only one EFIS display, and no electric backup attitude gyro. Then, as funds permit, the remaining items can be installed or upgraded as necessary.

Basic Backup Instruments

My panel design includes a Dynon glass panel and engine monitor, a fairly standard radio stack, a top row of switches, and room for Rotary Aviation's EC2 control panel. There are four backup instruments included. Today I installed the most fundamental pair: the altimeter and airspeed units in 2-1/4" format.

I knew for sure I'd be installing these because they don't even require power - they're a nobrainer, really. I was surprised at how light they were. I have a standard 3-1/8" altimeter, and it's easily twice the weight of the 2-1/4" model. Note that this unit is not the sensitive type. The Dynon install will include an encoder - this is just a backup. For the other two units I'll probably install a compass and a turn coordinator. TruTrak makes a cost-effective 2-1/4" option here.


 
Jan 29, 2021     Looking towards final paint - (2 hours)       Category: C25 Paint
I've done a lot of finishing and paint work - it made sense to do it while I have a clean airplane and fresh surfaces. But I'm not done with painting!

- After I build the cowl I pull out my paint equipment and address hangar rash, fairings, et al. Right now I am marking those areas with a good masking tape.
- After Phase 1 I will head back to the paint booth for a final sanding and clear coat, then accents and N-numbers. The paint manufacturer has advised that I can use the clear they recommend for all their color paints - it will do fine over the white. I like the idea of vinyl accents, and that fits nicely with the gloss over white. And yes, I have to do a control balance test, so controls have to come off.

Accents. As to what kind of accents to apply, right now I'm looking at pictures. Watching a Scheme Designers presentation, they have the diea of doing a full scale mock up on the airplane before going final. Make nice sharp lines with tape, make sure you like the look, then go final. Yes, vinyl is more flexible than paint, but this is still a good idea.


 
Jan 30, 2021     Securing large wires - (16 hours)       Category: C22 Electrical
There are 3 kinds of large wires traveling forward and back in the plane:
- a positive and negative 4 AWG (welding) cable from firewall forward to instrument panel,
- a 12-conductor expansion bus from firewall forward to instrument panel
- a positive and negative 4 AWG (welding) cable from the shore power "Piper" socket to the firewall

Wires are to be secured every 4 inches. In some locations I took that approach (see forward of the panel, where lines curve to the terminal blocks). In others I decided to make a cover - in the rear seat the lines could be kicked or shoved by a passenger. Below is how I molded a cover for use in corners. Other surfaces used different molding jigs and a similar process.

A jig was made of scrap wood, whcih was then covered in packing tape. Wires/ cables of appropriate size were fixed on the board and covered with packing tape. Two lengths of BID tape were cut to the length of the jig and wetted out between two sheets of polyethylene. THe tapes were laid over the cables and edges defined by boards clamped or weighted during the curing process. When cured, the part was released, inspected, cut to fit and #4 screw holes drilled.


 
Apr 26, 2007     Closing the Top and Glassing the Outside - (16 hours)       Category: C13 Nose+Gea
In the top of my nose I have a bigger door than the plans call for. This will make it easier for me to do visual inspections of the brake fluid reservoirs, allows me to install and remove the nose gear cover (it's pretty big), and will give me access to two small storage compartments I built into the nose to the left and right of the nose gear support box. I'll use these for storage of some items, perhaps a spare inner tube and/or tools, or extra ballast if necessary.

The door itself is held in place with two quarter-turn fasteners and the canard cover. The small door in the nose for access to the ballast compartment is held in place with four quarter-turn fasteners.


 
Feb 08, 2006     Installation of Box Assembly - (3 hours)       Category: C13 Nose+Gea
2006-02-07 (2 hours):

I didn't go through as many gyrations as some of the builders I've seen. Not to say their techniques are invalid, but I thought this was one of the easier steps I've done. My fuse was sitting on the floor, on carpet. I clamped a SmartLevel with audio beep turned on onto F22's center rail, and shoved some pieces of plywood under the firewall until F22 was perfectly level (vertically). I also leveled the fuse horizontally - it was only 0.1 degree out to begin with.

I then used some foam scrap to position the NG30 assembly at the right height and position. I moved the SmartLevel to the face of F0 for this task, and got IT perfectly vertical, with the bottom edge of the NG30s flush with the bottom edge of the fuse. I also leveled the sides of the NG30s. Finally, I laid a long carpenter's square along F22's center layup (better line than the outside layups) and flush with the centerline I drew on it ages ago (thankfully). I aligned the center of the assembly, which I had drawn onto NG5 and F0, with this square. My assembly was thus perfectly vertical in both directions (to a tenth of a degree), and square to the fuselage.

I filled a small gap between the NG30s and F22 with flox, and made a flox fillet on the back side. My NG30 assembly was slightly wider than my F22 center bar. No problem. I then wrapped a BID tape all the way around from one NG30, across F22, and onto the other. It was faster than cutting two tapes, and about the same amount of cloth anyway. I left that to cure before adding the rest of the tapes, so I wouldn't disturb the assembly's alignment.

2006-02-07 (1 hour):

Today I added the rest of the BID tapes on the insides of the NG30 box against F22, and the inside of the box formed by F0, the NG30s, and F5. It's really a pain to get the tapes in there. I don't know why the plans say it's better to do it on wax paper first. In my opinion, it would be almost impossible to do it properly any other way.

I'm learning about corners, too. I've always tried to make a nice flox fillet, and I've always had problems with little air bubbles around the bends. Today, I tried something new. I mashed in twice as much flox as I needed, making a convex filling instead of a concave fillet. When I laid on the BID tape, I pressed it into the corner starting from the center, and ran my fingers along the corner. This pressed both the bubbles and the excess flox out along the line. I scraped off most of the excess flox as it came out each end, and will clean the rest up when I trim the tapes with the Fein.

I'm also experimenting with putting peel ply into the tape when I lay it up on the bench. Previously, I would make normal tapes, apply them, and peel off the plastic and add peel ply if necessary. This time, I added the peel ply as part of the tape itself. YOu have to be careful to be sure it ends up on the correct side, but it's pretty obvious if you've done it wrong when you peel off the plastic. With some acknowledged hubris, I have to say it would be difficult to forget.


 
Feb 02, 2006     Fabricating NG-30s - (11 hours) Category: C13 Nose+Gea
2006-01-17 (2 hours):

I cut the NG30 foam pieces and laid out the holes. I also drilled the holes in the aluminum mounting plates for Jack's nose lift. His instructions, unfortunately, aren't very easy to understand, and they're written for a retrofit, so I've been going slowly, making sure I know what's going on before I do each step.

2006-01-18 (1 hour):

I wanted to get this out of the way yesterday, but ran out of time before I head home. Work and home life have been increasing the time pressure lately, so my build time is less than it was. C'est la vie. I did the BID layup on the NG30 pieces. I had a few dry spots where I over-squeeged at the edges. I'll fix this with an extra layer of BID when I do the BID taping. Just a few small bits along the bottom edges, nothing serious. Be careful using a hair dryer on a layup. You have to pay attention to the type of foam you're working with. I've just finished one wing, so I'm used to working with styrofoam, which holds (and allows the flow of) less air than the stuff for the NG30s.

2006-01-23 - 2006-02-01 (6 hours):

This was a rather difficult piece for me to finish. Work has been very distracting, and I kept making mistakes. I also have a devil of a time getting the skins laid up without bubbles on the outsides of the NG30 pieces, especially around the compound curves.

For the first time, I tried the "LoVac" technique as described by the CozyGirrrls, with mixed results. The technique itself is fine, but since my shop is not at my house, and I had no way to check on the (hot and getting hotter) pump, I didn't want to leave it running all night. I did my best to seal off the bag, but when I came in the vacuum had still gone. No surprise, of course, but it didn't help the layup. Around all of the compound curve areas by the hardpoints I have air bubbles that I'll have to inject.

On the other hand, this is clearly a good technique when you can do it. It produces very fast layups, since you can basically slop on the epoxy - there's almost no working of the material involved. In fact, if not for the compound curves, even removing the vacuum after an hour would still have produced a good layup on a flat part, much as if I had hand-worked it. It just didn't help keep things in the curves.

I put an extra 2 layers of BID in the layup after reading about NG30 failures others have had. I didn't realize until it was too late that another suggestion is to raise the horizontal section 2", and round the corners. But, this middle ground should be a reasonable compromise. There are plenty of Cozies flying with no modifications at all. I won't be as survivable through a pothole as some, but more than others. I'm fine with that.

2006-02-02 (2 hours):

I finished (I hope!) the NG30 pieces today by carving out the area around the MKNG6 mounting point, and glassing it with two plies of BID. Not much to say - it was a pretty easy step, if a bit messy during the carving.
 
Jul 11, 2007     Nose Gear - (30 hours)       Category: C13 Nose+Gea
I don't have a great shot here of the nose gear itself. I lost a bunch of pictures during the move
and need to take some new ones.

Here you can see a few shots of the top of Jack Wilhelmson's nose lift. The manual extension rod runs through a bronze oil-impregnated bushing through the face of F22 and through a universal joint to the top of the lift. On the other side, if you look closely you can see where I accidentally broke open the sealing boot on the universal joint on the other side. Unfortunately that's going to be an expensive replacement - those things aren't cheap.

The manual extension rod runs through another bushing installed on the instrument panel. Right now it's hooked to a socket wrench that we use to adjust the gear when the power is off.

I did purchase and install the auto-extension unit (seen below just below the gear extension rod), although I'm not that thrilled with it. It's not that smart. Auto-extending the gear just because I turned the power on is an invitation to tip back, and I'm finding myself leaving its breaker off a lot to avoid that. I may rebuild the unit at some point to require at least a few mph of airspeed before it auto-extends.


 
Feb 02, 2006     Installing Worm Drive Assembly - (.5 hour) Category: C13 Nose+Gea
I'm marking this step completed and moving on. I'm installing Jack Wilhelmson's electric nose lift, and it's best fitted a bit later in the build cycle. That's the only way you can accurately drill the holes for the mounting plates.
 
Mar 07, 2007     rudder pedals - (9 hours)       Category: C13 Nose+Gea
Installing the rudder pedals was a bit of touchy alignment work. To provide a solid mount for the Matco master cylinders, there are two aluminum angle brackets installed with plenty of fasteners and BID over the top, as you can see in the bottom of the photo below. The rudder pedals themselves are Dennis Oelmann's, and look great. Also in this photo you can see a taped up box over the nose gear lift. I installed Jack Wilhelmson's lift, and wanted a tight seal around it to prevent air leaks. Details in another post.


 
Jan 12, 2006     Reinforcing Glass Strut - (3.5 hours) Category: C13 Nose+Gea
I definitely wanted the electric nose lift, so I puchased Jack Wilhelmson's system. I included the replacement MKNG6A bearing, and the auto-extension system. I could probably have built the auto-extension unit myself, but I can spend that time on better things.

Step 1 - Reinforcing Glass Strut

2006-01-12 (2 hours):

This step probably didn't need to take as long as it did, but I wanted to clearly understand what was going on. I have Jack Wilhelmson's nose lift and thus have two sets of directions to read and follow.

Otherwise the work was simple - cut the strut to length, sand it down in some spots, and glass it. At least, it was simple because I have an oscillating spindle sander, which made quick work of sanding down the attach areas to make sure the brackets would all fit. Without this tool this would have been a painful step.

2006-01-13 (1.5 hours):

The other half - laying the BID on the front face. Easy as pie now that I know what I'm doing. The only awkward thing is figuring out a way to set the strut up on your bench so you can DO the layup. I rested mine on some narrow sticks. It makes stippling the layup an annoying job, but I didn't want to bondo or 5-minute the strut down. Not for this little layup, anyway.
 
May 03, 2009     Finishing       Category: C13 Nose+Gea
The nose gear was finished long ago, but with the plane in transit and at varying stages of finishing, there wasn't a good opportunity to get any pictures of it. Today we flipped the plane back over onto its mains, and before we did I took these. I'm pretty happy with it. My only complaint is the small flap that covers the nose gear pivot - it warped slightly, and I want to try to patch that up a bit at some point.


 
Jul 11, 2007     Nose Door - (22 hours)       Category: C13 Nose+Gea
On the advice of some builders who have had gear-up landings, I went with a plywood nose pad around the front of the gear door. This gives stopping ability, but more wear protection than a small puck. With the fairing around it, it won't add much drag.

John spent a lot of time tweaking the doors to work just right. His finishing work is excellent. You can also see the sealing box here. If you look closely you can make out a small fiberglass lip that extends up from the gear box. The cover fits into this slot, and with some RTV sealant will completely seal the space.


 
Jan 30, 2021     Mounting the prop - (.5 hour)       Category: D01Engine&Prop
A wooden prop, even one sealed under glass and epoxy, will change size with humidity and temperature. The prop is mounted with special bolts and "Belleville" washers, a dome shaped washer that keeps a steady pressure on the bolt. See attached instructions.


 
Apr 26, 2007     Pitch and Roll Parts - (5 hours)       Category: C16 Controls
I did all the parts at once, laid them all out on the floor so I could understand where they all fit, then installed them all at once. It worked.

1/22/21
Seems like this deserves a better guide to how the controls work. See the pdf below. PK


 
Jun 09, 2020     Picking an IO-360-A3B6D & SDS electronic ignition - (10 hours)       Category: C23 Eng+Cowl
My biases. My preferences are shaped from my own flying, decades of reading a lot of aviation press, and 20+ years of chatting to other EAA members. My rank ordered preferences are Lycoming, Continental, Rotax. I rank the auto conversions alongside the the exotics commonly seen pre-1950: Hirth, Gombe, Ken-Royce, et al. If I were building something with low wing loading I would have high confidence in my ability to find a survivable landing site. But the Cozy is built for travel between hard surfaced runways over 3500'; it makes sense to stick to the reliable makes, which I see as Lycoming & Continental.

Buly Alieve is a respected Cozy builder. Following are his biases plus some of my own.
1. Dual electronic ignition from the start.
2. Updraft cooling
3. Dynon sensor harness from Stein Air
4. baffling kit from Vans Aircraft
5. red Silicone valve cover gaskets
6. push-pull marine control cable for throttle with vernier fine tuning
7. 90 degree oil filter adapter
8. Kavlico 3 wire OP and FP sensors
9. B&C Starter
10. 2 wire Oil Temp sensor
11. Steve's gas collator

Engine on hand. As noted in "research", the selection of a Cozy IV was partly around its ability to fly well with an IO-360. I have an IO-360-A3B6D, originally from a Mooney, then used in a BD-4 until removed for overhaul. The engine was never reassembled, so I have a full set parts ready to assemble with aging yellow tags. When I last flew this engine, it had the dual mag on one side firing one set of spark plugs, and a Klaus Savier Lightspeed ignition (generation 1!) firing the other set. This gave 90+% of the benefits of spark advance with the simplicity of a traditional magneto. I never liked the dual mags on one shaft, and that stops with the dual EI. From the engine pics you can see that the A3B6D has a prop-facing air intake. Since I'm going to a pusher configuration I'll see if I can rotate or swap the oil sump - I'm pessimistic but its worth asking the question. And this is a wide angle / angle valve engine. While that's a better geometry for the valves, the stock engine for the Cozy is narrow deck / straight valve. I get to do a custom cowl, and probably a custom exhaust.

There has been some progress in the 30+ years since the Lightspeed ignition. For a few of the manufacturers I am comfortable going with dual electronic ignition. SDS has the most installed systems, has been the manufacturer behind other EI brands, and has a good reputation on the Cozy builders forum. As a result, I plan to build the engine with SDS EI and FI, and hope to sell off the mechanical FI and the dual magneto originally used on this engine.

Attached are photos showing some of the SDS components and installs in other aircraft.


 
Sep 13, 2018     PK training       Category: C03 Training
where I start as a builder...

I like building as much (and maybe more) than flying. I've worked in wood (helping with EAA's Bleriot reproduction), in tube (overhauling and recovering my 1946 PA-12) and in aluminum (the BD-4 and RV-6a). In February 2016 I took a SportAir workshop on composites, and that gave me the confidence to consider a composite. The daily discoveries from working in composites should make the build all the more enjoyable.

The Cozy is also going to be different in that it is plans built. All of the more popular amateur built aircraft are kits; most of the work is in assembling supplied parts, and the sub-assemblies become an airplane. With the Cozy, you build the parts. If it comes out wrong, you figure out what went wrong, trash the first effort and work to build it better. I figure I'm going to end up with 1000 lbs. of airplane, 1000 lbs. of scrap.

My building and flying experience was in Hartford Connecticut, coached by expert aircraft mechanics working at Pratt & Whitney, Sikorsky, Kaman, et c. They wanted to keep me safe, and that started with safe from my lack of experience. I learned standards of work more than anything else:
- Check against plan dimensions before, during and after
- A hole is a precision cut
- Every rivet is a 4 step process
- The only approved shortcut is the published procedure, because that way you don't do it over
- Every aircraft regulation was written in blood
- Et cetera.

The biggest challenge will be doing this build without the support of the close circle I have relied on in the past. I think I'm starting to build that network here in Florida, and I'll work on the networking during the build.

I bought and experimented with fiberglass, foam, epoxy and fillers. I'm like most new workers in composites - wow, how amazingly strong a good layup can be! The experiment pieces are below - the wing section, gear leg fairing and "T" section were done at the Sport Air workshop. The 3-ply load-bearing tablet was done per instructions in the Cozy plans. I used the "poor man's pre-preg" of wetting out the weave between sheets of 4 mil plastic sheeting.

I am using two types of epoxy - Aeropoxy for load-bearing laminations and West Systems for the fill-and-sand work (500 hours of a typical Cozy project). {Later edit - I ended up building a library of different epoxies, with toughened, fuel proof, super clear, et al.)


 
Nov 18, 2020     Throttle - (20 hours)       Category: C23 Eng+Cowl
I never knew picking a throttle cable was going to be so complex! Buly Alieve recommended that I go with marine grade cables, so I first I had to buy the right cable (15 foot vernier style), then the vernier-style throttle control head. Turns out that there are lots of small differences that I care about in the look and feel of the throttle, so I ended up with a "Seastar Solutions" cable and control head. Well, what they show in the pictures is not what they ship. Also, there are a fair number of crooked vendors for marine parts, with at least one just a few miles from me. Sigh.


 
Sep 04, 2011     Strong Pitch Trim System - (2.5 hours)       Category: C17 Trim
I chose to install the Strong Pitch Trim system, which is very easy to install. My only regret here was the relay. It's odd - the pitch trim system is reasonably priced. But the relay is 10x its actual value, and it's simple to do this piece yourself. (Check the Aeroelectric articles archive for some examples.) The system is very easy to install. A metal bracket gets floxed/taped onto the fuselage and supports the motor. I installed mine on the copilot's side since there's nothing going on over there yet. After that it's just a matter of attaching the actuator's clamp to the elevator control rod and adjusting the entire assembly's neutral angle/length. I haven't wired my sticks yet - I'll wait until I'm ready to install them to do that.

PK note 6/8/2020: Project arrived with this system removed. I see parts in the bundles, but I have to reassemble and check for clearances.


 
Dec 31, 2019     Dump & Run , Cory Bird pt 2 - (88 hours) Category: C25 Paint
See prior entry for process description. After the 2nd coat of an epoxy wipe (West Systems) I noticed a lot of super small fish eyes coming through. The reason appears to be denatured alcohol. Per Rachael Geerts | Composite Materials Engineer Gougeon Brothers, Inc:

"Denatured alcohol can cause fish eyes to appear in the epoxy which is why we suggest using isopropyl alcohol instead. Also you can use TSP but you should let the surface sit overnight to make sure it has all evaporated off before applying the epoxy if you want to use it. Instead of TSP you can sand the surface and wipe with acetone or isopropyl alcohol or if the surface underneath is also epoxy you can wash with water and a scotch-brite pad.

Luckily, Amazon's aviation department has isopropyl - 12 pint bottles for $25 (insert joke about the price of other alcohols): https://www.amazon.com/Mountain-Falls-Isopropyl-Antiseptic-Technical/dp/B0793KYR9W

This entry trues up the hours required for the finishing work pre-primer.

Gear Leg cover 10 hours
Canard 15 hours
Right wing & rudder 35 hours
Left Wing & Rudder 30 hours
Fuselage bottom 20 hours
Fuselage top 40 hours
Control surfaces 20 hours
Canopy in & out 10 hours
Total PK time 180 hours
Chad recorded time 8 hours
Less prior entry -100 hours
This entry 88 hours
 
Nov 30, 2019     Dump & Run, Corey Bird pt 1 - (100 hours)       Category: C25 Paint
Original builder Entries....
_________________________________________
These steps were completed on various days. I owe a lot to John here. He's not only quite good at working with micro, he's also been doing most of (well, nearly all of) the sanding, which is helping me out a lot. Sanding is the hardest part of this build for me because I've got a form of arthritis in my wrists and hands. Hopefully I can find some way to make it up to him.

2011-09-11 (1.50 hours):
Sanding...
I think I'm going to have a lot of posts with this title. I did a bit of sanding just to round out the day. The top of the wing had micro on it (used up from a previous job - who knows what, it was 2+ years ago) and I spent a bit over an hour fairing it out. I took it down in the recommended angled pattern until glass was just peeking through in areas. More later. [This ends Chad Robinson's write up on sanding and finishing. PK from here forward.]
__________________________________________
Finishing is one of the most time consuming parts of composite construction. Chad got the project's big pieces all done, the work of profiling the airplane surfaces. He had the engine hung, and then he sold the project to Craig. Craig pretty quickly figured out that his back wasn't going to be happy finishing off the sanding work - lots of repetitive motions and dust. I took over in 2018, and it's been 80% of the work of my first two years with this project. The software for the builder's log doesn't allow for time entries over 100 hours, so I'll have some repeat entries to get an accurate number.

The “technique” here is joking referred to as “dump and run”, followed by the “cory bird” pre-paint pinhole chase.
- The dump and run is a way of finding and filling low spots. Spray or dust a guide coat in a strongly contrasting color across a large surface (e.g., top of wing). A layer of micro (pure epoxy + glass balloons until the consistency of peanut butter) is then applied, then long board sanding until one or more spots are down to the guide coat. Don't cut the surface of the glass!
- The Cory Bird technique is about sealing the surface and avoiding pinholes in the final coat. Typically the first layers of primer are plagued with pinholes, caused by dust contamination from the underlying micro and/or fiberglass. Cory Bird is a Scaled Composites engineer whose plane “Symmetry” was celebrated as having an extraordinary finish without using heavy multiple clear coats. The Cory Bird solution is to give the (final sanded) surface 2-3 very thin layers of pure epoxy, applying and then promptly wiping off the product.

Notes on sanding tools. Below is a picture of the collection as it exists today, with notes from left to right.

1. Flooring blocks. I found some flawed 8' boards at Habitat Restore, and cut out shorter lengths. A local cabinet shop used a planer and table saw and I received good flat boards, used in items to the right. The species is Brazilian Cherry; fads in flooring lead to super hard woods coming into the US.
2. Sandpaper on PVC pipe and on closet dowel. I used these for fairings. My thanks to JD Newman for sharing his insights about the radius to be used – I was making them too small.
3. Aluminum extrusion. In Florida, pool cages are both strong (40+ mile winds, no problem) and inexpensive. Part of the reason is low cost aluminum extrusion like these two pieces, in a 2' and 4' length. They are super flat and I use them for 240 grit paper. I was startled at the big difference they made – it's a big step up. Don't live in Florida? Buy an 8' length from Home Depot, delivered free to your local store. Thanks to Buly Aliev for pointing me to these.
4. My Brazilian Cherry sanding boards, in grits of 240-120-80-36, with short and long lengths. My personal preference is for door knob handles, secured with epoxy+micro or epoxy+flox. I get door knobs at 2/$1, again at Habitat's Restore.
5. HFT sanding pad. At 17” long and a rubber pad, this has proven to be more useful than I ever expected. The pad has just enough flex for slight curves, and the super light weight helps. I have this set up at 120 grit, and there is another I will set at 240 grit for all the curves of the fuselage.
6. HFT rasp. The group archive told me about using the rasp on green stage micro, and that worked well. But the micro is abrasive and destroys these things – this is my 3rd one. HFT does not sell replacement rasp screens, so brace yourself for having to throw the whole thing away (or if you feel you did not get your money's worth, HFT _will_ let you exchange it for a new one).
7. HFT roll sandpaper. Yes, it clogs fast, but that's reason for me to take a break and brush out the clogs. Both sandpaper and brushes are super cheap – see https://www.harborfreight.com/2-34-in-x-25-ft-120-grit-sandpaper-roll-63333.html and https://www.harborfreight.com/6-Pc-Detail-Brush-Set-69526.html
8. Loose sandpaper. We all have it – my objective is to burn through the collection from 20+ years of buying too much, or buying an assortment when all I wanted was one grade.
9. Respirator. I had one I didn't like, then this one – 3M's M7502 with their P100 filter. You buy the mask and filter separately, and I paid $27 from Amazon.
10. Not shown are my elbow-savers. Between past sports and work, it's smart for me to wear an elbow brace – they are $5 each on ebay.
11. There is some automation under the table – a quarter sheet sander and an 18” belt sander. The first part of the epoxy wipe method is to put on a thick coating of micro. A light pass with the electric tools saves 30 minutes of hand sanding. That said, the 36 grit is almost every bit as fast – I have done it both ways and ended up preferring 36 grit board. Those tools stay under the table, unused.

What I've done wrong…
• Moving up in grade too soon – it leads to too much time with too high a grade sanding paper. The efficient path is to get close, then move up in grades to remove the course grade sanding scratches.
• When using sandpaper-wrapped tubes, focusing on the center of the filet rather than edges. Trying to create a nice smooth curve, I ended up cutting into the flat I wanted to preserve.
• Trying to do epoxy wipe with a plastic tool. The process worked much better after I bought the rubber squeegee (https://www.aircraftspruce.com/catalog/cmpages/comptoolrubbersqueegee.php?clickkey=254482) .
_______________________________________________

Chad's work was half of dump and run with no epoxy wipe layers. Craig left no details of his finishing work. I found that there were significant high and low spots over the airplane, so I repeated the dump and run and followed it with Cory Bird.

The work was done on a disassembled airplane, and I got faster and better as I practiced. Time estimates are as follows:
Gear Leg 10 hours
Canard 15 hours
Right wing & rudder 35 hours
Left Wing & Rudder 30 hours
Fuselage bottom 20 hours
Fuselage top 40 hours
Control surfaces 20 hours
Canopy in & out 10 hours

It is the !@#$! nature of this work that it has lots of small tasks with large blocks of down time in between. If I had the 4 arms of Vishnu I'd be able to work multiple pieces at one time. As it is, there is a slow and steady process of applying product and sanding it off, perfected on early parts then repeated. Don't sand the next part while the epoxy is hardening on the prior one - you end up with sanding dust in the curing epoxy. Don't work the epoxy past it's runny liquid stage. Don't use a fast set pure epoxy on a hot day. Wear the mask! These all sound obvious, but I tried to bend each rule and regretted it.


 
Sep 13, 2018     Sanding overview - underview (!) - (20 hours)       Category: C25 Paint
Surface Prep - Lower Fuse
I cleaned the project (paper towels, rubbing alcohol and sore elbows), then turned it upside down and did my first real work - wing root fillets and mutiple passes of filler and epoxy wipe. I like the new look a lot better than the old one! First the old surface - about as smooth as the scratch coat on a rough texture stucco ceiling.

The look now, smooth, pinholes filled with epoxy wipe and with good transitions at the wing-fuselage intersection.

Along the way I experimented with lots of approaches to sanding. So far, the most successful has been long boards made of Brazilian cherry flooring pieces. Brazilian cherry is incredibly hard, but the 10' pieces I got from a resale shop were rejects and twisted in 4 dimensions. The solution was to cut out the best sections with the table saw and then use a friend's planer. The handles are door knobs and curtain pole ends, secured with thin micro. For fillets, I experimented until I came up with 3.5" PVC: a 4' section produced the three circular sanding boards shown. HFT spooled sandpaper comes on a heavy cloth backing in a 2.5" width. The grits I used most are 36, 80 (!) and 120. I also have a 240 board that I can use when I want to be super careful.

There are additional relevant entries under "painting".


 
Nov 11, 2007     canopy frame - (38 hours)       Category: C18 Canopy
Gawd I hate urethane. I know it's supposed to be inert, but I still seem to react to it anyway. Thankfully John did the shaping here. He's got quite an eye for curves.
Maybe that says something...


 
Aug 01, 2008     Canopy Hinges - (12 hours)       Category: C18 Canopy
My forward-hinged canopy uses automotive trunk hinges (from eBay) that have a built-in gas strut. They're designed for a luxury car (it's been a while, but I think it was for a BMW) with a fairly heavy metal hood, so the gas struts are quite strong. Two hinges together easily support the canopy.

There are tapered blocks underneath them that are glassed onto the longerons. These blocks hold the bolts that attach the hinges to the fuselage sides. The hinges themselves then have bolts through their upper brackets that the canopy attaches to. It's a nice system, actually, because the whole canopy can be very easily removed if major maintenance is being done.


 
Jan 01, 2009     Texas Canopy - (12 hours)       Category: C18 Canopy
As mentioned earlier, the turtleback (and thus the canopy) is lifted a bit. We sat everything up on blocks to get it all to line up properly. The Texas Canopy that I got is actually a bit oversized, including in the front. To get all the angles to work right, I had to cut notches where the canopy met the instrument panel.

Here are some details you can see if you look carefully:

1. I messed up the inside glass a bit around the rear of the canopy. To fix it, we cut out the warped section, adjusted a bit with micro, and re-glassed the area. It's just an example of how easy it is to fix errors in composite construction, even with complex shapes.

2. My canopy has carbon-fiber reinforcements along its lower lip, running from the front back to the midpoint. I have a forward-hinged canopy and this will provide some reinforcement against crushing while it's being lifted/lowered, as well as added stiffness to prevent it from twisting as it's moved.

3. I have a spar section made of wing spar cap tape running around the outside, in a band, about where the head rests go. This provides some added rollover protection, since my headrests will be car seat headrests, and can't be relied on completely for rollover support.

4. To prevent the canopy from spreading in a rollover condition (and thus collapsing), and also to provide an attach point for left- and right-side latches, I installed two aluminum brackets in the outside edges of the canopy. They're quite strong, and run up into the spar cap, so they can distribute the lateral load if the Cozy is rolled over.

5. You can just barely see the bolts that attach the canopy to the forward hinges peeking out at the front end of the canopy. There are support blocks here with additional reinforcements to provide a strong attach point.


 
May 14, 2009     Canopy, Before Cutting - (2 hours)       Category: C18 Canopy
The forward-hinged canopy is too large/tall to open in one piece. It's a safety concern in a stiff breeze, and a complication because of all the stress on the hinge mounting points. I plan to cut it into two pieces through the center of the rollover spar built into it. The front piece will become the true forward-hinged-canopy, a smaller, lighter, and more manageable piece. The rear will get attached back onto the turtleback, and a portion of it will be cut to create a gull-wing door for easier access to the rear seats.


 
May 14, 2009     New Gas Spring - (8 hours)       Category: C18 Canopy
My canopy lift springs are good, but not great. They do lift the canopy but it's slow going until you get near the top, their stop isn't at the right spot, and they don't hold the canopy open very well.

I plan to make three changes. First, I removed one of the struts to measure its force. The easiest way to do this was to use a bathroom scale - the strut "weighed in" at 35lbs. I found a pair of gas springs on eBay that were about the same length and were rated for 60lbs. Hopefully that's not too much! I may only install one.

I will also machine new stop blocks and a safety latch. The hinges already have a mounting point for the stop blocks, I just need to make them accurately and install them. For the safety latches, I'm thinking about a sleeve of some sort that fits over the gas strut and drops into position when the canopy is open, preventing it from closing again. To close the canopy, you would lift the sleeve back off the strut. I just want to make sure it's easy to do, so I need to play around with different configurations.

The new gas shocks arrived and I installed them today. The new ones are slightly shorter than the old, which may actually be a good thing because it will act as an additional stop to keep it from opening too far. But I still want to work out another stop method so the gas shock doesn't have the take the whole load in tension. I had to epoxy a fitting onto the end of each to get them to attach properly, and I don't want to strain that joint too much. One nice thing is that the new gas shocks are about half the weight of the old. I'm saving almost 250g with this (over half a pound!) I couldn't test them, though. I didn't have any JB Weld to attach the fitting, which is what I wanted to use, so I used a high-strength epoxy I had. It'll test to 2000psi, but only after a 24- hour cure, and I didn't want to mess with it prematurely. I left the canopy propped open with a board to keep it from moving accidentally until I can get back out next week.


 
Sep 04, 2011     Rear canopy latch - (5 hours)       Category: C18 Canopy
Rear Canopy Latch, pt 1

With two canopies to latch, a secure latching and sealing system gets more complicated. For the rear canopy/gullwing, I've decided to install a car trunk latch. This solves a few problems at the same time: it has a secure latching mechanism, a simple cable release, and a spring-loaded jaw for a tight seal.

The latch will grab a bolt installed in an aluminum flange in the gullwing door. This flange has angled teeth that go up into the structure of the rollover support, and when closed it drops down into the headrest support, below the upper longeron. The benefit of this method is that when closed, the latch forms part of the rollover structure. This feature prevents the rear turtleback from spreading open and collapsing during a rollover event.

The front canopy (not yet installed) is up in the air, but I'm planning to install taper pins that grab the turtleback. An external lock and some weatherstripping will complete the picture.


 
Oct 04, 2007     Center Spar - Installing in Fuselage - (18 hours)       Category: C14 Cen Spar
Note - this step, the last task of chapter 14, happens _after_ completing the wings and chapter 19. PK

The spar installation took a long time mainly due to setup. The actual taping was relatively straightforward. John and I set up the fuselage on some sawhorses, then carefully shimmed it using foam scraps to get it precisely level in all directions. I then spent some time sanding the spar cutout to make a hole exactly the right shape and size. We then installed the spar and shimmed that until it was well leveled. All of this took nearly two days, actually, because sorting out all the slight variations was a bit of touchy work.


 
Apr 01, 2006     Attachment, Wing to Center Spar - (6.5 hours) Category: C19 Wing+Ail
Because I bought my wings and spar together from Dennis Oelmann, he match-drilled them for me. Attaching them is thus a piece of cake. That's a fair bit of tedious work saved!
 
Dec 23, 2005     Controls - (7 hours) Category: C19 Wing+Ail
12/23/2005:

Not great notes here, either, but the job got done. This entry is a placeholder for the items I haven't done. I didn't finish this step because I intend to install spherical bearings for the aileron torque tube, and I don't have them yet. I used an FMN10 temporarily to test things out, but I didn't set the final position of things because I don't have the spherical bearings quite yet. Here's what I have left to do for the left wing:

1. Install the spherical bearing for the torque tube. 2. Adjust the CS127 brackets to their final positions.

3. Fill a small air gap under the bracket shoulders with flox.

I also have not jigged the wing to the spar, obviously, because I haven't finished the right wing.

Oh, and I haven't made the spar. =)
 
Sep 11, 2011     Aileron Mounting - (2.5 hours)       Category: C19 Wing+Ail
This step shouldn't have taken 2+ hours, but it's been so long since I've driven a rivet that I put them in upside down and had to drill them out because they didn't have enough clearance! That done, the ailerons went in smoothly and the counterweight hangs them just where it should. (The photo here looks like it's trailing-edge-high here - it is! That's because the wing is angled on the foam blocks I have it resting on.)


 
Nov 25, 2005     Top Skin - (12 hours)       Category: C19 Wing+Ail
11/25/2005

I plan on installing the hidden rudder belhorns, and a kind fellow builder was nice enough to send me a digital copy of the plans while I waited for mine to arrive in the mail. The only part I needed from those for now was the routing of the rudder cable conduit, which is pretty straightforward - you just run it straight from the entrance location in the wing root to 1.2" in from the trailing edge at WL169. It should come just to the corner of the aileron cutout without actually touching it.

11/23/2005 (4.5 hours):

To prepare for glassing the top skin, I installed the rudder cable conduit and cleaned up the leading and trailing edges. I also cut the notch for the flox corner around the attach bolt access hole. Finally, I sanded the spar cap flush with the top of the wing. I definitely need to get a new belt sander - this took 3.5 hours to do with my piece of trash. The spar cap wasn't bad, just a little proud in spots.

11/25/2005 (5.5 hours):

This step was fairly straightforward, just time-consuming. I took a little longer wetting out the glass than when I did the bottom, because I had to use the brush a lot more. "Dump and run" isn't well suited to steep curves or vertical surfaces, and the leading edge is much more curved on the top than the bottom (naturally). Anyway, no surprises - micro, fabric, epoxy, squeegee, peel ply, plastic, and squeegee with hair dryer.

I clamped an aluminum straight-edge on the trailing edge. The extrusion John Slade and I bought when he was here didn't work out - it got covered with epoxy and I didn't have time to clean it off completely. I bought some replacements, just right-angle aluminum extrusion. I used spring clamps and clothespins to hold them onto the trailing edge and keep it perfectly straight. Should do the trick.

12/6/2005 (2 hours):

I had neglected to install all of the reinforcing layups, so today I took care of those. These included the BID triangle at the outboard edge, the two UNI pieces near the outboard attach bolt, and the three UNI strips over the inboard attach bolt and onto the top of the wing. I also installed the two 2-ply UNI strips that make a "V" from the outboard attach bolt onto the top of the wing. These are actually from step 9, but since I was here it made sense to just do them all at the same time.


 
Nov 21, 2005     Top Spar Cap - (6.5 hours) Category: C19 Wing+Ail
11/21/2005 (6.5 hours):

Next week I'll be going on vacation. I'm trying to get one wing glassed before I go, so today I prepped the top spar cap channel for glassing (1 hour) and came back to the office late to do the job (5.5 hours). It was quite an ordeal. It has three more layers than the bottom cap, but the channel doesn't APPEAR to be deeper (it is, it's just unnerving).

Worse still, a number of the threads in my spar cap tape had some type of contaminant, and picking them out and replacing them warped a lot of threads. I spent hours getting everything to lay flat and straight, and when I was done, no matter how hard I squeegeed, I still couldn't get all of the fibers to lay below the channel edges. I'll have some sanding work to do once the layup cures. Sigh.

I think in the future that I won't squeegee directly on the spar cap tape. I did this initially to press the fibers into the layers below, and to bring up excess epoxy. The problem is, it shifts the fibers around quite a bit, and makes the job MUCH harder.

It seems like my magic number is 3 - that's how many layers of tape I can successfully wet out at a time. I'll pre-cut a few 5" strips of plastic to lay in the channel. I'll lay down three layers of tape, get the center wet and lay down a bead of epoxy along the channel, then lay down the plastic. I'll squeegee through that, then lift it to lay down the next few layers. I think this will work better and shift the fibers around less. You definitely want to remove excess epoxy as you go. Otherwise it all ends up at the bottom, and you have a hell of a time getting the tape below the edges of the channel.
 
Nov 18, 2005     Bottom Skin - (7.5 hours)       Category: C19 Wing+Ail
11/17/2005 (2 hours):

Today I finished prepping the bottom of the left wing for skinning. Hopefully I can get this done tomorrow. I made the channel for the flox corner around the wing attach bolt recess, and vacuumed the surface one more time for good measure, this time with my hand and arm encased in plastic to protect it from the loose fibers. I also installed the peel ply strips on the trailing edge and aileron cut line.

I used a slightly different method for this than called for in the plans. I tried small brads, but they dimpled the peel ply, and the plans specifically state that it must lay flat. I would have used staples, but I only had a few left and didn't want to run to the hardware store just for this. Instead, I put down small dabs of epoxy every 6" or so along the strips, let it soak in, and gave it a good stipple and wipe-down. I ended up with perfectly flat strips of peel ply. The only negative is that you have to wait a day for the epoxy to cure or the peel ply will come right off when you lay out the cloth, but that worked fine for my schedule.

11/18/2005 (5.5 hours):

Today I did some of my best work. Ever.

I started by installing plastic curtain rod covers to line the conduit hole, and a NAV antenna about midway down the wing. I had intended to do these steps yesterday to reduce the layup time, but forgot. I then micro'd the foam. In the future, I'll pre-fill low spots (like the electrical conduit hotwire entry slot) a day ahead of time, and allow to cure. That would make this step a bit faster, since micro takes time to settle into deep slots.

I then laid out all of my glass, both layers at once. Laying out one ply at a time is fine if you like 8- hour layups, but I'd like to fly some day. MGS wets out two layers of glass just as well as one. So, I got all of my cloth laid out perfectly as my first step. I then mixed LOTS of epoxy and wet out the entire surface, squeegeeing lightly to spread it around. I used a brush to touch up spots, especially around the LE and TE, and the 4" section over the shear web.

Once I had the glass fully wet out, I squeegeed lightly to remove the worst of the excess. I then peel plied the entire wing, and laid out my plastic sheeting. Finally, I very carefully squeegeed, using the hair dryer. I first worked along the spar cap, then from the spar cap to the LE and TE. I spent the most time on this step, making sure I was getting very consistent results so I won't have any thick (high) or thin (low) spots.

The hair dryer really makes or breaks the process of squeegeeing through the plastic. Yes, it helps liquify the epoxy again, but it also does something more important - it lets the plastic stretch evenly. This lets the plastic deal with compound curves without bunching up.

For the curious, yes, I DID use my "dump and run" technique. Large, flat surfaces like the wing really benefit from this method. All this means is mixing very large cups of epoxy, and dumping it in a stream across a convenient relatively flat spot (like the spar cap area). You then squeegee lightly to spread it around in a thin layer, and move on to your next cup. The epoxy will wet out the cloth on its own. This produces some waste (I removed about 1.5 cup's worth during the squeegee stage, about 10 squirts) but you can do large layups like the wing VERY quickly. My time broke out as follows:

1 hour - Install conduit and NAV antenna

1 hour - Micro foam (next time pre-fill holes and let cure, would save time)

30 minutes - Lay out cloth, scissor trim.

1 hour - Wet out with epoxy

30 minutes - Lay out peel ply, stipple to mostly wet out, lay out plastic

1 hour - Squeegee

These are estimates. I think I actually spent more like 45 minutes wetting out, and 1.25 hours squeegeeing, but the numbers should be fairly close. In any case, I'm confident that if I come prepared with antennae already installed, and the slot pre-filled with cured dry micro, I can do the right wing's bottom skin in 3 hours using this technique. We'll see.

The best part of this whole process is that I no longer have any fear of large layups. It used to be a race to wet out and stipple before the entire thing started to gel, and it took a lot of stippling. That's hard on my hands and wrists - I have arthritis. Now, I hardly stipple at all. I only use one for touching up dry spots before squeegeeing, and painting vertical surfaces.


 
Nov 14, 2005     Bottom Spar Cap - (21.5 hours)       Category: C19 Wing+Ail
A few comments.

First, box sealing tape is the WRONG choice for this area. The open pores of the foam allow epoxy to creep underneath the tape, where it sticks to the adhesive. This makes it very difficult to remove later. I don't have a great solution to this, actually, but at the very least use a thicker tape, like duct tape. Box tape tears when you take it off, and makes a godawful mess. I didn't want to leave any of it around, so it made for a lot of tedious sanding

Second, add a squeegee step an hour or so after you finish the layup. I had my spar cap on the left wing squeegeed perfectly level with the top of the trough. The next day, though, I discovered it had uncompressed slightly. It wasn't a huge rise, less than 1/16", but it made for a heck of a lot of sanding to bring it back to level. Better slightly low than slightly high - it's a lot easier to fill a slight outside skin depression with micro than to fair the entire wing into this area, and if you squeegee low, at least all the spar cap tape is there, and you aren't sanding any off.

Finally, PROTECT YOURSELF. I've sanded quite a bit so far, as you might imagine, but I never had a problem with it. I generally used the Fein, and was doing small areas at a time, either to rough up prior to a layup or to remove epoxy drips and the like. I'd get an itch or two, but was pretty careful, so it was never more than a minor irritation.

This time, whoah! I used the belt sander, and while "less than 1/16" doesn't sound like much, multiply it by the length of the spar cap, and you have a lot of fibers being removed. This stuff is VICIOUS. I probably would have been fine sanding - I got some dust on my hands, but not much worse than that. I wear a shop apron to protect my shirt and pants, and haven't had any issues until now. This spar cap stuff is MEAN when it's sanded. It produces long individual fibers that stick to everything. I was fine until I went to vacuum. The static from the vacuum pulled the stuff all the way up onto my arm. I've been itching all day, and probably will again tomorrow. Use protection!

11/16/2005 (2 hours):

More careful cleanup.

11/17/2005 (4 hours):

I got a little fed up with making aluminum parts piecemeal - sanding, alodining, etc. were all slowing me down because of the time involved in breaking the tools and chemicals out and putting them back. I thus spent some time making all of the aluminum parts I needed for the next month or so, which include the four seat belt brackets for Chapter 8, and all remaining LWA1-LWA6 pieces (three were already made). They're now alodined and ready to go. Hopefully this will save me some time in future steps.

The only thing I didn't make was the right wing's LWA18 cover plates, because I found it was easier to make these a little oversized and trim after trial fitting them. Getting the bend just right on the very end of the piece is tricky, so I just make it an inch further in, mark the exact edge where it meets the wing surface, and trim to that point. No point making and alodining something I'm just going to cut up...


 
Nov 07, 2005     Core Assembly and Web Layup - (14.3 hours) Category: C19 Wing+Ail
This took a little more time for the left wing than John Slade (who was up for the week helping me build the wings) and I expected. Mainly this was because of a few small alignment issues setting up the cores, but we wanted to get things perfect. Also, I caused us to take longer in the squeegee step by putting on too much epoxy by getting over-eager with my "dump and run" layup method. Still, the left wing joint is beautiful. We'll see if I can do the right wing just as well. When you cut the W18 cover plates that go over the wing attach bolt access holes, note that cutting per plans is unlikely to produce a good fit. A better way is to cut the plates slightly oversized, make the bend, then get the plates into position and scribe them to cut off the excess for a perfect fit. You only use an extra half inch of aluminum this way, and they look much better. Also, a comment on Alodine. I've had mixed success with this, so I thought I'd pass along a few tips that generally produce better results. The most important thing to know is that the qality of the Alodine step is almost entirely controlled by the cleanliness of the part. The Alumiprep can produce a part that looks clean, but once you alodine you see fingerprints and such left over. By then, it's too late to do anything, and that spot won't take the Alodine very well.

To make sure the parts are perfectly clean, first use some MEK or other cleaner to remove any micro or epoxy contamination that might be on the piece from setting it on a workbench, against a curing work piece while measuring, etc. The key to understanding what's happening is knowing what these chemicals actually do. Alumiprep will NOT remove this stuff - it's an acid, not a solvent. It's designed to react with corrosion and remove it, and etch off any other surface problems. But it only works against aluminum-related problems. So, after removing any epoxy issues, wash with clean water and a strong detergent to remove skin oils. Alumiprep will not remove all oils, just a few of them.

Next, know that the effectiveness of the reaction will be controlled by heat. You're suposed to dilute the Alumiprep, which is fine, but do it with warm water, not cold. You'll get a better reaction. Use a disposable brush to remove as much surface crap as possible. Then comes the key - use an abrasive Scotch Brite pad. (Use one without soap in it - Harbor Freight sells cheap but usable pads.) Get down into any scratches, which you ought to have - you did rough up the faces before glassing, right?

Finally, when Alodining, use a brush to make sure you have good coverage of the chemical. Some of the initial reaction may produce free converted material in a thin barrier liquid layer of used-up reagent on top of the piece. A brush will move this aside and allow the reaction to finish on the piece itself. I use small disposable acid brushes for this - you can get 36-packs cheaply. Don't forget to radius the corners of the wing attach hard points to match the foam, before installing them! And don't forget LWA2 and LWA3, which are described in Chapter 14. I missed mine for the left wing, and will fix this when it comes time to glass the bottom.
 
Nov 04, 2005     Cutting Foam Cores - (17 hours) Category: C19 Wing+Ail
John Slade is up for the week helping me with the complex wing steps. That's not to say this chapter can't be done alone, but extra help sure makes the time go faster, especially if that help has made a wing him/herself. Hot-wiring does really take two people. I've heard of people cutting solo, using supports and other assistants to help hold the hot-wire cutting. I think it would be very challenging to get good, consistent cuts that way.

Making Templates. I'm bringing John Slade up to help me with hot-wiring cores and some other tricky steps. To save time, I'm preparing all of my templates at once. To make them, I bought the duplicate M drawings set from Aircraft Spruce, so I don't need to trace anything. I first rough cut the templates close to their lines. Then I spray melamine sheets with 3M adhesive and stick on the templates. I use a bandsaw to cut close to the lines, then a sander to finish the job. The job takes a while for each template, but it produces good results. If you follow this method, note that one template on the duplicate M drawing set has a slight offset in it that you'll want to correct. Other than that, it's straightforward work, just time consuming.

We had some extra setup time because I saved some money. Wicks had a fire sale on foam, which normally runs $21 to $41 depending on block size. The stuff I bought was only $4.50 per block, a huge cost reduction, but it was only available in the smaller (7x14x41) size. To make up the difference, I bought 25 blocks, and we're cutting blocks to add to the ends of others. It adds time, and time is indeed valuable, but I'm happy we did this. The extra work with the blocks gave me time to adjust to block layout and hot-wiring, so I was much more prepared (and had gotten used to handling the saw) when it came time to do an actual airfoil cut. It wasn't really much extra work - just squaring the ends, and joining blocks to make them longer. The 3M 77 spray adhesive worked great here. Note to others - make sure your block faces are very clean when you join them. Even a slight amount of dust can prevent a good adhesive bond.

We learned a lot doing the hot-wiring steps, but we produced some absolutely beautiful cores. I've never seen anybody else's, but John seemed fairly impressed, and they look laser cut, so I'm happy. We used a couple of tricks that made the job even better, but there isn't room to document them here, so I wrote up a Hot Wire Guide to document them.

As part of this step, I finally got a chance to meet Stew Joslin, who has plans #1287. He lives in Coventry, CT, just three towns away from where I started my own build (Stafford Springs). Somehow before I moved we never had the chance to connect, but he was able to come down and meet John and I Friday night. It was good to have him, because we did the rest of the hotwiring job, and the micro bonding of the various bits and pieces to make the FC[1-5] cores, and the extra pair of hands was appreciated.

Do you live in the Northeast? I'm trying to organize local builders from New Jersey, New York, Connecticut, Rhode Island, Massachusetts, New Hampshire, Vermont, and Maine. Please use the link below to get in touch with me - I'd like to set up a fly-in, a build day, or something else. Builders in California, Texas, Florida, and the Midwest are much more organized than we are.
 
Nov 05, 2005     Setting up the Jigs - (6.5 hours) Category: C19 Wing+Ail
Setting up the jigs was actually remarkably easy. I used a method I haven't seen documented elsewhere, but there isn't room to describe it here. I call it Jig Squares, and I wrote up a separate document describing it, with pictures. (Pulled from the Wayback Machine, https://web.archive.org/web/20070702153148/http://www.lucubration.com/greylady/jigsquares/)
___________________________________________________________
"Jig Squares
When it came time to do the wings, I spent some time setting up my jigs for Dust's Tee System. Essentially, this method uses a set of dados in each jig edge and "Tee" rails that fit them. This is a good system, but I scrapped it because I found a much faster easier way.

When it came time to set up the jigs, I used a square to draw lines at each jig's location along the table:


Then I used clamping squares to set up the jigs. These squares are guaranteed to be exactly 90 degrees. Don't buy cheap knockoffs. The good ones from Rockler can take 200 lbs of clamping pressure, and if you take the time to really torque down the clamps, there's no need to provide additional support for the jigs. They're incredibly stiff. To seal the deal, I used a pair of screws against (not in, just pressing against) the back of each jig to keep that side from shifting.


Five clamping squares are required, but I only had four. As a quick hack for Jig 5, I cut a hole in a sheet of plywood with two square faces. A clamp on each side had the same effect as a clamping square, and it was a quick, cheap solution. If you do this, use 3/4" plywood - anything thinner won't hold the clamp well enough to get good clamping pressure. (You can drill separate holes if you want more clamps.) Actually, it turned out that my plywood did NOT have a perfect 90-degree angle on it, so I glued on a thin wedge at the top, but it was not a big deal.


The end result is very satisfying. Setting up the jigs takes just a few minutes, and the results are perfectly square, very stiff, and the jig spacing is accurate. You'll notice that I had actually cut the Tee system dado slots already, so I went ahead and put a board in there. It doesn't add any support or alignment to the setup, but it does keep the jigs from falling while I clamp them down.


To each his own. The Tee system is a good recommendation, but if I did it all over again, I wouldn't bother with the slots. You need very good woodworking equipment for that method to work properly - you need the slots to be exactly the same distance from the edges of the jigs, or the Tees will actually misalign them. You also need very straight boards, or to rip plywood tongues very straight, because a slight warp there will also cause a misalignment. Over 128", even a very slight warp can be a big problem. Finally, preparing for the Tee system probably added two hours to my jig construction time, and the clamping squares did the same job with no possibility of error on my part.

The full system requires five clamping squares and ten clamps. If you want to be cheap, you can skip the squares and just use pieces of plywood with perfect 90-degree corners, but check them to make sure you don't need a thin shim to make the angle perfect. Frankly, for $12 each, the clamping squares are worth it - there are a number of other places you can use them to good effect, and they save a lot of time and fiddling.
_____________________________________________________________________________________
Setting up the jigs goes by in minutes with this system. The time recorded here covers the actual creation of the jigs themselves. Note that I could have saved two hours by not cutting the dado slots, which I never used. Dust's Tee system is a very good option, it just wasn't my preference when it came time to actually set things up.

If you use plywood, and you care at all about wood, don't use epoxy for the jig cross pieces. Use wood glue. Not that massive strength is all that important here, but wood glue is always the right choice for a woodworking joint (off the plane). A good glue joint is stronger than the wood itself, and if a separation is forced, the wood around the joint will shatter before the joint lets go.
 
Dec 07, 2005     Wing Ribs - (5 hours)       Category: C19 Wing+Ail
12/7/2005 (5 hours):

Removing the 0.7" of foam took a little longer than I expected. I don't know if there's a better way to do this, but I just used a Dremel cutting wheel, and carefully etched out the foam. It took two passes to get the final depth, but otherwise was fairly straightforward.

Removing the foam for the inboard rib didn't take longer than I expected - I expected it to take a long time, and it did. I had to re-read the plans and diagrams about 12 times to get it all figured out. In the process, I discovered that on my "make the aluminum parts" day I forgot to make the LWA7 pieces, so I made those and prepped/alodined them. Since nearly all of these parts are 2" wide, I've been cutting them out of some 2" bar stock. Hopefully I won't need a huge length of 2" bar stock later, or I'll have to re-order. This is a lot faster than cutting individual pieces out of sheets, since one dimension is already cut for you. You just cut the pieces to length.


 
Nov 02, 2005     Building the Wing Jigs - (8 hours) Category: C19 Wing+Ail
This took a bit longer than I thought, and they aren't exactly beautiful, but I think it was worth the extra trouble. I made my jigs out of 3/4" plywood, which provides a lot of stiffness. However, the thickness makes it awkward to get the wings in, which are really at an angle to the jigs. To solve that problem, I chamfered the inside edges of the jigs so the actual contact surface of each jig is only 3/8" or so.

I also made dado cuts in each jig face a-la Dust's Tee System. By installing Tee segments made from poplar boards it becomes much easier to align the jigs when setting them up, and there's no need to Bondo them to the table.

PK note of 6/8/2020... there is a floating note in the Chad Robinson builders log:

"During a conversation on another topic, Dennis Oelmann mentioned to me that he had a wing and spar pair, completed and already match-drilled to one another. The price was reasonable and I had the money, so I jumped at the chance to save some build time here. Dennis does excellent work, often peel-plying and vacuum-bagging even very large parts. His parts are often ready to finish when they arrive.

"I still have the half-finished left wing, and the cores cut and waiting to lay up for the right wing. Occasionally in some pictures in this log you'll see them - the left wing is hanging on ropes in the hangar, and the right wing cores are on top of the wall cabinets. Hopefully one day they'll get some use."

I'm guessing that most of the early work in this section was never used, and the wings and spars are as purchased from Dennis Oelmann.
 
Dec 31, 2005     Ailerons - (9 hours) Category: C19 Wing+Ail
Note from 12/31/05: I haven't taken very good notes of my progress each day, but I HAVE made a lot of progress. I produced the aileron, mounted it, and arranged the controls. I didn't do a great job of hinge placement on the left wing, so I'll try to be more careful on the right. As it is, everything moves smoothly, but I had to jimmy things a lot to get it all working perfectly.

PK note of 6/7/2020: Aileron finish and balancing is a challenge for Cozy builders. From Marc Zeitlan's comments, _most_ Cozy ailerons are out of balance and tail heavy. After prime and pre-paint, the balance tested good, being very slightly nose heavy. I am now putting final finish on the control surfaces and will show the results in the finishing section.
 
May 03, 2009     Flipping the plane - 2x! - (4 hours)       Category: C09 Lnd Gear
04-18-2009 (2 hours):

Today we flipped the plane over so I can install the mains. Flipping a Cozy is a big job best suited to 4-5 guys. I have round wooden supports to help with the job, but it's still very heavy and unwieldy (mine especially, because I have my strakes and turtleback on now!) To do the job with fewer people, we slung a rope and pulley up to the ceiling and tied it to the nose. I hauled on that while John lifted the actual Cozy and together we actually managed the job pretty easily - more easily than we had expected. Moving the sucker AROUND once we FLIPPED it was tricky, but we got the job done with a dolly under the nose and each us lifting one strake.

05/03/2009
Flipping the plane over is always a memorable event, and doubly so right now given that it weighs so much. Adding the mains gave it a bit of an awkward pivot point. John and I flipped it together, again using a pulley slung from the ceiling to help raise the nose. We were a little too busy to take pictures during the actual event! One interesting change is that the vertical position required a lot of force to hold up (the mains were trying to pull it over), but once we started letting it down, the force decreased significantly. The semicircles on the strake ends really do work!


 
May 25, 2009     Final Reinforcements - (4.5 hours)       Category: C09 Lnd Gear
Seems like a never-ending series of steps, but at least this one is in the bag! This weekend I used a slide hammer to remove the studs, and removed the gear from the plane. This technique worked great, by the way - if your landing gear studs are "stuck", try a slide hammer. They're inexpensive, and you can attach them to a nut and washer on the end of the stud to pull it out. It took a while - the thing only moved a millimeter or two with each blow - but it was definitely the right tool for the job.

Adding the washers to the outside faces of the attach tabs was a pretty simple task. When it came time to fill in under the support MKMGA tubes, I routed the brake line through that section to give it some support. Other than that, not very exciting. Sometimes that's a good thing.


 
Apr 09, 2009     Pitch and Roll Installation - (10.8 hours)       Category: C16 Controls
2009-04-09 (1 hour):

I completed the pitch and roll assembly nearly two years ago, but hadn't logged any pictures for it. Here you can see the forward bearing blocks and some of the controls installed. Today, I installed the map pockets, which I had made way back when, but not actually floxed in. One of them looks a little crooked, but it's just taller than it should be - it'll get trimmed down when I install the arm rest foam. I plan to make the arm rests in two pieces, one fixed top piece and one removable side piece (for inspection and maintenance of the control arms and tubes).

2009-05-25 (1.00 hours):

More tubes

The controls are an endless series of metal tubes. I prepared mine several years ago, but had removed them to keep them from being damaged, and also to lighten the fuselage the last time I moved it. Today I reinstalled them and verified that there was no play in the system. Works great!

2011-09-11 (2.50 hours):

Painting

This is nowhere near necessary, but I have four kids now and they all wanted some bling. I took a bit to paint the controls and tubes for the wing root. Moving surfaces are yellow, and fixed surfaces are red. It looks better than I expected, even though I didn't put much time into it. It's probably an ounce of paint, all told. I'll make up for it with lighter instruments.

2011-09-11 (4.25 hours):

Left Aileron

This took a lot longer than I expected mainly because I kept screwing it up. I wasn't getting my rivets flush enough (at one point I installed them upside-down) and having to drill them back out of the hinges/nut plates. But I got the left side done - tomorrow I'll do the right.


 
Apr 01, 2005     Center Section Spar Category: C14 Cen Spar
When I entered this chapter, I was fortunate enough to have some extra cash, and Dennis Oelmann happened to have a completed spar for sale. The center section spar is a critical structural member, and the idea of having this chapter just be "done" was appealing, especially after dealing with the spar cap tape in Chapter 19. (I had started that chapter before this one.) I'm glad I did. Dennis match-drilled the spar to my wings, which is a tricky bit of work out of the way. And the spar is absolutely beautiful work - Dennis always does a fantastic job.

Step 1 - Centersection Jig
Step 2 - Assembly of Foam Parts
Step 3 - Interior Layups
Step 4 - Install the Forward Face
Step 5 - Outside Hard Points
Step 6 - Spar cap layup
Step 7 - Shoulder harness blocks and outside layups
Step 8 - Hardpoint reinforcement
Step 9 - Access for Wing Attach and End Layup
 
Jan 01, 2009     Canard installation Category: C12 Canard 2
As above, Dennis Oelmann had a completed canard ready to install...
Step 1 - Fitting Alignment Pins
Step 2 - Aligning the Canard
Step 3 - Fitting Elevators and Torque Tube to Fuselage
 
Apr 01, 2005     Elevators - Pitch Trim Belcrank and Elevator Mass Balance       Category: C11 Elevator
There has been some debate about the elevator balance weights in icing conditions. Ice (or other foreign matter) can build up in the balance weight notches, and cause them to bind up, effectively locking up your pitch control. Additionally, the thin BID strap over the balance weights has very little grip on the lead weights. If they experience any shock, the balance weights can slide out and jam the elevators.

The solution is the debate - many builders have argued (some strenuously) that no fix is necessary. However, the fix is extremely simple and appears to have minimal downside. It consists of two changes. The first is a layer of BID on the SIDES of the elevator balance weights. This serves to provide additional support to prevent the weights from sliding out of their straps, even if the straps lose their adhesion. The second is a small cup over the balance weight recess (large enough to allow for full travel). This may help prevent ice from building up inside the balance weight recess.

None of this converts the Cozy into a known-ice-capable aircraft. Indeed, if the cups DO fill with ice, I'll have exactly the same problem, only this time it will be harder to clear the ice out. But the small amount of additional protection seems worth the effort, and I've learned that ultimately, the pilot/owner must be the final arbiter of what goes into or onto his/her aircraft!


 
Jun 13, 2020     Balance post-paint - (5 hours)       Category: C16 Controls
Post paint elevators and ailerons have to be checked for balance. The purpose is to prove these flight controls resistant to flutter. This is done by showing that the given control surface was built to have a center of gravity forward of the hinge point.

The elevator is easy to test - set up a knife edge, suspend the part from its hinge pin, and compare the part to a level. The photos below are sequenced to show the set up and then the result for both right and left elevators. The elevators passed, the left easily, the right by a narrow margin, both without requiring additional weights and / sanding. For the Cozy, this counts as a pass with no problems.

The aileron is harder to test - it is heavy and clumsy and there is no pin long enough to allow use of the same knife edge test. For the aileron, the test is to suspend the part from the center of the hinge and then compare the part to a level. The photos show the set up and then the result for both right and left ailerons. The ailerons passed with a narrow margin - I documented it with the level to make sure I was seeing it correctly.


 
Apr 01, 2005     Elevators - purchased! Category: C10 Canard
Dennis Oelmann had a completed canard ready to install, and the temptation was too high to pass up for such a critical component of the plane. It wasn't cheap, but to put two full chapters out of the way and let me focus on other things, I think it was money well spent. His work is exquisite.

Step 1 - Cutting Foam Cores and Bonding to Torque Tubes
Step 2 - Installing of Bottom Skin
Step 3 - Installation of Top Skin
Step 4 - Installing NC-6 Inserts and NC-3 Hinges
Step 5 - Checking Elevator Travel and Installing Tip Fairings
 
Apr 01, 2005     Canard - (5 hours) Category: C10 Canard
Dennis Oelmann will from time to time produce a canard and/or various other parts for the Cozy. He does fabulous work, and money was available at just the right time. I shipped him my Brock parts (luckily I had bought those before they went out of business), and he turned out my canard and elevator much more quickly than I could have done. I've only peeked through one end of the crate, but they're absolutely beautiful - certainly better work than I would have produced. The price was right, and the work was top-notch. If I did it all over again, I wouldn't hesitate to use Dennis for this piece of work.

Step 1 - Trimming Blocks and Cutting Cores
Step 2 - Lift Tabs, Inserts, Jigging Cores, Laying up Shear Web, Installing Lift Tabs
Step 3 - Jigging and Bonding Sections
Step 4 - Spar Cap Layup
Step 5 - Applying Bottom Skin
Step 6 - Installing Foam for Elevator Hinges, Upper Spar Cap, and Upper Skin
 
Oct 15, 2003     Plans - Modifications - (3 hours)       Category: C01 Introduction
Following is a thumbnail description of the modifications made to the plans. All mods are well-known in the builder community and accepted as enhancements that do not compromise safety. Almost all of the mods had been made in the project as I received it, and were reviewed during a pro-purchase inspection by Marc Zeitlin, an expert in the Cozy. For each of the mods, see also the builders log of construction.

1) Forward-Hinged Canopy. I expect to regularly fly with a passenger, and wasn't very impressed with the side-opening canopy. If left unlatched, a side opening canopy is a potentially fatal problem. Front opening is easier for getting in or out, or when I something from the cabin, or happen to the on the wrong side of the plane! I installed a forward-hinged canopy using two car trunk hinges with built-in gas struts. They were designed for a heavy trunk, and easily support the weight of my canopy. To attach it, I added reinforcements for the attach bolts, and additional plies of carbon fiber for stiffness to keep the canopy from swaying as it's lifted or lowered. The finished assembly looks and works great, and I'm quite pleased with it.

2) I also installed retractable steps on both sides of the fuselage. These are nothing more than solid rods in tubes with a pin inside the canopy to move them in and out - very much like door latches, actually. This provides a lower drag, more durable solution than the plans step, and a step on both sides of the fuselage.

3) Higher Canopy and Turtleback. The plans Cozy was built to fit its designer, who was closer to 5'6" than my 6'. Additionally, I have short legs and a long torso. In an RV I fly with no cushion to gain an inch or so of extra room. A higher canopy is a common mod that's well documented in the builder community, and others report it works well. The back seat of a Cozy looks like a seat, but is typically used as a trunk. I've done three things to make the back seats more comfortable and usable. First, I lifted my turtleback nearly 2 inches when I installed it. Second, I spread it slightly wider than plans to give more feeling of headroom. This makes for a taller, flatter canopy, and a different look and feel. There is a drag penalty for this, but I understand it does not materially affect handling of stall characteristics. Third, I have larger windows for the rear passengers to improve their visibility.

4) Electric Pitch Trim, Landing Brake, and Nose Gear Retract. All three systems are manual in the plans. Adding small servo motors is a common modification, done with components agreed in the builder community. The Strong Pitch Trim System connects to the elevator surface on the canard, running to a bracket floxed onto the fuselage wall just forward of the instrument panel on the passenger side. The speed brake cable and bellcrank was replaced with a small actuator motor, using the plans modification shared on the builders group, placed behind the front passenger seat back. The Jack Wilhelmson Nose Lift is the one change requiring a manual back up - there is a manual extension rod that runs through a bronze oil-impregnated bushing in the instrument panel, a universal joint and another bushing through the face of F22 and then through a universal joint to the top of the lift.

5) Larger Nose Hatch. The slightly larger forward hatch (located atop the brakes) makes for easier access during the build and easier service in the future.

6) Car Seat Head Rests. The design calls for large "triangles" growing from the top of the front seat back, padded for headrests and potentially providing rollover protection to the occupants. In a common mod, the triangles were ommitted, the canopy was reinforced with additional plies of carbon fiber and I used auto head rests.

7) Cozy Girrl Strakes. The Cozy Girrrls' swept-forward strakes are a common mod that delivers a storage area at shoulder height. The perception of shoulder room is very welcome and comes at no discernable change in the center of lift or structural integrity - again, as per the builder community.

8) Upgrade to Matco brakes. The plans call for the use of Cleveland #199-152 Super Heavy Duty brakes and 5” wheels with the main landing gear. This has been the source of controversy for several years. Many builders, including some who are aeronautical engineers, have disputed the use of those brakes. Nat Puffer, the designer stands by them and doesn't like the idea of replacing them with the MATCO W-51 brakes with the 5” tires. J. D. Newman, of Infinity Aerospace, sells a nice package of wheels, brakes, axles, tires, tubes and master cylinders, for about $1,600. Many of the Cozy builders use the MATCO package. The MATCO system is a triple-puck system that, as engineers tell me, is better able to dissipate heat and handle the high landing speeds of the canard aircraft, as well as comply with the FAR part 23 brake requirements. Marc Zeitlin, expert in the Cozy, writes; “Previous calcs have used 80 kts for an aborted takeoff, but at gross weight, forward CG, and/or high DA's, this is optimistic. You might be indicating 72 kts, but on a high DA day in Durango, CO, your GS could be 86 kts. Even 80 kts is a bit optimistic in those cases. In this case, you need a bit over 300K ft-lb of energy absorption/wheel (not ft/lb, not lb). The 5.00x5 MATCO heavy duty triple puck brakes are the ONLY 5.00x5 brakes that have the capacity, per any of the MFG's claims.” J. D. Newman of Infinity Aerospace also does the math and provides a similar explanation on his website for the MATCO system.

9) Replace Nylaflow brake lines with SS/TFE and hard lines. The project arrived with Nylaflow installed as per plans. Now, stainless steel braid over a Teflon-lined hose from Aeroquip runs from brake up the gear leg into the fuse, then hard lines (aluminum tubing) along the fuse walls forward, then the SS hose to the brake cylinders. Cleveland brakes installed as per plans, but then discarded and gear legs modified to use the Matco brakes. New gear leg fairings have an embedded fiberglass tube providing larger conduits for the brake lines and any temperature sensors I choose to run. These SS hoses could handle 3,000psi as opposed to the 1,000 psi or less that the Nylaflow would handle. Since we could generate up to about 1,500 psi brake pressure, I felt that this was a good move—which is also being used now by more builders. I used Aeroquip AN3 hose with AN3 fittings. Of couse, I had to get Aeroquip adapters from the AN3 to the 1/8” NPT connections of the Matco master cylinders, wheel cylinders and parking brake. I also used a pair of AN3 90 degree bulkhead connectors to go through the LGBs. It was a bit pricier than the nylaflow, but I felt better about doing it this way.

10) Main gear fairings. To install the upgraded brake lines I had already cut the minimal shaping already done to the main gear legs, and decided the repair should address the drag coming from the main gear. These planes fly at about 2 degrees nose-up at cruise, and in a better world I would have determined and built the fairings for minimal drag at that AoA. Instead, I eyeballed a good alignment with the expected airflow. I cut the back 1" off the legs as delivered, avoiding the weight-bearing "hoop". I selected an airfoil shape and made templates which I used in building a new profile and trailing edge. For minimizing drag, the optimal ratio of length to thickness of a strut should be between 4-1 to 6-1. These fairings may add minute amounts of structural strength and weight, but at the cost of still more stiffness - this plane will jolt you on a hard landing. For minimizing drag, the optimal ratio of length to thickness of a strut should be between 4-1 to 6-1. I believe I achieved it with the selected NACA airfoil.

11) Pitot, landing and taxi lights in the nose. Essentially the plans pitot system was installed through the foremost nose bulkhead, with an intake point in the center of the nose under the landing light lens. The aluminum tube was wrapped in a heat tape, with the temperature rise, amperage and wiring tested on the bench. Landing and taxi lights were placed in the nose rather than in the belly under the pilot's seat. Placement under the pilot's seat would create a hole, a draft, and drag. Several other builders who are now flying have placed lights in the nose—Tim Lumpp, Marc Zeitlin, Joe Hull, Yair Gil—as well as several others who are not yet flying. Each has a slightly different approach. Mine is similar to others - I purchased a small LED light bar intended for off-road vehicles, then modified it to better fit the space available in the nose. A number of lenses were shaped and fitted, and the best one was put in place with adhesive, then faired with a wood flour mix.

12) Hidden Rudder Bellhorns – The wings, as purchased from Dennis Ohlman, came with the hidden rudder bellhorns rather than the plans ones. The plans bellhorns stick out of the end of the wing/winglet and are susceptible to being bumped by uninformed passers-by and bent, plus they can add a little extra drag in-flight. The hidden bellhorns work as well without the problems. The procedures for building and installing the modification were created by the Rutan Airplane Factory (RAF) for use in the Long EZ and were used by Ohlman.

13) Proseal for fuel tanks. The original builder intended to use an auto engine, and to use auto fuel. The Proseal is ethanol-proof, and I am fortunate to have had someone else work with that mess! (I used ProSeal to repair wet wing sections on my BD-4, and declare it pilo-phillic - it loves sticking to arm hair!)

14) Nosewheel Doors – John Slade, hangar mate of the first builder, created nosewheel doors mounted by piano hinges flanking the wheel well. The hinges are mounted to two strips of plywood (one for each side) behind which are mounted 10 aluminum slugs (5 per side) which are drilled and tapped for AN3 washer-head bolts. These two strips were floxed and glassed into the sides of the wheel opening. I copied what most builders were doing and built a very simple mechanism with door stops to hold the doors even with the outer skin, and a screen door-type spring that pulls the doors closed when the wheel is retracted. Doors are held open by that same spring when the nose wheel is extended. The door opening is also slightly tapered so that the air stream can assist in keeping the doors open when the gear is extended. The doors were molded by using a foam plug shaped as needed to hide the wheel. Glass was laid-up over the foam, and then most of the foam was sanded or cut away. The hinges are sandwiched by the glass and reinforced by AN3 washer-head bolts through the glass and hinges. Slade had used the design on his own plane and was copied by several builders, including Joe Hull, Wayne Hicks, Tim Andres, Skip Schneider and others, including Long EZ and Berkut drivers. Tim Andres and Jerry Schneider used more complicated closure mechanisms than the others (Tim later changed his), but this project follows the simple design.


 
Jan 02, 2021     placeholder - (1 hour) Category: C12 Can Inst
what's to say?
 
Sep 30, 2003     Plans - purchase, review & update - (7.5 hours)       Category: C01 Introduction
I ordered the plans while away on business, and couldn't wait to get home when my wife called to tell me they had arrived. I also ordered the free catalogs from both Wicks and Aircraft Spruce. I've heard a number of stories about the quality of service from these two vendors, so I'll try both and see what happens. The Robinsons are officially building Cozy MKIV Serial #1147! I like the sound of that: 1147... 747... Get it

I have a tendency to rush things, so this project will in part be a test of my patience. I have decided to carefully read every word of the plans several times before beginning each step, and I'm not about to skimp on the introduction. It looks to me like I need to get some post-it notes and go through the newsletters to identify areas where the plans need to be updated. Update: No worries about patience. There is so much wait time between steps while things cure that I'm automatically prevented from rushing things.

While reading through the plans, Nat makes it very clear that he frowns on major modifications. I fully support his reasoning, but I'm going to go with some minor changes that aren't as controversial (and perhaps one that is). For example, I do not intend to widen the fuselage, but I will probably install an electric pitch trim system, a joystick with more controls on it (to control the trim), and a few other things. There are a number of builders who have successfully made these modifications, and some are even endorsed by Nat in the newsletter. I've decided that every decision I make will be based on the knowledge that my children will likely be riding in back. Safety first!

The Cozy plans are not the end-all answer to building this plane. There is also a newsletter, and changes to the plans for safety and other reasons are published there. It is therefore necessary to go through the plans to update them. To that end, I've purchased a glue stick, a pad of airmail paper (which is very thin) and a few pads of Post-It notes, and will make my modifications that way. The cost listed for this step went to those supplies.

First, I made a list of all of the modifications for consideration. These are spelled out on a separate page. Next, I went through all of the newsletters, checking of plans changes as I made them. Fortunately, I have the "rev. 3" set of plans, so not many were required. It still took a while! I was diligent in reading every word of each newsletter because I wanted to pick up tidbits, like additional recommended tools. I'm glad I did - some of the letters contained useful details. I will probably end up getting this all again when I go through the electronic format mailing list archives, but what the hell, it's a good first step


 
Dec 28, 2020     Plans Review - (100 hours)       Category: C03 Training
I started looking at other build logs:
Jean Pierre Alagnoux at https://www.flickr.com/photos/cozyjpa/albums/with/72157699427033972 (78! albums) and
Wayne Hicks at https://ez.canardaircraft.com/www.ez.org/pages/waynehicks/index.html

Based on the very best advice I jumped to work on painting and now electrical. As this project gets out of sequence, I need to get comfortable that all steps were done in prior chapters. This is taking a long time, particularly when I seek comprehension of each step done on the very best projects, the ones that were not satisfied with the plans. I don't know that this should count as build time, but it is one heck of a time vampire.


 
Apr 09, 2009     Map Pockets - (3 hours)       Category: C24 Seats+Fair
Chapter 24 - Armrests, Seats & Fairings

I made these map pockets almost two years ago, but never installed them because I was waiting until the strakes were completed. I HAD however made the actual pockets, and they've been floating around the shop since then. I finally installed them today. I had to fiddle with their locations a bit to avoid interference with the control rods, which is why they look sort of lopsided, but they'll do.


 
May 25, 2009     Thigh Supports & Rear Seats - (8.5 hours)       Category: C24 Seats+Fair
Chapter 24 - Armrests, Seats & Fairings

04-16-2009 (1 hour): I cut the panels for the front seat thigh rests, shaped them, and made their under-side layup. Not much to say - it was a quick job.

04-17-2009 (2 hours): Tonight I stopped by the hangar for a bit, and trimmed up yesterday's layup. I made the kerfs, taped up the thigh rest area, 5-minute epoxied the thigh rests in, then did the layup over the top. A bit of trimming tomorrow and this step is done!

04-18-2009 (0 hours): I tried removing the thigh supports this morning, but the layup hadn't cured enough to pop out without delaminating. I'll wait another day on this - no rush.

2009-05-21 (3.50 hours): Rear seats almost done. I had previously made the rear seat support panels as part of making the front seat sections. All I had to do today was glass them in their final curve. I did change one thing from the plans. They call for you to set the curve in the plane, then remove the supports and carve out the reinforcement area to do a 4-BID reinforcement. I set the curve on the bench, which let me carve this area out ahead of time. So I was able to do the main and reinforcement layups in one step. It looks a bit cleaner, not that anybody will EVER see it.

2009-05-25 (2.00 hours): More rear seats. This weekend I finished off the rear seat thigh and back supports. I prepared all of the hinges, then bent each hinge pin slightly so it wouldn't back out after it was installed. I then riveted each hinge to the respective attach tab. However, I did NOT install them in the plane yet. I'll save that for later for two reasons:

1) I'm doing a lot of work in this area and don't want the seats in the way. They're removable, but I also don't want to damage the hinges that get riveted to the floor.

2) When I was removing the thigh support from their curved form, I had a slight delamination at the top of each. I fixed it by working some epoxy into the gap with a brush, then making a flox corner right at the end of each support. I want to let this cure before I install them in the plane.

As I work, I'm trying to coat the edges of finished parts with micro to clean them up. I usually have a bit of micro left over from each step, and it takes very little to trim these edges. Hopefully this will save some time later.


 
Apr 30, 2009     Landing gear cover - (13.5 hours)       Category: C09 Lnd Gear
I'm following the same method here as Wayne Hicks - making a cover that fills the well, but does not lap over onto the fuselage. It will sit in between the LG bulkheads on lips that I'll fabricate later. For now, once the micro cures on this block of urethane, it will be shaped and glassed, then removed, sanded to an even thickness on the back, and glassed on the back.

2009-05-02 (3.00 hours):

Shaping and Outside Layup

Shaping the landing gear cover was a little tricky so I spent some time on it. To form the NACA, I dug out the plans NACA scoop profile and used pins to poke marker holes where it belonged. And around the gear I formed a smooth curve that I'll eventually tweak into the gear fairings. The upper surface was just flat, but it still took some time because I knew that after doing the layup and adding micro, I was going to be proud, so I sanded everything to BELOW the bulkhead edges.

I did the layup the way you're supposed to, with a flox corner at the NACA transition. The only difference is, I did it all in one go. I glassed the NACA first, and let it set up a bit, then carefully trimmed its top edge flush with scissors, and carved a 45-degree angle into the foam with a razor blade. I made the flox corner, then laid up glass on top of it all. I'll trim it and cut it out tomorrow.

2009-05-21 (2.00 hours):

Inside Layup

Shaping the inside of the landing gear cover was tricky because in some sections there was very little clearance around the gear itself. But its final shape is not very important so I just kind of "went with it". This shape is only 80% complete anyway. The fairing around the gear legs will need some tweaking to arrive at the final shape - I couldn't do that in one step. I intentionally left some clearance so this cover sits IN the gear well by about a sixteenth of an inch. I can use that as room for additional layups to handle the fairings, and fill the rest with micro when I do the final finishing here.

2009-05-25 (6.50 hours):

Trimming and Attach Tabs

Over the weekend I removed the landing gear cover and sanded the foam down for a good, even fit. I then glassed the inside of the cover.

To reinstall it, I 5-min epoxied some support strips across it and onto the fuselage. When I did, I inserted some thin spacers cut from some scrap, cured, 2-ply BID. That set the spacers off of the landing brake slightly - my fuselage bottom is finished, and I wanted to allow a bit of room for the micro later.

Then I crawled inside and carefully taped off the cover. I put a bead of micro into the corners and built a 2-ply BID lip along the major horizontal edges. These will become the attach tabs after I add some support and nut plates.


 
Apr 22, 2009     Attach Tabs and Installation - (38.5 hours)       Category: C09 Lnd Gear
02/22/2009 (6 hours):

I didn't get as far as I'd hoped today, but I did make good progress. I got a late start because I stopped by the hardware store to pick up some things I figured I needed, then discovered I already had. Oh well.

My layup of the final UNI wraps was still not completely cured, but it was good enough to start working on, and hopefully the 6 hours at 70+ degrees today, plus the leftover heat in the hangar, will finish the job tonight. It was slightly tacky as I cut the excess off, so I didn't do a full trim - just got it pretty close with the Fein, and I'll finish it off later.

I got a workbench set up with a sheet of plywood against it, and leveled out. The hangar floor was actually remarkably close to level, at least in that spot, which saved some time. I had to trim the built-up trailing edges because I made them slightly over-sized, but heck, that's why I made them slightly oversized. I discovered two miscalculations here:

1. My built-up trailing edge shapes are not identical. One is slightly thinner than the other. I presume this is because this section is shaped by hand/eye - they ARE the same length. I think I just have a low area where I over-sanded one, and I'll have to add a bit of micro here when finishing. Not the end of the world.

2. Second, one brake line tube doesn't run all the way up to the end where I trimmed it. I'll have to drill around in there a bit (I think it's about 1/4" in) to find it. Also no big deal.

Trimming the gear leg was easier than I expected, given all that others make of this. I used a fresh hacksaw blade on each leg, which definitely helped, but it went along fine. I then set the leg against the plywood, did all the marking and measurements called for, and built up the support box.

This all took about 6 hours, and I was planning on making a full day/evening of it and doing the attach tab layups, but I had to stop for the day. When I set up my only spare worktable I discovered it was bowing in the middle, clearly not strong/stiff enough to support the gear. (It's not the main bench - that's in use right now.) I'll get a solid-core door from the Borg next trip out and pick up where I left off.

03/05/2009 (6.5 hours):

I found a table I wasn't using in the corner of the shop, cleaned it up a bit, and pressed it into service. It took a lot of fiddling to get everything leveled properly and I was still off about 1/16" where the trailing edges were supposed to fall on the same line. I finally figured out that I had a bit more material at that point left over from the trimming. Phew!

Laying up the attach tabs was actually a pretty straightforward step - time-consuming, but not hard. I followed the plans pretty much verbatim, except I used duct tape to seal off the box because box sealing tape is just not sticky enough (on wood). Other than that, it was a long layup but not particularly hard. Others have had to squeeze the heck out of their tabs with clamps to make sure they aren't too wide - I didn't have to. According to the plans M drawings (and some math) they can be up to 7" wide. Mine were 6.75" wide, so I just applied light pressure to produce a very flat surface. Hopefully this will be correct in the end!

03/08/2009 (8 hours):

I've learned something over the years as I've worked on the Cozy. A "step" really has no meaning in terms of time. There's no average length of time that one takes, nor is it even a good marker of logically separate tasks. Some steps take an hour, some steps take 6 days. Sometimes one paragraph can mean a huge amount of work, while other times four paragraphs is just a small job. This is a big one.

Today I got an early start, and it was a good thing I did because the next "piece" of this step took all day. I drilled the attach tab holes per plans, and with very minimal tweaking was able to get the drill bit to sit smoothly in the holes with no play. I then removed the box from the gear leg, and spent well over an hour chipping and chiseling bondo and bits of wood out of the attach tab areas.

Once I got all that cleaned up, I prepped the area for layup, did the flox corners, and installed the UNI and BID plies on the inner surfaces. That went a lot faster because John wet out the BID while I installed the UNI. It's a good thing, too. We had our first warm day in a long time, and the pump still has all Fast hardener in it. My UNI was setting up as I was installing the last few plies of it! I had to really hustle to get it all in there nicely, but I did and it worked out fine.

03/25/2009 (5 hours):

This is the step that never ends!

Today I didn't get MUCH done but it was important stuff. I got the tabs completely cut out and cleaned off, trimmed off the waste, and re-drilled the holes. I was able to install 1/4" drill bits with very minor tweaking, just a light tap with a file, so I'm pleased with that.

Word of advice: if you get to this step and you're very confident in your layup abilities, find some way to trim the excess tab width before it cures! At the very least, go for more like a 3.25" width rather than 3.8" as the plans call for. It would have been a lot less trimming, and less danger of damaging the leg underneath. Or maybe just leave the excess - it's several ounces of junk you don't need, but this isn't the worst spot to have a bit of excess.

One thing that did NOT go well is the holes are too low! In one photo you can see a spot where the hole is kissing the attach tab. The damage there is nothing - my tab goes farther onto the strut than it should, and this extra bump is what I gouged. But when I drill the holes out to their final size it will cause a problem. I looked through other builder logs and found that others have had this exact issue. I plan to do what they did - move the holes up slightly, then correct for it at the wheels later. No big deal. I don't even need to fill the current holes, because the new ones will be just a bit higher, and when drilled out to their final size, will overlap the current holes.

I took a moment and positioned the gear in the fuselage. It looked great! As the plans suggest, I'll have to do a bit of light tweaking with a file on my bulkhead holes, but I don't want to do that until I can get the bird upside down and position everything properly. Until then, I'm setting this piece aside and moving on to other items.

04-18-2009 (2 hours):

Today we flipped the plane over so I can install the mains. Flipping a Cozy is a big job best suited to 4-5 guys. I have round wooden supports to help with the job, but it's still very heavy and unwieldy (mine especially, because I have my strakes and turtleback on now!) To do the job with fewer people, we slung a rope and pulley up to the ceiling and tied it to the nose. I hauled on that while John lifted the actual Cozy and together we actually managed the job pretty easily - more easily than we had expected. Moving the sucker AROUND once we FLIPPED it was tricky, but we got the job done with a dolly under the nose and each us lifting one strake.

Installing the gear itself is a little tricky because I can't drop plumb lines to the floor the way the plans specify. I was pretty tired by this point, so I bagged on it for the day. Tomorrow I'll be back out, and the plan is to set up string lines and data points on the strake skin. That should give me what I need.

04-19-2009 (8 hours):

Today was a very frustrating day. I seemed to encounter setback after setback - drill bits breaking, my right angle DRILL breaking, my screws weren't long enough, etc. I felt like for every 10 minutes I actually spent working on the plane, I spent 30-40 trying to fix a tool or resolve an unproductive issue.

I did, however, more or less bludgeon my way through this step, and it's almost done. I started by redrilling the holes in the attach tabs, then installing the gear in the fuselage on 1/4" drill bit "studs". After a bit of finagling to get the holes perfect, I was very pleased with the results. My gear LE sits perfectly above FS 108.25. I'm at most 1/16" out without any adjustment required, and that was rewarding for a first attempt.

I took out the gear and installed the aluminum hardpoints. I hit a bit of trouble here. It's very difficult to work in my fuselage since it's mostly complete, and my Bondo didn't cure well so the attach tabs were floating all around. It took a lot of careful effort to chisel all the bad stuff back out of the hell hole, but I did it, slowly and carefully. Then I drilled the countersunk screw holes, only to find that my right-angle drill bit broke its weld! This product isn't exactly very high quality.

OK, off to the Borg. I got a new right-angle drill adapter, but this was much larger - 5" in overall depth. With a normal drill bit in it, it was too long to fit in the gear well! OK, be innovative - this is what Dremels are for, right? I cut off about an inch of the bit, and was off and running again. Unfortunately, about 5 holes away from being done, I broke my bit, and it was my only one of this size! Grrrrrrrrrrrrr! Well, I do only have five holes left to drill... And I do have this bench grinder... No problem, I ground a new end onto the bit. I'm not that good at this, and I sort of free-handed it by grinding a bit, comparing it to a "real" drill bit, and grinding a bit more. I'm no machinist, but it did cut the last five holes, so it worked OK.

I'm now more than a little frustrated, but not as much as I'm about to become! The next step is to flox the hardpoints onto the bulkheads. Fine, easy job. I'm even loaded with all Fast hardener, so maybe I can keep going later today. I sanded the bulkheads, mixed up some flox, buttered up my hardpoints, and put them in place, using the drill bits again for alignment. Now I ran into TWO more snags. First, my bulkheads (remember, these are built in Chapter 4, when you don't know what you're doing) weren't PERFECTLY flat. I mean, they were MOSTLY flat, but after all the layups/reinforcements they sat at a few thousandths of an angle. That's annoying because when you screw the hardpoints down it puts a LOT of tension on the drill bits used for alignment, and makes it very difficult to remove them! I got around that using pliers and hammers, but at the cost of getting my drill bits covered with flox, and setting up for a later frustration.

My second issue was my screws - the ones the plans call for weren't long enough! After all this time, I'm so used to working with AN bolts that I have a good supply of extras in a wide variety of lengths. It hadn't occurred to me to get that many countersunk screws - the plans really don't use them that much. So I had no way to finish this step! Well, sort of - for now, I just installed regular AN bolts so I could at least get the hardpoints in. I've ordered more screws, and hopefully the lengths I need will be here by Thursday, which is my next build day. (And hopefully I'll be able to get the AN bolts back out!)

Off to the next step. Drilling! I'd been sort of afraid of this particular step for a while, and that's why I had been holding off for so long. Well, it wasn't that bad. I had two each of Milwaukee bimetal hole saws in 0.75" and 0.625" sizes, with arbors designed to sit with a set screw on a 1/4" arbor. Perfect. I ran the long 12" bits through my landing gear, set up the hole saws, and went at it. I was careful to drill only most of the way through each section, to keep the holes aligned and supported, and moreover since I had two of each hole saw, I was able to adjust them as I went so each acted as a drilling bushing as its hole was made. I was pretty happy with the holes in my landing gear. A little light filing to clean up the holes, and my bushing/tubes went in with a few light taps from a hammer. Perfect.

Then the trouble started. I proceeded to set up for the fuselage drilling, and was pleased with my initial results - the bimetal hole saws made clean work of the aluminum hard points, which I had been nervous about. But it took a LONG time. Friction in the system was high, so I kept having to back out the whole assembly and clear chips and metal/fiberglass rings out of the hole saws. I did use some cutting lube while drilling the hardpoints - I don't know that it helped. It seemed to hold the chips in the drilling area, and that wasn't helpful at all. To make matters worse, I had a SLIGHT bit of flox on the drill bit, and the heat of drilling was curing it hyper-fast. At one point it took me nearly 45 minutes to get the whole assembly out, using pry bars, screwdrivers, and hammers, because the hole saw arbors had gotten floxed into place on the 1/4" drill bit, the hole saws had filled up with chips AND cured in there too, and the whole assembly was locked in place!

But I did get the job done. Finally, at the end of the day, I went to install the gear. My assembly is a VERY tight fit. I think it will go, but I didn't want to force it. I think I need to sand the faces of the steel bushings very slightly - I need a few more thousandths of clearance before the gear will pop in without flexing the bulkheads. And the AN bolt heads are in the way, so I need to install the countersunk screws. But despite all the issues, I'm relatively pleased - I think this whole mess turned out OK in the end!

04-22-2009 (3 hours):

Today my job was to get the bushings installed. My problem is that my bulkheads are either too close together, or my MKMGA spacers are too long. It's not a huge offset, but it's enough to make getting the gear to sit in the gear well almost impossible. So I started by milling the faces of the bushings - not a lot, just a few thousandths of an inch. But that's all I needed. Then I floxed the bushings in place and installed the studs to align them for cure. I aimed a hair dryer at each bushing, rotating it to another every 5 minutes, to accelerate the cure - this worked great.

Getting the studs back OUT proved to be a major difficulty. There's really no good way to do this, especially without damaging the studs. What I ended up doing was threading on a closed-end box wrench, then a washer (to protect the nut), then a nut. I then hammered at the box wrench as close to the stud as I could until it pulled out. Sort of a primitive slide hammer. It worked OK, I guess.

Next I installed the spacer assemblies in the gear legs, then installed the whole thing in the fuselage. It fit! What's more, it fits without ANY play, and the legs are still dead on where they should be. I did tweak the fore-aft offset of one side a bit with a screwdriver, then installed the studs again for alignment and made a flox bead around the bushings, leaving that to cure overnight.

Getting the studs back OUT to do the last steps - making the BID wraps over the spacers, and floxing/BIDing on the final washers, is going to be a BITCH. On one side I had to use a hammer to get the stud in, with pretty firm raps. I have no idea how to get it back out now or in the future without damaging the studs or bushings. The only two options I can think of are either to buy a REAL slide hammer and figure out some safe way to hook it up to the ends of the studs, or to drill a small hole in the firewall aimed directly at the studs, then use a long steel rod (like a drill bit with its head ground flat) to let me hammer at the back side of it. I'll have to do something tomorrow - that's when I do the last step!


 
Feb 21, 2009     Preparing Strut - (25 hours)       Category: C09 Lnd Gear
It took about five days to do this step, over the course of two months. I decided to go with Wayne Lanza's method of reducing the main gear drag -- we'll see if that pays off.

The gear wraps went as planned, then I installed the brake line tubing. I used tubing large enough that I can slip my brake line down, then covered the trailing edge with foam blocks. Following Wayne's method, I set the gear to the correct angle on my work table, sanded the foam blocks until they were vertical, found the centerline for the new trailing edge, then cut and shaped the blocks into the new airfoil shape. It looks more or less like I expected it to...

I then did the trailing-edge layups down onto the face of the gear strut. Those are visible in the first two pictures below. After trimming and sanding the new trailing edges (I made a cardboard template so I could get them as close to identical as possible on each side), I then did the leadingedge layups today. It took a bit longer than I expected (I initially thought it was two UNI, not four) but wasn't exactly hard. The results are in the second two pictures below.

The plans normally call for the strut to be up on nail heads at this point. I had trouble getting it to stay on there while doing the layup, so I yanked them out and threw foam blocks underneath. I did tuck the layups around the bottom of the strut where the foam blocks are, so the wraps are complete. It was just easier this way.

Honestly, all this work to make these fairings seems a little pointless because the rotary engine can basically bludgeon you throw the air even if you DO have extra drag, but perhaps it'll be worth it in a slight fuel consumption savings.


 
Feb 21, 2009     Main Gear Bulkhead Reinforcements - (5 hours) Category: C09 Lnd Gear
Not much to comment on here. This is a pretty straightforward step.
 
Jan 26, 2006     Seat Belt Attachments and External Step - (9.8 hours)       Category: C08 Duct, belts
12/6/2005 (4.5 hours):

I installed the plywood inserts, floxed around their edges to make a nice transition, and then installed the BID reinforcements. This is a fairly straightforward step. I wish the plans would split up steps that require you to wait for cure. It's annoying to do something and not be able to mark off the step as completed because you have one more thing to do (drilling for and installing the brackets).

12/7/2005 (0.25 hours):

I floxed on the seat belt brackets, but discovered that despite ordering ALL of the hardware, I was somehow missing the screws that go here. I have an order in to get them - guess I'll have to wait ANOTHER week to close this step. =( I also need to get a 7/16" counterbore for the heads of the screws.

Misc dates (3 hours):

This is a low-priority build item so I'm slowly getting it out of the way. I'm working on attaching the seat belt brackets, but it's not going well. I drilled the holes for the attach bolts, but they didn't go straight in, so I had to adjust things slightly to get the bolts to line up properly. Then I discovered that my bolts weren't long enough. I don't know what I did wrong, but it seems I needed something longer in order to ensure that I'd have the "three threads showing" above the nut once it was tightened down. I didn't want to drill the pocket for the bolt heads too deep for fear of drilling into and weakening the longeron. I ordered some slightly longer bolts from Spruce, installed the two that I had on hand, and am waiting for the others to arrive so I can finish the other seat belt attach locations.

Note that my installation is fairly simple because all four installations are identical. I'm installing a retractible step instead of the fixed unit. I'm actually glad I made this decision, because I've now also decided to copy the Cozy Girrrls' swept-forward strakes, and the plans step would be in an awkward spot anyway. I'm deferring the step installation until after the strakes are built, when I know better where, exactly, it should go.

Incidentally, one thing I don't like about retractible steps is that they're always round, which is hard on a foot if you have to stand on it for extended periods, doing maintenance or whatever. There's an easy solution - I'll fabricate a lightweight cover for it, a little larger than the original plans step (might as well make it comfy), and slip it over the retract's rod when it's extended. I'll use pins to ensure it stays put, which will also provide some safety so it doesn't depart in flight if I somehow forget to remove it.

1/27/2006 (2 hours):

I'm held up working on the nose gear because I ran out of birch plywood. While I wait for it to arrive, I'm doing some other tasks here and there. I've found it useful to skip around a lot, so there's always something to do if you're held up on a big step. This is a big project, and it can get frustrating when you constantly deal with very large, intricate steps that take 8 hours to do. Sometimes it's nice to just do a 1-hour job.

That's what this was. I received the longer bolts I needed from Spruce a few weeks ago, but hadn't installed them. Yesterday and today I drilled the recesses for their heads, installed them with flox, and tightened everything down. I have the recommended "three threads" showing above the nuts, and I didn't have to weaken the longeron. Problem solved.

4/26/2007:

In later chapters I installed the step. I found aluminum rod stock and tubing that had a very close fit, cut a slot in the tubing, and slid the rod stock inside it. A hole in the rod allows a handle to be installed through the slot in the tubing, controlling its movement and providing stops at each end when rotated. (The drywall screw here is just a placeholder - I tapped this for an AN3 for permanent installation, but didn't want to wear out the threads since I was removing it a lot.) To hold the tubing in place there is a piece of foam underneath it, forming a support near the centerline, with fiberglass over the top of it and onto the floor. It looks messy here because it hasn't been cleaned up yet, but it's relatively light, very strong, and definitely nice to have. There's one on the passenger side, too, because I'll have a forward-hinged canopy.


 
Oct 20, 2005     Seatbelts - Glassing the Outside - (2.8 hours)       Category: C08 Duct, belts
10/19/2005 (1 hour):

I had a little trouble with this step, so I decided to do it in two parts. When I cut the squares for the seat belt reinforcements, I had trouble keeping them square. Then, when I installed them, I couldn't squeeze them hard enough to make them flush with the top surface of the shoulder support without introducing air.

So, I stopped after installing the reinforcements. I laid peel ply and plastic over them, and got all of the air out. They still sit above the foam, but when I glass the outside I'll deal with this by fairing the area in with a bit of flox. I don't mind if they sit a bit proud, as long as they work.

10/20/2005 (1 hour):

OK, maybe it's not two steps. It's three. The text of the plans, and the pictures included, call for two layers of BID over the outside of the shoulder support, and then the step is done. But there's a modification to the plans in response to an accident that calls for 3 layers of UND over each seat belt attachment point. This is only described in the right-hand column, so it's easy to miss. I missed it until after my epoxy had started to gel, and I didn't want to risk pulling the glass off the foam by removing the plastic and peel ply I had on top of it. I decided to let the BID layup cure first, then do the UND wraps tomorrow.

10/21/2005 (0.75 hours):

The UND wraps are straightforward enough. I'm getting much better layup results now that I'm peel-plying everything. I do have one oversight here. There are SO many layers of glass on the seat belt reinforcements that I can barely see the original holes in the wood pieces to re-drill them through the glass. I may have to cut a small hole in the front face of the reinforcement anyway, so I can shine a bright light into the shoulder support to help highlight the holes. If you install the seat belt nut plates ahead of time, as I did, I don't think there's a good solution to this. I'm not really expecting much trouble, though.


 
Oct 18, 2005     Seatbelts - Glassing the Inside - (1 hour) Category: C08 Duct, belts
Because I had already installed my shoulder harness nut plates, I modified this step slightly. Instead of simply glassing the shoulder support and installing it, I used the tip of an awl to separate the BID fibers where they would have sat on top of the nut plates. I moved the fibers around in each of the four spots to make a round hole large enough for the nut plate shaft to fit through. This way, I didn't need to cut the BID - the fibers simply go around the nut plates. I really doubt this area needs that much strength, but it was easy to do, and now I have a clean layer of BID across my nut plates, holding them in place.

The rest of the layup went to plans. I still think this step could use some tweaking, but I can't see
any reason to spend more time here.
 
Oct 17, 2005     Seatbelts - Installing Harness Attachments - (3 hours)       Category: C08 Duct, belts
10/17/2005:

There are times when it appears as though the plans simply use any method that works, regardless of whether it makes sense. Here, you're supposed to install nut plates in the shoulder support for the seat belt attach points. After you install the shoulder support. By cutting slots in the shoulder support and sliding them in with big tabs, then cutting the tabs off. Doesn't it sound like the original maker, ummm, forgot something? Then figured out how to fix it, and the plans were simply written that way

I did this a little differently, and I'm glad I did. This took very little time to do ahead of time. I cut four aluminum pieces, and on the off chance that this makes ANY difference in strength, I ran them to the edge of the shoulder support, exactly where they would end if you followed the plans. I then riveted nut plates to them, and floxed them in place.

The catch is that I did this BEFORE glassing the inside of the shoulder rest area. Once the flox cures, I'll drill the holes for the shoulder harness bolts, and use some tape to protect the area from epoxy. THEN I will glass the inside, and install the shoulder support in the fuselage. This way, I'll have no messy nut plate installations and patching to do later, and the whole process went by very quickly with everything exposed on my bench.


 
Apr 26, 2007     Center Seat Belt Attach - (1 hour)       Category: C08 Duct, belts
Seatbelt reinforcements were simple, just more fiberglass over existing work. Layup on plastic on bench, lay down, stipple out air, done.


 
Oct 16, 2005     Headrests       Category: C08 Duct, belts
This step went faster than I expected, mainly because I skipped half of it. I'll be installing car headrests, like John Slade and some others are doing, so I skipped most of the foam cutting called for in this step. I'm also deferring installation of the canopy hinges until they're actually required, so I can use the canopy as a placement jig and position them better than I could now. So, the only thing I actually did in this step was prepare the two pieces for the shoulder support, and install the wood inserts for the seat belt attach points.

The head rests look very nice, although I haven't received them yet. They're from a 1996 Jaguar XJ6, and are a matched set of four. That should give me a consistent look when they're installed, without having to hunt around a junkyard. $50 isn't bad for four headrests.


 
Oct 12, 2005     Glassing the Sides - (9 hours)       Category: C07 Fuse Ext
10/06/2005 (4 hours):

I tried something new today. For a while, I've been using just a brush to wet out cloth. I use it to brush on the epoxy, stipple it into the surface, then work out air bubbles. This works very well, but takes a LONG time and is hard on the wrists. I have arthritis, so things that are hard on the wrists are things I usually like to avoid. I've now gone back to the squeegee - it's much faster. The critical factor is using MEK to clean the squeegee. I avoided it in the past, and frustrating with vinegar, cider vinegar, and isopropyl alcohol led to me all-disposable products. MEK is a totally different story. I haven't figured out how to dispose of it in an eco-friendly way yet, so I'm reusing the same batch in a coffee can. You get some mileage out of it.

I may need a slower hardener mix, though. I've been on a 50/50 mix, and that has worked well because I usually dealt with small areas at a time. That was before I decided to peel-ply all of my layups. I had trouble getting it all wet out when I laid up the first of the two sides. I didn't want to just dump new epoxy on it to wet it out, since the stuff underneath was almost cured, so I may have a mix of peel-plied and non-peel-plied areas. I'll deal with it. One side is done; I'll do the other tomorrow.

10/11/2005 (2 hours):

Today I prepped the second side for its layup. I'm not installing the plans step so I skipped that section. I also pre-cut all of the cloth pieces, the peel ply, and so on.

10/12/2005 (3 hours):

This didn't take as long as I expected. I did a better job with the peel ply, although still not perfect, and I apparently still have a few bubbles. It takes time to get back into the swing of things. I'm not going to fix the bubbles now. I'll wait until I have more of the superstructure together, then one day I'll go around and inject epoxy into all of them at the same time.

The tub is done!


 
Oct 05, 2005     Contouring the Sides - (2.5 hours)       Category: C07 Fuse Ext
10/04/2005 (1 hours):

Cut the notch where the canard will sit, and shaped about half the fuse. This went a lot faster than I expected.

10/05/2005 (1.5 hours):

Looks like I overestimated this step. Better than the other way around. The shaping actually went pretty quickly. I used a belt sander to shape the blue foam and longerons, since those would otherwise have taken a long time to sand by hand. I did the urethane with a hand sanding block, just an 11-in board with sandpaper on it. Quick work.

The only problem I had was with the fuel sight gauges. In Chapter 5, I messed up how these were supposed to be installed. I bought the lighted replacement sight gauges, which look great. However, their documentation was a little confusing to me, without being able to picture the strake. I just cut out the general opening and left it as-is for now. I'll fix/change this when it comes time to start building the strake, when it's obvious where the strake floor will be.

Finally, I cut a few foam plugs for holes left when the sides were removed from their forms. You can fill these with dry micro, instead, but the foam is lighter because only a little micro is used to hold the plugs in place. Once the project is done, nobody will ever know, but since I made some mistakes in various sections that have added weight, I decided it wouldn't be the worst idea in the world to do some weight-removal things, too.


 
Sep 30, 2005     Glassing the Bottom - (8 hours) Category: C07 Fuse Ext
The plans say three hours. I allowed six. It took eight. At least it's done.

This was a messy step for me because I got interrupted by an emergency at work. I ended up having to save a portion (glassing the area between the firewall and rear LG bulkhead, and installing the UNI reinforcements) for later, which was a mess because some of the glass pulled away from the firewall/bulkheads as it cured.

Before it was completely cured, I used some clamps and boards wrapped in plastic to force the edges against the firewall and rear bulkhead. Unfortunately, THIS caused a crinkle where it wrapped around, which reduces the strength of the layup. Fortunately, it didn't happen around the reinforcements, so it shouldn't cause too much trouble. I'll fix it later, when it comes time to build the fear cover.

I also learned a valuable lesson about layup quality. I only used peel ply where the plans call for it - along areas where there will be future joins (for the sides and around the bulkheads and firewall) and anywhere there was a current join (between the pieces of UNI). Well, those areas look great, and the rest is mediocre. There's no problem with the actual workmanship, but the areas that I used peel ply on look a lot better. I know this is going to get covered up in finishing, but it also means more sanding later, when it comes time for that step.

From now on, I will peel ply everything, unless it's totally irrelevant. I have a 38-yard roll of 60-in wide peel ply, and I'll order another shortly. This stuff seems expensive at first. If you order it from an aircraft supplier it costs almost as much as fiberglass cloth. However, you don't use nearly as much of it as you use of the fiberglass, so its cost impact isn't all that significant. You can also get it on the cheap from fabric supply stores, if you know what to look for.

There is a great debate about the "sizing" that manufacturers apply to the cloth you'd find in a fabric store - some say this can leach into the layup and weaken it. I have some doubt as to whether this matters. Even a weak layup is still immensely strong, and you don't use peel ply between every layer. I tried a few tests with store-bought stuff, and while not very scientific, I couldn't detect any significant strength difference. I suspect the difference is probably a small or moderate effect, and you get a better bond between layups that have been peel-plied than you would if you had sanded them. Since sanding is also an acceptable joint prep method, I suspect this probably works out close to even in the end. Oh well. I have the funds to stick with aircraft suppliers, so I'll do that just to be on the safe side.

Word of caution. If you do go with stuff from a fabric store, buy some real peel ply first, to compare it. The stuff I first bought was much too gauzy. Real peel ply is thick and dense enough that you can't see through it. Think of a white cotton bed sheet, but made of polyester.
 
Sep 28, 2005     Contouring the Bottom - (9.8 hours)       Category: C07 Fuse Ext
06/16/2004 (2 hours):

I've been getting less working time lately, because I'm changing jobs and addressing my outstanding obligations has been a bit of a headache. Also, Elliott's sleep cycle has changed and has required more of my attention at night, so I'm just not getting as much Cozy time. Life goes on. I did manage to take a few hours this evening to use my new belt sander to make the 45- degree angle bevel on the lower longerons from F22 back to the landing brake. I first cut the foam down to the edge of the longeron with a coping saw, then sanded the longeron to a 1/4" wide exposure.

06/24/2004 (1.25 hours):

Another short day, but I'm feeling the building-bug kicking back in, finally. Tonight I cut the bottom contour guide and started in on rounding the bottom. I'll probably have a little bit of retouching to do around F22 but I'll address that later. In the first picture below you can see the tools of the trade. I use the saw and Surform plane to do the rough shaping. The Surform also does an amazing job of cutting through the micro without making little chunks that gouge the urethane spacers. I use the brush frequently to keep the sanding area clear, and I've basically been doing the rest via good, old-fashioned hand sanding, both with the block you can see in the picture and with the 2x4 jointer sander you make for sanding the NACA scoop.

09/26/2005 (4.5 hours):

For the past few days, I've put several hours into finishing the shaping of the fuselage bottom. I've repaired most of my errors at this point, and I'm working my way up to glassing the bottom. Hopefully I'll be glassing by the end of the week. It's good to get back into the project!

09/27/2005 (2 hours):

Today I sanded the recess around the landing brake, and built up the duct-tape layers around it. The duct tape edges are a little ragged, but it looks OK. I also skipped the installation of the wood block for the step. I've seen and used Marc Zeitlin's retractable step, and much prefer it to the plans design.

It didn't take as long as I'd thought to shape the bottom, although I may have lost track of a few hours from before the move. I think I set the estimate based on doing all of the contours at once. The plans call for the upper section contouring to be done after the first layer of glass is down on the bottom.


 
Sep 27, 2005     Install Antennae - (2.5 hours) Category: C07 Fuse Ext
09/26/2005 (2 hours):

There are a variety of locations to install antennae in a Cozy, and no "right" way to do it. The winglets are almost ideal for the COM antennae, the NAV can go in the canard/wing, and the transponder and GPS can go in the nose. This left me with the glideslope and marker beacon. I may never use these, but installing them is good practice for the more critical antennae installations, so I went ahead with them anyway.

Installation was relatively straightforward once I puzzled out RST Engineering's documentation. The only problem that I had was the toroids. For the glideslope these ended up along the centerline, which was fine - there's a thick layer of foam to dig into there. But for the marker beacon, the toroids do stick out above the foam a slight bit. I haven't figured out what to do about this yet, but the bump is very slight, and I suspect I can probably just fair it into the fuse bottom and call it a day. After all, some people actually hang external antennae on their birds!

I routed both lines away from the antennae fo 6 inches per RST's recommendations, then ran them together to the rear of the instrument panel, just to the pilot's side of the heat duct. This, again, is an area where there's no clear guidance from the plans, but it seemed like a good spot. Hopefully this won't be in the way of anything important. I actually drilled two separate holes to make the wires easier to identify later. Finally, I used flox, plastic sheeting, and weights to fix the coaxial antennae leads into the channels I prepared.

09/27/2005 (1 hours):

I did this only at select spots - the rest of the space will be filled with micro prior to glassing, which is lighter. There's no need for massive strength here. I potted the toroids in flox, too, and soldered the leads to the tapes. Tomorrow, I'll pot the leads in flox, too, to provide some rigidity around the critical solder connections.
 
Jun 08, 2004     NACA Scoop - (31 hours)       Category: C07 Fuse Ext
05/25/04 (2.25 hours):

Cutting the blocks for the NACA scoop was easy enough, but I screwed up cutting the 2" foam efficiently - I went the long way, not the short way, thinking only one block was to be cut. I just know I'll pay for that move later, but fortunately a sheet of 2" thick urethane is only about $14. I'll order an extra sheet with my next parts order. In the picture below you can see my trust bandsaw (snicker) but it works very well. Even if I had a bandsaw, I could still have made these cuts faster with the coping saw than walking over to a floor machine. When shaping urethane, power tools are just irrelevant. The second photo shows all the bricks it took to get the blocks to conform to the fuse bottom. The bricks on the 1" foam are just for good measure - it bent pretty easily - but the 2" foam is pretty stiff and needed lots of weight to get it to curve.

05/26/04 (3 hours):

Although it doesn't seem like much progress for this amount of time, I got the small triangles floxed into place between the landing gear bulkheads tonight. I spent some time getting things laid out just so, and puzzling out exactly how they would fit. I also cut the C and D pieces as well, although I didn't mount them yet. I have some untrimmed excess flox to remove before I can do that, so I'll save it for the next day.

05/27/04 (4 hours):

Tonight I fitted supports C and D. It took a bit of figuring out and I have a slight gap that I'll have to fill with foam or micro at some point, but otherwise this bit was fairly straightforward. As you move along here you start to see the progression - everything gets filled with urethane to or above the level of the bulkheads so when you're done sanding you have a perfectly smooth surface. Neat.

05/28/04-05/29/04 (3.5 hours):

Funny story, or at least it will be when I look back in a year or two. I spent some time putting together the 3/8" foam pieces between the aft LG bulkhead and the firewall. In the process I screwed up the long horizontal piece, cutting it too narrow fore-to-aft to sit in the hole without support. So I cut another, and began assembly.

Composite construction has a way of reminding you to not get cocky, and I certainly did here. I mixed up a moderately sized batch of flox using all Fast hardener, and got to work sans gloves because I've been pretty successful at keeping my hands clean on "minor" flox and micro work like this, so I'm mainly wearing the full getup when doing large layups, or working with fabric. (Fiberglass itches!) So here I am gluing the foam pieces in and my flox starts to exotherm. Only, I'm not holding the cup so I don't realize it - flox just gets easier to spread when the runaway heat buildup first starts. At this point I had the two side pieces installed, and I've got flox almost completely spread on the large horizontal bit.

The smell and sizzle awoke me to the pending issue, but I figure, hey, I'm basically done here so no big deal, right? I quickly spread a thin layer of flox on the rest of the edges, knowing I can always fix it later - grind a bit off if it sticks up, squirt some new flox into any gaps, etc. I start putting the piece in and realize that because it's so tight I can't get it in at all. Now I've rubbed exotherming-flox all over the place, I have it on my hands, all over the various foam and bulkhead pieces, etc.

I did the right thing, and yanked that piece of foam out of there before it could become permanently installed at an awkward angle. I then spent some time cleaning flox off the bulkheads and properly installed foam side pieces before it could completely harden, cleaned my tools and hands (which itself took time) and quit for the night, frustrated but at least accepting my fate. Remember that undersized piece of foam? The next day I arranged some supports on the insides of the bulkheads to hold it in position, mixed up a fresh batch of flox and put it in a plastic baggie. I cut off the corner and used this to squirt it into the thin gaps I had previously been worried about, and in 10 minutes I had the "bad" panel installed, perfectly. Live and learn. It's not even worth the effort to clean the flox off the old piece. I'll just cut the edges off and use it as scrap material for future work, if I need it.

05/31/04 (4.5 hours):

I had the day off today, but got very little done. I started cutting the aluminum hardpoints for the landing gear cover but cutting 1/4" aluminum is tough, and I got frustrated and stopped. I'll buy a bandsaw tomorrow and that should make short work of this job. I did manage to get the scoop sanded and shaped, though, so at least not all hope is lost. I also ordered Vance Atkinson's fuel sight gauges. Unlighted, since I don't feel the $30 price different for lighted gauges is justified - for $1 I'll add the LEDs myself. I don't actually care about sight gauges since I'll be using capacitive fuel senders, but I suppose it'll add to the value of the plane, and it's a nice backup.

06/01/04 (2 hours):

Today I shopped around and bought myself a bandsaw. Just a cheap 9" table-top unit, but it's actually pretty decent. I also bought a few additional blades, a metal-cutting blade among them. Band saws are amazing. Unlike a table saw, you can safely free-hand jobs through them, and they don't even know what you're cutting. They just go right through it. The blade doesn't even get warm. It took a bit of time to cut all 16 of the little metal hardpoints, but only because I wanted to be as safe as possible and arranged push sticks and guides to make sure my hands didn't get near the blade. The actual cutting took less than a minute. In contrast, it took nearly 10 minutes to cut JUST ONE by hand with a hacksaw.

06/03/04 (2.25 hours):

Yesterday I took a few minutes to alodine the landing gear cover hardpoints but didn't get any more done than that. Elliott hasn't been sleeping very well, waking every hour or two, and it's been torture for Nicole to deal with after she goes to bed. I put him back in the sling last night and he still woke up quite a bit but never for more than a few seconds, just to make sure he wasn't alone. He's not in any pain or discomfort so it's probably fear. We'll try putting him back in his cosleeper for a few weeks, and instead of having him sleep the whole night in his room, we'll have him sleep part of the time in each spot, then gradually phase him back to his room completely.

Anyway, because I had him in the sling I couldn't get anything done, but today I managed to take a few minutes over lunch to route out the holes they're installed in, fill with flox, hammer in the hardpoints, and smooth out the squeezed-out flox. I hammered one of them in slightly below the surface accidentally but I covered with flox and overall, I'm pleased with how it turned out.

Another builder pointed out to me that Wayne Hicks came up with an easier method. Instead of installing hardpoints and routing out a lip for the landing gear cover to sit ON, he installed tabs on the sides of his landing gear well (on the aft side of the forward LG bulkhead, and on the foreward side of the aft LG bulkhead). He then shaped his cover to fit INSIDE the well, with its top flush with the surface. This eliminates the need for the hardpoints (you install ClickBonds or similar on the tabs) and also the pain-in-the-keister 1/8" lip that is so hard to keep the glass lying flat in. Unfortunately, I had already routed this lip out when I was pointed to Wayne's site, so I went ahead with the plans method. But Wayne has had a number of good ideas (I used his upsidedown jigging method in Chapter 6, for instance) and I was kicking myself for not stopping by his site for tips and tricks before starting this chapter. Sigh.

06/08/2004 (2.5 hours):

It took some time to clean up the results after glassing. I had too much epoxy in the layup, and it started exotherming as I was laying down the peel ply. What came through the peel ply didn't want to peel off, so I had to sand that down. The Fein does wonders in that score - gets right down to the peel ply without harming the glass below - but it was still annoying. Anyway, moving on.

09/20 - 9/27/2005 (7 hours):

I did a poor job glassing the NACA scoop the first time around. I had a very difficult time getting the glass to lay into the joggles, had a few dry spots, and neglected to wrap the glass onto the bulkheads. I focused some attention on this area because the efficiency of the scoop will be critical to successfully cooling my rotary engine installation.

I started by sanding flush any rough areas, and sanding the entire area. I removed the dry glass sections. Then I filled the joggles back in with scraps of urethane. I will use Wayne Hicks' jogglefree concept for the landing gear cover: http://www.maddyhome.com/canardpages/pages/waynehicks/chapter_09_5.htm

I then re-glassed the area with two layers of BID. This means I actually have four layers, but it's not a huge area of glass, and the ounce or two I'd save by sanding it all down to foam wasn't work the time, energy, and risk of damage to the NACA scoop shape. I now have quality peel ply, and I applied this to the entire area. This both provided a good transition edge in those areas I had removed and helped the glass lay over onto the bulkheads.

I had one small area where the glass came off the firewall. A portion is still well attached, there's just an air bubble/curve where it comes around the corner. I'll fill this with some epoxy at a later step, probably when I glass the bottom.


 
May 25, 2004     Contouring and Installing Fuselage Bottom - (29 hours)       Category: C06 Fse Assb
05/03/2004 (3 hours):

Tonight I laid out and glued up the pieces for the fuselage bottom. It actually took me six pieces, not three, because I only had two full pieces left over from making the sides. I guess I didn't lay the sides out very efficiently... Whenever there is any appreciable excess always read ahead to see HOW it is used. Not a big deal, stitching foam together with 5-minute epoxy is old hat now.

I wish I had made one of my work tables 8' rather than having both be 6'. I don't have enough room to set them both up AND the fuselage (I figured I'd have them in the garage by now). It doesn't appear this will be a problem much longer, since most of the rest of the steps appear to be done either directly on the fuselage (e.g. head rests) or on BOTH tables (e.g. wings and spar). But, since the plans have you lay up the bottom foam pieces off the fuselage on little wood forms (say hello to my leetle frame), this last step would work best on an 8' table (it's about a 7-1/2' section).

I did this a little differently. I laid a straight edge across the top, and measured down at several points along each side. I made a spacer for each spot double the height of each measurement, so my fuselage has now become my work table. It works really well provided you're careful to give it some horizontal stiffeners so the foam doesn't droop in the center. There are three big advantages to doing it this way:

1. The foam is pretty fragile, and it's easy to damage it while transferring it back and forth. With this arrangement, you never move it (except to flip it over).

2. I used brads instead of Bondo so there are no holes to fill when I'm done, unlike the sides, which are now full of divots.

3. "...crawl underneath and mark..." You've gotta be kidding me, right? Ahem, my fuse is on pivots! I just rotated the fuselage to 90 degrees to trace, then rotated it back. 60 seconds and no aching knees.

05/04/2004 (6 hours):

Cutting the foam was an easy enough step, just a bit of work with a Sharpie and a 2" utility knife. Before I did this I had to do a bit of trimming to clean up some flox and epoxy drips that had made their way to the bottom of the fuse. I'll have to be more careful in the future to catch drips with plastic or something else.

I got a little bit ahead of myself cutting out the landing brake. I was using a utility knife, not a saber saw, and my blade dulled faster than I expected. Always check your blade before cutting foam, especially PVC! It made a ragged cut in some areas. The second picture below shows a rough cut made with a dull blade, and the third shows a smooth cut (I bet you can't even see it) made with a sharp blade. I'm sure it will be OK since even after cleaning up the cut it's still a smaller kerf than the recommended saber saw would have made, but still.

I did encounter one fairly serious problem, though. I ran out of 3/4" Last-A-Foam to make the spacers with. When I asked around on the list, it seems this is not exactly unusual; many people have filled in with other foam types. The foam type I have the most of is PVC. Nat was kind enough to respond:

Dear Chad, You can certainly substitute PVC for Last a foam. PVC is better, but a little more expensive. That is why I specified Last a foam. Regards, Nat

So, straight from The Man. I'm filling with PVC. He's right, there's about a $10 price difference per sheet, but I don't really mind. I'd rather do this than wait a week for another sheet to arrive. Aircraft Spruce hasn't exactly been zippy filling my most recent order. I placed it last week and it hasn't even SHIPPED yet.

Anyway, today I made the 3/4" spacers that thicken the fuselage bottom. This was a real pain because of all of the pieces I was stitching together, and because the PVC and Last-A-Foam didn't sand at the same rate.

05/05/04 (3.5 hours so far):

I have now micro'd the spacers in place, and have begun making fillets with stiff micro to make smoother transitions. This step uses BID (unlike the sides) so I probably won't have any issues getting it to lay down without air bubbles, but I'm not taking any chances. It was too much of a pain to fix them on the sides.

Lucubration http://old.lucubration.com/cozy-mkiv/cozy-chapter-log.html?chap=6[6/19/2013 2:03:56 PM] Using stiff micro is an education in working quickly. When using all Slow hardener, I get hours of "pot life" and nearly a day to cure for normal epoxy usage. But with micro and its insulating properties, I got barely 15 minutes of pot life out of this batch, and that's with barely an inch of it in the bottom of the cup. The more micro you use the faster its insulating properties can cause it to exotherm, and the stiff (thick toothpaste) consistency I was using is about as fast as it gets. I've learned that the best thing to do is just get it out of the cup as quickly as possible, even if you're dumping on 10 times what you need in a certain area. You can always take the excess back off, and keeping it spread out keeps it cool.

05/06/04:

I got absolutely nothing done tonight because my Zaurus (for Galileo, see link above) came and I was playing with it. In fact, I'm writing this entry with it!

05/07/04 (5 hours):

Six cups of micro. Eleven cups of epoxy. Five hours. One layup. Phew. I'll be VERY glad when this chapter is over, but it's almost there! I made an executive decision to make the "scuff" layer of BID in a separate layup (probably at the same time that I do the BID tapes so the tapes hide the edges of the scuff layer).

I'll also never buy from Aircraft Spruce again. I placed my very first order with Wicks to be sure I got exactly what I needed (since I wouldn't have known the difference). This time around I agreed to give Spruce a try, so two weeks ago I placed orders with both Wicks and Spruce (the Wicks items were things Spruce was out of at the time). A few days later I got my Wicks items, just like my January order. The same day, I got a call from Spruce asking me how to ship a certain item. Since then, every other day or so I get another call asking how to ship one more thing. Jeez, I'm just about out of epoxy, micro, and fiberglass cloth. I'm glad I ordered a little extra with my first Wicks order, or I'd be stalled already. This order was no more complex than my Wicks order in January, but somehow it is taking Spruce a lot more effort to get it out the door.

05/08/04 (1 hour):

It doesn't seem like a big deal, but today Nicole helped me attach the bottom to the fuse. It IS a big deal - when you complete this step, you have a "tub" even though there's still work left to do in the chapter, such as making flox fillets, doing the BID tapes, etc. I weighted the bottom down with a lot of objects - I ran out of bricks so I started using tools and even a 24-pack of soda. (Hey, at 12 fl. oz. per can that's 2.25 gallons of soda, or almost 14 pounds!)

The skin is relatively stiff despite only having one side glassed, so I'm glad I did a good job with the way I supported it above the fuselage for glassing because if I'd done it wrong it would have been very difficult to correct with weights alone. As it was, despite all the bricks I had to help out by squeezing with my hands. I had used a ziploc full of flox to squeeze out a bead onto the fuse, and despite all the weight it wasn't compressing the flox! Flox is stiff even BEFORE it cures!

Anyway, despite Elliott crying for Nicole's attention we got it done and I'm happy to have this off my plate. A few more steps and the chapter is done.

05/17/04 (1 hour):

I'm changing employers so I had a short hiatus with all the fuss going on. I also screwed up mounting the bottom skin, so I got frustrated and let the project stall. It's not the kind of thing where you say "cut it off and fix the error" - I actually made several of the foam pieces too large, so I'd have to almost remake the entire bottom skin. The botch isn't visible from the outside. The issue is that the foam pieces the bulkheads and longerons sit on are too large, mainly along the sides and under the front seatback.

Rather than scrapping the whole thing, I'm using my Fein, a utility knife, and other tools to cut out the problem sections. Then I'll micro those areas, and when I BID tape I'll use two extra layers to simulate the BID that's on the bottom skin. This should produce a joint that's just as strong, if not stronger, than what is already there, so I'm not really worried, just annoyed. I'll post pictures when I get a chance.

05/23/04 (4.5 hours):

Almost done! I've fixed my mistakes in laying out the foam spacers by using my Fein to make flat cuts into the spacers following the surfaces of the seat back and fuse bottom. The two now meet in a straight angle with no more bump. This did involve cutting the BID that wraps over the edge here, but I solved that with the usual flox trick, including cutting interior flox-corner grooves. I also added two extra layers of BID to the BID tapes to make up for the missing BID in those layers. I then spent several hours making and installing BID tapes along all of the joints forward of the seat back. (I knew I wouldn't have time to do the rear as well in one night - it's already almost 2am.) There are a surprising number of them here - seat back to floor, floor to center brace/duct, floor to side (aft of instrument panel), floor to instrument panel (aft), floor to instrument panel (forward), and floor to side (forward of instrument panel). There are also two of each location, left side and right, for a total of 12 tapes just in the area forward of the seat back. To help the tapes conform better I did the forward side of the instrument panel with two tapes even though one would have technically worked - it doesn't add any extra strength because the holes from the heat Lucubration http://old.lucubration.com/cozy-mkiv/cozy-chapter-log.html?chap=6[6/19/2013 2:03:56 PM] duct basically eliminate that possibility, and it would have been much more difficult to keep out air bubbles. Another few hours doing the area aft of the seat back and Chapter 6 is history!

05/25/04:

And Chapter 6 is done! Phew, that was really a stinker. Getting the BID tapes to lay into the acute angle behind the seatback was a chore, and there are many feet of tapes to install in the rear. But that, as they say, is that.


 
May 03, 2004     Center Keel and Seatback Brace - (19 hours)       Category: C06 Fse Assb
Laying out the center keel pieces went relatively smoothly. I'm definitely getting more confident at the basic tasks of applying micro and fabric, then wetting the fabric out. 2.25 hours for this step. I could have done it more quickly, but I wasn't in a rush. The first picture is of this work. NOTE: I later discovered that the layout guide in the first few pages of the plans does NOT indicate reversing the seat back and duct side pieces so one is the mirror image of the other. Don't lay things out the way I did! When you draw the seat back brace, for instance, don't draw a rectangle and bisect it to make two triangles. If you do, the fiberglass skin on one piece will be on the outside, but on the other it will be on the inside. Make sure your layouts are MIRROR IMAGES of one another.

It's also getting to be time to clean my epoxy pumps. I'm using the disposable West system pumps and they're getting all gummed up. I'll try some acetone and see if I can clean them up a bit. I'd really like to avoid MEK.

04/21/04 (30 minutes):

It doesn't sound like much, but tonight I did the important step of glassing the other side of one of the two seat back braces. I neglected to make one of the pieces a mirror image of the other (hint: don't follow the layout guide in the beginning of the plans) so one piece had glass on the inside, the other had glass on the outside. By the time I'm done, I'll have an extra layer of glass in there, but there's no sense stripping it off.

I made a major decision in this step. Because I am installing a fuel-injected auto conversion engine, and will be using the pumps themselves to select the source tank (see John Slade's site for a similar configuration) I don't need the fuel selector valve. So, how much do I skip of this step? I'd like to maximize my usage of the available space without making it impossible to retrofit an alternative down the road. At the same time, if I do go with my current plan it would be a shame to waste the space here. What I ended up doing was installing the plywood inserts to support the landing brake pivot, but not making the fuel valve mounting bracket. If I have to go in later to put it in, it will be a pain, but not impossible. I also need to return my fuel valve to Wicks.

4/27/04 (2.5 hours):

I've been very busy with work getting an important project out the door, and this past weekend was busy with family stuff. Like, ummm, getting my wife up in a Cozy! Marc Zeitlin came down and treated her to a ride from 3B0 to MMK and back. Not terribly long flights but enough to convince her I'm doing the right thing.

Anyway, my time has come in 5-minute chunks but I slowly managed to get the heat duct partially assembled. At this time I've completed assembling the unit, making the hole for the fuel plumbing (which I won't be using anyway, but if I need it for anything else the hole is there now...), installing the seat belt attach point, and making the 7-ply tapered UNI layup. I screwed up my measurements and made this layup a bit longer than it should have been, but longer is better than shorter. The extra length is near the instrument panel, and since there's nothing up there that's an interference fit (and some of this gets cut away for a throttle anyway) it's OK.

Avoiding air pockets around the seat belt attach tube was tough. If you're reading this and haven't done this step yet, I strongly recommend you use some extra flox on the top side to make a very gentle taper fore and aft. I made a fillet, but it was too tight and I had to use a lot of weights and clamps while it cured. I still ended up with a small bubble I had to fill.

4/29/04 (2 hours):

Tonight I glassed the other side of the seat back brace with 2-BID, as well as the top and side of the heat duct. (Yes, one brace side and one duct side; see above - my other side is already glassed because of a mistake.) I forgot to radius the edge of the heat duct, so the BID didn't fold over very well and I ended up with a radius anyway - of air.

I found a clever way to fix this before a cure, though, as long as the edge is straight. Basically, you use plastic and heavy flat weights (more drywall cutoffs) to weight down the top surface; don't lay the plastic against the side(s), just let it overhang freely. Then allow it to mostly cure - a little before knife trim, while things are still tacky but getting fairly stiff. Lay another strip of plastic against the side, and use a stirring stick or similar to burnish the bubbled area back against the foam. The bond won't be perfect but at least it will be flat. As you're doing this, if you want a good bond, you can inject a drop or two of epoxy as you work your way along. Burnishing will spread it out. This works on all sorts of bubbles; I wish I had thought of this while working on the fuselage sides.

4/30/04 (30 minutes):

I'm pretty happy today. I not only bought a bunch of materials for the next few chapters (I delayed the brakes and seat belts for now to save some money), I also bought a Sharp Zaurus SL- 6000. Unless something better comes along this is probably going to be the display module (four will be used) in Galileo, my glass cockpit setup. It's a sunlight-readable PDA with a drop-down panel for a keyboard, great for flight planning. Since it's a PDA you can bring it into the FBO for flight planning, weather avoidance, data analysis, etc.

I also took the small but important step of floxing in my center heat duct. I used the bottoms of the instrument panel and seat back as level-check points to the longerons at the front and middle of the duct, and laid a long straightedge across the back. I had to trim the seat back's slot for the duct a bit to get it to be perfectly level, but after that it worked fine. You can just barely see in this picture that I did NOT install the brace yet. I screwed up the angle of the seat back a bit, only two degrees but it's enough to prevent the seat back brace from fitting perfectly. Once the center duct has cured, I will fit the seat back brace in perfectly, so I'm not just filling air holes with flox. Almost done with this step...

05/01/04 (1 hour):

I must be really taking my time because it seems like a simple operation (floxing and taping in the duct and brace) is taking a HECK of a long time to do. However, I'm also fixing mistakes as I go, so I'm only doing a few joints a day, and there are a lot of joints - three joints where the duct meets the instrument panel, two in front where it meets the seat back, two more behind the seat back, and two between the brace and duct. (Total of nine joints to tape.) I could do this all at once but the nature of my mistakes (bubbles, missing glass layer, etc.) requires the side I'm taping/fixing to be facing down, so I'm only doing one longitudinal side at a time.

This all goes back to one seemingly simple mistake, when I started this step. If you read above, you'll see I didn't make the pieces mirror images of one another (I thought I was doing that correctly, but was not). Instead of just making new pieces (I didn't have enough material) I decided to fix the missing/wrong glass layers as I went along. This has turned out to be a mistake. The foam here is only worth a few bucks, and I could have had a new piece SHIPPED IN and made, and be done with this step by now. Live and learn.

The only good part of this step is that my time estimates are getting more accurate. I'm at 16.5 hours now, and will probably just make my 18-hr estimate. Of course, I've looked ahead and read the next step in more detail, and I now think I've seriously underestimated the time investment there. Oh well. Live and learn. =)

05/03/04 (2.5 hours):

Wee HAW! This step is FINISHED! Tonight I put a BID tape inside the heat duct, and the last of the tapes around the front end. On to step 3!


 
Apr 16, 2004     Assembly of Sides - (32.5 hours)       Category: C06 Fse Assb
I started this on 4/6/2004. More irritation with the plans - Step 1 is about the longest thing I've ever seen. This should really have been done in two or three parts. Oh well.

Tips:

1. I'm following Wayne Hicks' method of jigging the fuselage upside-down. It's much easier to level a table once than a bunch of individual parts laid out on boards. I laid a sheet of drywall on my table and spent a few hours making everything perfectly flat and level (mixing sticks make great shims). If you do this, check for level on both axes of the table at several spots and also at the diagonals as this will help identify a warped surface.

2. A SmartLevel is overkill at this point, although if you have one by all means use it. If you don't and you're a perfectionist, just buy a few feet of cheap, clear tubing and fill it with water. Water finds its own level, so if you have a helper hold it at one end such that its surface inside the tubing is perfectly even with one edge of the table, you can use the water level in the other end of the tubing to set the height of your side, then just walk around the table checking as you go. Your helper need not move, so "he or she" can be a board or clamp, as long as air can get into the tubing. Masons use this method all the time because their bricks often have uneven surfaces unsuited to traditional levels.

3. You can check a regular level by checking its reading one way, then rotating it 180 degrees and comparing the reading in the other direction; they should be the same. Most cheap levels are slightly off; some have adjustment screws but this is growing less common. If you drop or jar a level it's usually junk, unfortunately, unless you don't mind factoring in some adjustment each time you use it. A few layers of tape can often be used to shim a level that's slightly off, just be sure to taper the addition smoothly.

4. You can check a square by holding one edge parallel to a known-straight edge (maybe the machine-formed edge on a sheet of drywall?), and draw a line along the other leg. Then flip it around so the base faces the other direction, and it should be right on the line. Good squares can be adjusted by tapping the inside of the little notch on the inside corner with a nail set and hammer (to close the angle) or the outside corner with a hammer (to open the angle). Triangles, which have a third leg, cannot be adjusted and if one is out of square it was just poorly made or is damaged and should be replaced. Combination squares (except those from Starrett) are NOTORIOUSLY bad at showing a true 90-degree angle because the ruler can wiggle in the slot - don't use them for this step.

Wayne's method requires a gap to allow the top of the instrument panel to hang down. It wasn't that hard to make but I could have saved some time by just sawing the darned thing off - the top section gets mostly cut out anyway for the switch panel, and it offers basically nothing in terms of structural support. I was halfway through laying things out before I realized I could have saved some time, and I suppose it's easier to set up the tables than to fix the instrument panel. But, if I had known about this in Chapter 4, I might have cut the instrument panel flush across the top and added this section back in later, maybe even with a hinge - that would sure make wiring easier. (Update: upon reflection, I would DEFINITELY have cut this section off in Chapter 4.)

I spent a few hours making my two work tables perfectly level with one another and perfectly flat. I cut the drywall to 80", then used the cutoff section on the second table to support F22 and the rest of the front-end. I drew a perfect center line down both panels and I'll be using this to lay things out. Drywall is nice because it's cheap enough to beat it up without shame, and most holes and other boo-boos can be fixed easily if you want to later use it on a wall, especially if you work on the back side. You don't have to spend money on some type of perfectly flat surfacing material and then cover it with a disposable layer, like hardboard (which is the same cost anyway). You do have to be careful not to pound on it (it dents/crushes), but if the load is spread it will even take hammer blows on the object sitting on it without complaint.

I should have set this log up with sub-steps. Oh well. It's now 4/7/04 and I've just done a small step in the assembly of the sides. I spent several hours this evening getting everything lined up and perfectly square. I made a change to the plans, though; hopefully this won't bite me in the a** in the future. If you read my Chapter 4 you'll note that I skipped the creation of the temporary firewall. Well, rather than try to get this exact, and knowing (from holding the drawings up to the longerons) I'd have to adjust the holes a bit anyway, I did something unique.

I didn't get a picture of it, but it went really fast and I'll be able to get my holes PERFECT when the time comes. Basically, I drilled small holes exactly in the centers of each longeron. In each hole I inserted a finishing nail, adjusting the hole depth so the nail just barely stuck out. Then I held up an oversize piece of 1/4" plywood and tapped each longeron area with a hammer. This made dents in the plywood. I drilled holes using these dents as centers, removed the nails, and used screws to attach the plywood flush with the ends of the longerons. Although I haven't done it yet, when I'm ready to actually cut the real holes I can now just trace around the longeron edges and the holes will be exactly where they belong.

Caveat: To make sure everything would line up the way it should (and that I wasn't taking impressions of an out-of-alignment setup) I marked the plywood sheet with a center line, and then vertical lines where each longeron center SHOULD go. I focused on getting the upper longerons (facing down, flush on my table, since I'm using Wayne's upside-down jigging method) perfect, then adjusted the angles of the sides so the others were correct. This was a good call because my sides were slightly warped and I would have had an oddly-shaped bottom to my tub if I had allowed them to continue leaning out the way they were.

For all that, this step took only a few minutes but laying everything else out took a long time. I really messed up the edge cuts on my seat back, no surprise since it's the first piece. I hadn't understood exactly how the compound angles were meant to fit. Fortunately I was oversized, so some trim work with the Fein and it dropped in place. My angle is not quite perfect - I'm about a degree off - but it shouldn't be noticeable. The instrument panel fit much better, as did F22. (Update: I screwed up again, and installed the instrument panel 1/4" aft from where it belongs. There aren't as many measurements made from the instrument panel as from other steps but I'll have to remember to adjust where there are. I'm not worried about difficulty getting in - if you see my Chapter 4, you'll see my leg hole is a full inch taller than per plans.)

They say you should "read through later chapters to see how the current step affects them" but honestly, this is not very useful advice. If this is your first plane there's a good chance you won't understand what the heck you're looking at until you actually do each step, and that was the case with me and the seatback. If I had known that weird compound angle would fit RIGHT against the double-angle of the lower longeron and its foam foundation I could have done a better job. It would have made more sense for the plans to have you wait until this step to cut that edge so you can get it just right - there's no real reason to do it earlier.

Amusingly (uhhhh....) enough, I somehow made a BIG boo-boo (three inches?) marking the center-line of my seat back. It was the first piece, right? Well, I blindly followed the line when I cut the center slot and you can see the results - it wasn't in the center. I used my Fein to cut out the real slot, and used the scrap to fill the incorrect hole, then patched it with two plies of BID. Nobody will ever know, right? I only had one hole to fix because I haven't cut the center hole out yet for the map pocket. I'm planning a drop-down arm rest and don't want to touch it until I'm sure what I'm doing. (Also, I found a goood pic of this step on the camera before the garbage that the others came out as, so I posted it even though it's not as interesting as the rest of the steps.) I didn't have a lot of time to do a layup since I had to go get Elliott, so I mixed just one cup of flox and did just one attachment, the left side of the seat back to the left wall of the fuselage. I liked this so much, on later efforts I followed this same routine - one attachment at a time. It's much less stressful than trying to flox everything all at once and get it all strapped down perfectly, while dealing with the mess of squeezed-out flox. I made very nice fillets and had plenty of time to clean up before the epoxy started gelling, even with using all Fast hardener. I used band clamps to hold the fuselage tightly together along the seatback section, and I'll loosen them to do the other side, probably tomorrow. It will take longer, of course, since I now don't dare disassemble anything until the flox is cured, but it sure beats an hours-long messy and frustrating epoxy and alignment job.

Finishing the BID tapes on the left side took a long time - at least 6 hours. I know, it seems crazy, but I wanted to experiment with various taping methods since I knew future work will require a lot more taping, so I tried every method in the book. Wetting out on 4mil plastic, transferring, and stippling down works best for me. The ones where I wet the tapes out in-place were the worst. Saran Wrap also worked well but 4mil lets you squeegee through it - the Saran Wrap tears or warps too much.

4/12/2004 (3.5 hours):

I've just completed the last of the BID tapes, the ones on the right sides. It took about 2.5 hours, of which about half an hour was spent measuring and laying out the tapes, an hour was spent mixing epoxy and wetting them all out, and the rest of the time was putting them in place and removing air bubbles. I don't know if that's a lot of time or not, but that's what it took. I'm at 15.75 hours and there's still more to this step!

4/13/2004 (1.75 hours):

I didn't have much time this evening so the only thing I got done was installing F28, but I'm pleased with at least making that happen. I had a concern about its angle (I think it's about a degree tilted) but the consensus on the lists is that this is nit-picking and can be adjusted out later. The issue is its size - it's too short (vertically) to lay a level or square against, and since it's so small it's also flexible.

4/14/2004 (5 hours):

Although it doesn't sound like this should take long, I just got the aft landing gear bulkhead floxed in place. The time sink was re-attaching the firewall. If you read previous steps (and above) you'll see I hadn't cut the holes in the temporary firewall yet - I had just driven screws right through it into the longerons. Tonight I marked their exact locations, cut the holes, and spent some fiddle time with a coping saw, chisel, and other tools getting everything to fit right. It's still not perfect, but it's close enough to draw my exact 5" spacing for the aft LG bulkhead with, and that was all I cared about for today.

Having this thing up on pivots sure helps a lot. There was no need for clamps or anything to hold the bulkhead in place. The one clamp you can see above the bulkhead is just to provide a wall to put a shim against to make sure it can't tilt or shift while the flox cures. (My firewall is slightly lower than my F22 so the bulkhead would otherwise start to tilt a bit.) I also got my camera going again, and the first picture is from this substep.

4/15/2004 (2.75 hours):

The landing gear are both now in place, floxed, and BID-taped. Everything is clamped up so tightly that I could really just drill the front bulkhead holes now, but I'll wait until cure anyway - why rush things at this point?

Funny story (now that I look back on it). I cut my spacers 8"x5" so I could use them for two tasks - spacing the aft LG bulkhead from the firewall, then spacing the front LG bulkhead from the aft. The only thing is, I hot-melt-glued them onto the front LG bulkhead the wrong way (5" sticking out, not 8"). I grumbled, hammered them away, scraped the hot melt off, then put them back on. THE WRONG WAY. AGAIN! I made Nicole stand next to me to make sure I did it right the third time around. Hmmmmmm, I wondered why the bulkhead didn't want to fit between the two sides! The third pic below is me drilling the aft LG bulkhead holes. It went just fine. Don't worry about the gap you see in one of the spacers, I stripped a bit of wood off the end of it the second time I glued it in the wrong freaking place, but the other spacer is fine and I triple-checked the distance between the two, it's exactly 5". Errr, 8". (grin)

4/16/2004 (3.5 hours):

Today I got the second half of the front landing gear bulkhead in place. It wasn't a perfect fit so I had a bit of trimming to do, but not much. Fortunately, I hadn't cut the angles on the edges yet, so the trimming was mostly done in those areas. I ended up with a tiny overhang on one side anyway but I leveled it with flox and the layups across the top went fine. I have the thing up on pivots, as mentioned earlier, so I COULD do the back side now, too, but I ran out of time. Hey, I'm almost done! With the first step!

4/16/2004 (3.25 hours):

Whoo! Talk about underestimating time estimates! I guessed at 18 hours based on the length of the text, but Nat really started to expect you to know what to do at each step here, so he puts several hours of work into a few sentences in this chapter. I thought it would take more flox than it did to attach the firewall, so I felt like I was holding a thermite bomb, but I got the firewall installed and this step is finally done! The clamps you see are holding the firewall against the spacer blocks I made. I just reused them to make sure the spacing was exactly accurate when I put the permanent firewall on.

I made one mistake - I forgot to allow for the thickness of the BID reinforcement between LWY, LWX, and the bottom longeron, so my electrical cable conduit holes are about 1/16" off laterally. I left the holes a bit rough; I'll clean the holes up later when I'm sure no other adjustments will need to be made.

The cost for this chapter was for the drill bit and some extra hot-melt glue sticks. I made a few minor changes here and there, nothing structural. For example, the plans recommend using a light to locate the holes to re-drill them. Instead, I re-drilled each side as that side cured, so I always had one side to re-drill from and make a perfect hole. No big deal.


 
Apr 05, 2004     moving through space and time Category: C06 Fse Assb
I intend to do this via the "upside-down" method. The only problem is, I'm sort of stuck between stages. It's still in the 40s outside, so I can't move this to my garage yet, but the room where I've been doing the work is too small to stay in at this point. I may try to find a step further down the road, like the head rests, that doesn't require access to a completed fuselage. The only problem with THAT is that I don't have the materials for most of those steps.

I think I'm going to keep building in my office for the time being. It will be at least a month, perhaps even two (it's the beginning of April right now), before it's consistently warm enough outside to allow the epoxy to properly cure, especially in the evenings when I have the most work time available. I have two options for getting the fuselage out the door. The first is to cut out the front window, and lower it down to the driveway (I'm above the garage). That's not as bad an idea as it sounds, because the windows here are cheap as dirt and are falling apart, so I had intended to replace them this summer, anyway.

The second option is to go through the stairway. I had also intended to replace the stair treads (they're all cheap pine, and have warped over time due to being exposed to the elements), and once they're removed I just need to temporarily remove the center support and I can drop the fuse down into the garage that way. The stairs are a good 39" wide so it should easily fit down if I go sideways.
 
Apr 02, 2004     Completion of Sides - (5.5 hours) Category: C05 Fus Side
This step really irritated me. The creation of the electrical channel covers should have been a last item in the previous chapter since it has to cure before it can be used. Second, I think the method described is much more complex than it needs to be. I followed the plans at first, then discovered that because of the thickness of the BID layer and the box tape on the plugs my covers were too tall. When you sand the foam in the LWX/LWY/longeron box to make it all the same height the electrical channel cover sticks out above it all. Then you have to jimmy in a bunch of foam around it!

Two hours wasted. I could have cut it down some but had already ripped it out in frustration and since I hadn't carved the foam yet I tried an easier alternative. You can see an original covers and the plug it was made from in the pictures below. Box tape doesn't stick well to foam, and BID doesn't stick well to box tape, so it was really hard to get clean corners, tops, and sides. I didn't. That method took two hours with all the work getting the plugs just right.

My new method went much better (and faster). I created foam plugs that completely filled the box, then carved the electrical channels into them. I left about 2" between the slants for an easy transition/mild bend. I then screed-sanded them to be level with the wood blocks using a long sanding block and a sheet of 50-grit. It makes a hell of a mess but it only takes a few minutes.

Then I turned the pieces upside-down on a sheet of plastic and laid up a ply of BID inside the channel. I let this drape across the flat section to cover the face of the foam that is exposed to the other/lower/outer half of the electrical channel (so I don't punch holes in it while running wires). Total time spent was 30 minutes, counting foam shaping. The extra layup at the top of one picture is just some BID scraps that were too small to use for tapes. I used some excess epoxy to lay them up in a small rectangle for some future use - maybe an instrument panel hole cover or something.

I did one thing really wrong, though. When it came time to trim the sides I found the the foam was short by 3/8". Nat said I could just 5-minute some foam back on and call it a day, so that's what I did. Phew. I did all the trim work but I didn't cut the holes for the spar yet - it's so easy to do with the Fein that I want to wait and make sure it's perfectly lined up.
 
Apr 01, 2004     Lower Longeron Installation - (4.5 hours) Category: C05 Fus Side
Again, my system is still having hard drive issues so no pictures posted yet, but I've taken them so they'll be up shortly.

This step was fairly straightforward once I looked at other builders' sites to see how things were supposed to go together, but the wording in the plans sure was mysterious! I had a few issues here and there. First, despite being very careful with the kerfs on the lower longerons, I heard a few cracking noises as I put things together. I sloughed some flox into each kerf once the layup was done so I doubt there will be trouble, but if I had known exactly how this step was going to go I would have steam-bent the wood.

This is a really straightforward process and doesn't even require steam. If you have hot enough water (I can tap the furnace drain for a 180 degree feed, just have to let it run a bit to get clean) you just hot-soak the section you want to bend for about 10 seconds, take it out, bend it and hold it a little FARTHER than you want the bend, let it cool and dry, and the wood will hold its shape. It's a good idea to clamp it down for a day to completely dry out and get back to the same humidity level as your shop - you don't really want all that moisture trapped in the longerons - but you don't even cover them in this chapter it's not hard to do. Believe it or not, if you do have access to steaming-hot water (even a kettle-full is fine) this is actually faster than making all the darned kerfs. Oh well. Don't blame me if you try it and it doesn't work - I didn't actually DO this. Just wish I had.

I also made an executive decision on the BID tapes, and used one tape on the inside corner between LWX and LWY, rather than two. There's no trick to this. You just set up a BID tape long enough to span both lengths, then cut about halfway into it right where the corner will go. The top half bends around the corner, and the bottom pieces overlap in a triangle. It's theoretically stronger than two separate tapes, not that it matters. It was just faster.
 
Mar 30, 2004     Inside Layup and Upper Longeron Installation - (9.5 hours) Category: C05 Fus Side
I must have a wider roll of UNI than Nat did when he wrote the plans because the plans clearly show 4 passes to cover the sides at the 30-degree angle and it only took me 3. I double-checked the angle twice to be sure, but it was correct. Suits me fine. To make this less messy I didn't wet out the first layer before putting on the second. The MGS I'm using still wet out the fabric really well (of course, it was 106 degrees at the time!) and I was very careful to spend a lot of time eliminating all air bubbles. This makes it much easier to lay out the second layer. It only works for about two layers at a time, and it helps if your micro is a little wetter than average. This won't make a resin-heavy layup, because the bottom fabric layer wicks out the excess epoxy.

I love it - "This step should take you about 3 to 4 hours." Well, I'm up to 6 hours already and I haven't even installed the horizontal UNI on top of the longeron. The first big layup is a real education. I went through 6 cups of micro and 10 cups of epoxy. I did one thing right, though - I used almost entirely Slow hardener and even so I'm lucky I decided to stippled as I went because the beginning of the layup was setting up by the time I did the "bubble check". I'm still glad I use a digital scale and no pump. The mixing steps gave my arms a chance to rest from stippling. It's only two layers of glass but they're HUGE.

Unfortunately, I ran out of peel ply during this layup so I laid on a bit thicker coat of epoxy in the areas that will need sanding later, to avoid damaging the fibers.

I'm actually a little unhappy with certain aspects of the plans. This section makes it very obvious that some background in both composites and pusher construction are expected, so Nat sometimes overlooked the skill sets of new builders. For example, laying this whole thing up at once was a real pain in the butt, but there was no need for it. It would have been perfectly acceptable to lay up one side at a time, letting the excess fabric from each side hang down into the channel between the sides, for a later knife trim. (The upper longeron makes a GREAT guide for a long razor blade.) Moreover, as you work air bubbles out of one side you tend to pull on the UNI fibers and this affects things on the other side. I had a number of areas that lifted up and left me air bubbles no matter how hard I tried to get it all to lay flat. It took some time to fill and it was all unnecessary.

I did do one thing different that I'm happy about. I didn't run wood block spacers between the longerons during the layup. Instead, I masking-taped some small spacers just at the tops so I didn't have to cut the layup between, then knife-trimmed it after the fact. The Fein and a hacksaw blade cleaned up the few rough spots this created. This was a heck of a lot easier than trying to stuff a wax-paper-covered spacer down between the two top longerons without disturbing anything.

I haven't posted pictures for this section yet because my hard drive is having issues and I don't want to download them from the camera. I hope to post three. The first is a shot of an air bubble area in the strake cutout section that I don't intend to fix. It's not really a bubble, but more of a delamination. Still not good. The second is me standing the instrument panel on its side to get a feel for the space inside the fuselage. It fits really well against the longerons and side so I'm happy about that. There's a gap on top of the longeron itself but this is no problem; I hadn't put the four UNI layers on yet. Finally, there's a shot of me cutting the four UNI strips that help hold the longerons against the sides. This is the beauty of the rotary cutter - this is a 102" long roll of UNI and I counted 24 layers in the roll. Try doing THAT with scissors! Fiberglass stromboli, anybody? I still have a few air bubbles that I didn't fix, but since these are in the strake cutouts I don't intend to. Moving on...
 
Mar 27, 2004     Cutting Jigs and Laminating Longerons - (4.5 hours)       Category: C05 Fus Side
Materials were ordered with the parts for chapter 4. However, I discovered that some new items were needed:
1/8" sheet tempered hardboard
1/4" sheet plywood (for last step Chapter 4, I bought it with this batch of materials)
Two pieces 1"x8"x8' pine board

Cutting the jigs was a pain because I have no bandsaw and my jigsaw is broken. I did all possible cuts on the table saw and miter saw, but had to resort to handle tools for most of the cuts. I normally enjoy such work, but the curve on FJA got old by around the third copy. I should have used my router and a template bushing. Anyway, I switched to a Sawz-All and metal-cutting bit and that made quick work of this step with a surprisingly smooth edge. It's only pine, after all.

I haven't built the second of my two workbenches (see Chapter 4) and my temporary table is warped and the wrong height. Here's another ideal task for a $5 sheet of drywall. It makes my 6' table 8' long, and it's all but disposable (heck, it costs the same as hardboard), although I've covered it with plastic to avoid marring it. The first layup will hang out about 3" off each end, but the jigs are stiff enough to tolerate this. I'm delaying making the second workbench to summer, when I move the project into the garage.

Gluing up the longerons went per the plans, minus the tedious nails. My woodworker's instincts told me to use yellow glue between the longeron strips but I resisted and stuck with the instructions. I ended up double-coating each strip because the MGS soaked in so well. The second picture shows some of the clamps I used in my dry run. Always do dry runs to make sure you won't run out of clamps!

I didn't realize what people meant by moving the F28 doubler back a half inch to allow for F28 itself being moved back until I had finished this step. Fortunately the glue-ups hadn't cured yet so I was able to remove the nails and slide it down. I wasn't sure exactly how far to move it, so I eyeballed it at about half an inch and I'll trim it later if I have to.

Unfortunately, when I installed the 15.5" doublers one of them crept down below the longeron a bit (about 1/16"). I had to use the Fein to trim flush, which worked great so no real complaints.


 
Apr 15, 2018     Project Purchase - (100 hours)       Category: C01 Introduction
Here is the time and expense involved in the project selection and purchase:

Date Hours $'s
Monday 6/18/18 24.0 2,500.00 Visit, inspect, negotiate, settle, and down payment
Sunday 7/29/18 8.0 8,000.00 arranging for moving, balance of payment
Friday 8/10/18 4.0 1,440.00 moving services (Rocket Racing League truck)
Wednesday 6/20/18 12.0 project meetings w current builders (Tampa + Pilot Country)
Wednesday 2/15/17 16.0 250.00 Sport Air workshop (Composites)
Thursday 2/15/18 16.0 250.00 Sport Air workshop (Electrical)
Saturday 6.0 phone consultations with Zeitlin, Westwood (seller) and email with Chad Robinson (original builder)
Sunday 7/15/18 24.0 15.00 x-ref project plans to build log, checking for completion

My total project acquisition cost was $12,455. Chad Robinson documented costs of approximately $31,500. Back out the parts removed by Craig Westwood and it comes to costs of approximately $29,000. Wherever my total costs end up, add $16,545 ($29,000 - $12,455). I'll also use an audio panel I have lying around, and the tools and materials in the shop - no charge for those. Bottom line, there will never be a precise fix on the cost of this plane, but it will be more than I want to admit.


 
Apr 26, 2007     Pivot Mounts - (8 hours)       Category: C16 Controls
Just about everybody recommends Dennis Oelmann's rudder pedals, so I bought those. They cost $350, plus $10 for shipping, and are supposed to be well worth it.

Installing the controls was relatively uneventful. There's a lot of tedious parts fabrication (metalworking isn't my favorite task, glad I'm not building an RV), but nothing really all that difficult. I toyed for a while with the thought of using ball bearing pivots throughout, but eventually just stuck with the plans and used the nylon FMN10 bearings and bronze firewall bushings. They work fine, and there's no play in the system. At the time, the Cozy Girrrls hadn't yet produced their lovely caged bearings. If I did it over, I'd probably use theirs, but I don't really regret the decision enough to change it now. The system is actually relatively complete, although I've removed some components to protect them while other steps are performed.


 
Jan 12, 2009     Fabrication of Parts - (4 hours) Category: C21 Strakes
I didn't think to get good pictures of this step. Basically, I followed the CozyGirrls' method to make the strake ribs. It's not hard. You just edge-glue two sheets of foam into one large sheet, glass both sides, then trace and cut out the various strake rib pieces. A band saw followed by some light sanding made quick work of this step. The only complicated part is that it turns the process into a REALLY big layup - I mean, you're stretching very large pieces of fabric out and wetting out/stippling into the center of a large sheet of foam. It really helps to have an assistant for this step, and to use a slower hardener mix. I actually completed this step over a year ago, but hadn't cut all the pieces out until I moved to the hangar. I marked it complete on this date only because on this date both strakes are officially sealed, which means the parts must be done. =D
 
Sep 03, 2011     Fabricating Wheel Pants - (7 hours)       Category: C09 Lnd Gear
Fabricating Wheel Pants

There is a set of wheel pant molds floating around the mailing lists. The deal is that each builder pays the shipping cost and they move from builder to builder. John and I worked out a deal: he would get the molds and fabricate the pants, and I would supply enough cloth for two sets (one for me and one for him). I'm not sure who made out better: I went with carbon fiber, but it IS a fair bit of work.

Here you can see John holding a pair of pants. They're made in two pieces initially because they release from the molds more easily that way (split the long way) and it's easier to do the layups. You then take them out of the mold, get the mold release off, cut them in half the short way, and BID-tape the left and right halves together. This forms a pair of shells, front and back, that attach via brackets and nut plates to the gear legs. The full directions for using the molds is below.

______________________________________________
Using the Molds

WHEEL PANT BUILDING TIPS AND INSTRUCTIONS TIP: Protect the molds. Before each lay-up, clean any cured epoxy scale off the molds with a plastic putty spreader or something that will not scratch the mold. Coat the mold with a light covering of mold release wax, let it cure 10 minutes or so, and buff to a shine with a soft cotton rag (old tee shirt).

Tip: A good lay-up schedule for reasonably strong and light wheel pants is to cut your BID cloth on the bias, about 18" wide by 38" long, and lay up two complete plys in the boat shaped molds, and a third ply covering the center part of the mold where all the loads from mounting screws will carry the loads. You can mount with brackets or with spats permanently attached to the gear legs. Having a �� slid into the end of the axle is good to steady the pant.

STEP ONE: Lay up your BID cloth into the boat shaped mold for the right and left half of one wheel pant. If you have it cut on the bias, it will lay down with no wrinkles (you will never get it to do right if you cut the cloth at g0degrees to the bolt of cloth). Trim off any extra cloth that is hanging over the edges to ��ess (hanging glass will cause an air bubble to form at the edge of the mold).

If you can catch it at razor trip stage of cure, trim the edges flush with the mold. If it goes to full cure, scribe a scratch mark around the edge with an awl or sharp object. Pop the pant halves out of the mold. You can gently pull away from the edge and take a rubber hammer and bump the mold in the places still stuck, and you can see it release. Do not damage the mold or stick any sharp object down into the mold to try to pry it out - you will scratch the mold surface. Trim the edges with your shears to the scribe line. You should end up with two halves that you can hold together and the nose, edges, and tail should match.

STEP TWO: At this point, you could tape the two halves together, cut a huge hole in the bottom and slip it down over the tire and mount it, but you would end up with a large gap, all around the tire and lots of drag. Most builders like the pants split front and back so they can be mounted close to the tire and have minimum gaps, and one half of the pant can be removed to air up tires as needed.

Take the two pant halves and slide them down into the rear half mold, make sure the halves are lined up on the nose end, and scribe around the mold. Take the halves and cut them into at the scribe line with a hack saw blade. Put duct tape (or pkg tape) on the edge line of the front half (so the flange you are going to lay up does not stick to it;, put it into the nose of the proper boat mold. Sand the mating edge of the rear part so you glass lay up will stick, and put in the matching boat mold. Take a few small (4" long or so) pieces of duct tape and tape the edges of each part to the side of the mold so they will stay in place during the flange lay-up.

Cut some strips of BID about 3" wide (on the bias) to lay a3 ply flange in place. (you did clean up, wax, and buff the mold where the wet epoxy is going didn't you?) When your flange is cured, take the parts out of the molds, take off the tape, mark the flange sticking out to be trimmed about 3/o" long (enough room to hold nut plates and have 10/32 mating screws. You should have enough parts that match to make one complete 5.00 x 5 wheel pant and be ready for step 3.

STEP THREE: With all your parts cleaned up and your deep molds waxed and ready, sand the edges of all parts where they will be taped together. The tapes should lap onto the halves about 1.5" on either side of the split line. Cut some long lengths of BID about 3 inches wide. Put the nose parts into the nose deep mold, line them up properly, and put about two pieces of duct tape on each half to hold in position in the mold during lay up and cure.

I find it easier to measure the length of tape required with a tape measure inside the nose mold, wet out a two ply tape on some plastic, cut it with shears to proper length and width, drape it down into the mold, and rub it down onto the pre-wet and sanded surface to get out the air bubbles. Let it cure, pull the plastic off, bump it out of the mold and you have a complete wheel pant half. Do the same on the rear part, except you will have to make two lay ups. It is hard to get to the tail to do a pretty lay-up, you may have to mix some stiff flox and spread it on the seams in the tail with a screwdriver or trimmed tongue depressor or something. You can finish it better when you take it from the mold from the outside of the part.

You should have one complete wheel pant now. Repeat steps as necessary to make additional pants.

__________________________________________________
To attach the pants you need to make a bracket to support the inboard side. There is a set of instructions for installing them that details how this bracket should be formed. The other side mounts to an axle nut from Vans Aircraft. I BELIEVE this is the VA-106 nut - once it arrives I'll confirm and update this post.


 
Sep 03, 2011     Brakes (Matco) - (8.5 hours)       Category: C09 Lnd Gear
Brake Cylinder Plumbing

I may want to tweak this setup slightly later. My Matco kit included nylon fittings which I may want to replace with brass at some point (although they do appear to seal very well). But in any event, this step worked out fairly well. I won't fill the lines yet - I still need to plumb the lines to the wheels, and I'm waiting to pull the gear out one last time to install the correct screws on the hard points before I take that step.


Brake plumbing at wheels

To plumb the brakes at the wheels I bought a pair of pre-made 12" braided stainless hoses with 1/8" NPT fittings pre-installed. These are smaller and lighter than what you can install yourself, and have very high burst pressure ratings. You can frequently find these cheaply on eBay. Mine are rated for 1800psi - plenty of margin.

To install them, I installed 1/8" NPT male-to-female right-angle fittings in the Matco calipers. The braided hoses run from these fittings up to a 1/8" NPT female-to-female coupler, and then into a 1/8" male NPT to 1/4" Nyloseal (mine are actually Parflex, which has a higher burst pressure) fitting on the brake line coming down the gear leg. A few stainless wire ties will complete the picture once I get them.

9/1/2018 ��pdate re brakes��The project arrived from Athens GA without the brakes and with the world's worst pair of tires. Also, the builder conversation has turned against NylaFlow. Seller says he showed me the plane with the parts removed, so it is what it is. Life is short, time to move on. There will be a repeat of the Matco install, plus replacement of the Nylflow with aluminum lines and braided steel brake lines.


 
May 25, 2009     Main Gear Cover - (13.5 hours)       Category: C09 Lnd Gear
I'm following the same method here as Wayne Hicks - making a cover that fills the well, but does not lap over onto the fuselage. It will sit in between the LG bulkheads on lips that I'll fabricate later. For now, once the micro cures on this block of urethane, it will be shaped and glassed, then removed, sanded to an even thickness on the back, and glassed on the back.

Shaping the landing gear cover was a little tricky so I spent some time on it. To form the NACA, I dug out the plans NACA scoop profile and used pins to poke marker holes where it belonged. And around the gear I formed a smooth curve that I'll eventually tweak into the gear fairings. The upper surface was just flat, but it still took some time because I knew that after doing the layup and adding micro, I was going to be proud, so I sanded everything to BELOW the bulkhead edges.

I did the layup the way you're supposed to, with a flox corner at the NACA transition. The only difference is, I did it all in one go. I glassed the NACA first, and let it set up a bit, then carefully trimmed its top edge flush with scissors, and carved a 45-degree angle into the foam with a razor blade. I made the flox corner, then laid up glass on top of it all. I'll trim it and cut it out tomorrow.

Shaping the inside of the landing gear cover was tricky because in some sections there was very little clearance around the gear itself. But its final shape is not very important so I just kind of "went with it". This shape is only 80% complete anyway. The fairing around the gear legs will need some tweaking to arrive at the final shape - I couldn't do that in one step. I intentionally left some clearance so this cover sits IN the gear well by about a sixteenth of an inch. I can use that as room for additional layups to handle the fairings, and fill the rest with micro when I do the final finishing here.

Over the weekend I removed the landing gear cover and sanded the foam down for a good, even fit. I then glassed the inside of the cover. To reinstall it, I 5-min epoxied some support strips across it and onto the fuselage. When I did, I inserted some thin spacers cut from some scrap, cured, 2-ply BID. That set the spacers off of the landing brake slightly - my fuselage bottom is finished, and I wanted to allow a bit of room for the micro later. Then I crawled inside and carefully taped off the cover. I put a bead of micro into the corners and built a 2-ply BID lip along the major horizontal edges. These will become the attach tabs after I add some support and nut plates.


 
May 03, 2009     Flipping the Plane 2x - (4 hours)       Category: C09 Lnd Gear
04-18-2009 (2 hours):

Today we flipped the plane over so I can install the mains. Flipping a Cozy is a big job best suited to 4-5 guys. I have round wooden supports to help with the job, but it's still very heavy and unwieldy (mine especially, because I have my strakes and turtleback on now!) To do the job with fewer people, we slung a rope and pulley up to the ceiling and tied it to the nose. I hauled on that while John lifted the actual Cozy and together we actually managed the job pretty easily - more easily than we had expected. Moving the sucker AROUND once we FLIPPED it was tricky, but we got the job done with a dolly under the nose and each us lifting one strake.

05/03/2009

Flipping the plane over is always a memorable event, and doubly so right now given that it weighs so much. Adding the mains gave it a bit of an awkward pivot point. John and I flipped it together, again using a pulley slung from the ceiling to help raise the nose. We were a little too busy to take pictures during the actual event! One interesting change is that the vertical position required a lot of force to hold up (the mains were trying to pull it over), but once we started letting it down, the force decreased significantly. The semicircles on the strake ends really do work!


 
Apr 23, 2009     Axles and wheels - (21 hours)       Category: C09 Lnd Gear
04-23-2009 (4 hours):

Installing the axles was an interesting process. I'm in a hangar, so my "wall" is the hangar door, 30 feet away. That makes for good accuracy with this procedure, but it also means I have a very high ceiling, and hanging plumb lines is difficult (or impossible)!

What I did instead was set up a straightedge across the gear, which I know are perfectly level and straight in the fuselage right now. I measured to its midpoint, and made a mark. I then measured equal lengths from each spar tip (which is also straight, and centered) to the nose to accurately find the centerline there, too. Finally, I set a laser line generator on a ledge on the back wall of the hangar so it projected a line through these two points. It took a LONG time to set up - almost 2 hours - because even tiny errors in angle became huge offsets when cast across the 50ft depth of the hangar.

Next, I used the laser level on each gear leg right at the axle's midpoint to cast a point onto the far wall. A level line between these points and through the centerline gave me the "current" gear leg setting, and most important, the axle height. In my case my distance was 30 ft, so according to the plans this called for a 1.5in toe-in adjustment to equal 1 degree. I measured and marked these points on the wall (door).

I started to flatten the legs to receive the axles, but this was hard going for me with my wrists. Poking around online, I noticed Hicks had made up for this by setting up a flox bed, and this seemed like a good method to me. I carefully drilled two of the four holes for each axle, taped the axles and greased some long bolts to go through them, laid down a bed of flox on each gear leg, then bolted on the axles. Since the leg was still a slight bit curved, I was able to adjust the toe-in just by adjusting the tightness of the two bolts. Very small changes (as little as an eighth of a turn of the nut) translated into very noticeable adjustments. After some tweaking, I was satisfied, and I cleaned up the flox that had squeezed out and walked away to let it cure.

Trimming and backup plates

Once the flox cured under each axle, I installed the Matco brake caliper and backplate, then marked where material should be removed for a close fit. It was slow going trimming the leg ends, but I managed it with a hack saw and a fresh blade, the Fein with a cheap, throw-away Harbor Freight blade, and several Dremel sanding drums.

I then prep-sanded the area, did the BID wrap, and installed each backing plate with flox. I didn't re-install the axles for this step, opting instead to use a block on each side to make sure the BID sits flat against the flox pad I had previously built up under each axle (which sets the toe-in). This way the BID wrap is over the top of that pad. I'll be sure to check the toe-in one final time when I install the axles.

Wheels Installed

Installing the wheels was relatively straightforward now that the axles are finished. I removed the axles, cleaned up the layup area, then reinstalled the axles with the Matco brake cylinders on them. I inflated the tires to 45psi for now, and installed the wheels. Looks great! I still need to pack the bearings with grease, install the heat shields, and get the brakes set up, so I didn't torque everything down yet. I'll take care of that once the brakes are done.


 
Feb 22, 2009     Attach Tabs and Installation - (38.5 hours)       Category: C09 Lnd Gear
I didn't get as far as I'd hoped today, but I did make good progress. I got a late start because I stopped by the hardware store to pick up some things I figured I needed, then discovered I already had. Oh well.

My layup of the final UNI wraps was still not completely cured, but it was good enough to start working on, and hopefully the 6 hours at 70+ degrees today, plus the leftover heat in the hangar, will finish the job tonight. It was slightly tacky as I cut the excess off, so I didn't do a full trim - just got it pretty close with the Fein, and I'll finish it off later.

I got a workbench set up with a sheet of plywood against it, and leveled out. The hangar floor was actually remarkably close to level, at least in that spot, which saved some time. I had to trim the built-up trailing edges because I made them slightly over-sized, but heck, that's why I made them slightly oversized. I discovered two miscalculations here:

1. My built-up trailing edge shapes are not identical. One is slightly thinner than the other. I presume this is because this section is shaped by hand/eye - they ARE the same length. I think I just have a low area where I over-sanded one, and I'll have to add a bit of micro here when finishing. Not the end of the world.

2. Second, one brake line tube doesn't run all the way up to the end where I trimmed it. I'll have to drill around in there a bit (I think it's about 1/4" in) to find it. Also no big deal.

Trimming the gear leg was easier than I expected, given all that others make of this. I used a fresh hacksaw blade on each leg, which definitely helped, but it went along fine. I then set the leg against the plywood, did all the marking and measurements called for, and built up the support box.

This all took about 6 hours, and I was planning on making a full day/evening of it and doing the attach tab layups, but I had to stop for the day. When I set up my only spare worktable I discovered it was bowing in the middle, clearly not strong/stiff enough to support the gear. (It's not the main bench - that's in use right now.) I'll get a solid-core door from the Borg next trip out and pick up where I left off.

03/05/2009 (6.5 hours):

I found a table I wasn't using in the corner of the shop, cleaned it up a bit, and pressed it into service. It took a lot of fiddling to get everything leveled properly and I was still off about 1/16" where the trailing edges were supposed to fall on the same line. I finally figured out that I had a bit more material at that point left over from the trimming. Phew!

Laying up the attach tabs was actually a pretty straightforward step - time-consuming, but not hard. I followed the plans pretty much verbatim, except I used duct tape to seal off the box because box sealing tape is just not sticky enough (on wood). Other than that, it was a long layup but not particularly hard. Others have had to squeeze the heck out of their tabs with clamps to make sure they aren't too wide - I didn't have to. According to the plans M drawings (and some math) they can be up to 7" wide. Mine were 6.75" wide, so I just applied light pressure to produce a very flat surface. Hopefully this will be correct in the end!

03/08/2009 (8 hours):

I've learned something over the years as I've worked on the Cozy. A "step" really has no meaning in terms of time. There's no average length of time that one takes, nor is it even a good marker of logically separate tasks. Some steps take an hour, some steps take 6 days. Sometimes one paragraph can mean a huge amount of work, while other times four paragraphs is just a small job. This is a big one.

Today I got an early start, and it was a good thing I did because the next "piece" of this step took all day. I drilled the attach tab holes per plans, and with very minimal tweaking was able to get the drill bit to sit smoothly in the holes with no play. I then removed the box from the gear leg, and spent well over an hour chipping and chiseling bondo and bits of wood out of the attach tab areas.

Once I got all that cleaned up, I prepped the area for layup, did the flox corners, and installed the UNI and BID plies on the inner surfaces. That went a lot faster because John wet out the BID while I installed the UNI. It's a good thing, too. We had our first warm day in a long time, and the pump still has all Fast hardener in it. My UNI was setting up as I was installing the last few plies of it! I had to really hustle to get it all in there nicely, but I did and it worked out fine.

03/25/2009 (5 hours):

This is the step that never ends!

Today I didn't get MUCH done but it was important stuff. I got the tabs completely cut out and cleaned off, trimmed off the waste, and re-drilled the holes. I was able to install 1/4" drill bits with very minor tweaking, just a light tap with a file, so I'm pleased with that.

Word of advice: if you get to this step and you're very confident in your layup abilities, find some way to trim the excess tab width before it cures! At the very least, go for more like a 3.25" width rather than 3.8" as the plans call for. It would have been a lot less trimming, and less danger of damaging the leg underneath. Or maybe just leave the excess - it's several ounces of junk you don't need, but this isn't the worst spot to have a bit of excess.

One thing that did NOT go well is the holes are too low! In one photo you can see a spot where the hole is kissing the attach tab. The damage there is nothing - my tab goes farther onto the strut than it should, and this extra bump is what I gouged. But when I drill the holes out to their final size it will cause a problem. I looked through other builder logs and found that others have had this exact issue. I plan to do what they did - move the holes up slightly, then correct for it at the wheels later. No big deal. I don't even need to fill the current holes, because the new ones will be just a bit higher, and when drilled out to their final size, will overlap the current holes.

I took a moment and positioned the gear in the fuselage. It looked great! As the plans suggest, I'll have to do a bit of light tweaking with a file on my bulkhead holes, but I don't want to do that until I can get the bird upside down and position everything properly. Until then, I'm setting this piece aside and moving on to other items.

Installing the gear itself is a little tricky because I can't drop plumb lines to the floor the way the plans specify. I was pretty tired by this point, so I bagged on it for the day. Tomorrow I'll be back out, and the plan is to set up string lines and data points on the strake skin. That should give me what I need.

04-19-2009 (8 hours):

Today was a very frustrating day. I seemed to encounter setback after setback - drill bits breaking, my right angle DRILL breaking, my screws weren't long enough, etc. I felt like for every 10 minutes I actually spent working on the plane, I spent 30-40 trying to fix a tool or resolve an unproductive issue.

I did, however, more or less bludgeon my way through this step, and it's almost done. I started by redrilling the holes in the attach tabs, then installing the gear in the fuselage on 1/4" drill bit "studs". After a bit of finagling to get the holes perfect, I was very pleased with the results. My gear LE sits perfectly above FS 108.25. I'm at most 1/16" out without any adjustment required, and that was rewarding for a first attempt.

I took out the gear and installed the aluminum hardpoints. I hit a bit of trouble here. It's very difficult to work in my fuselage since it's mostly complete, and my Bondo didn't cure well so the attach tabs were floating all around. It took a lot of careful effort to chisel all the bad stuff back out of the hell hole, but I did it, slowly and carefully. Then I drilled the countersunk screw holes, only to find that my right-angle drill bit broke its weld! This product isn't exactly very high quality. OK, off to the Borg. I got a new right-angle drill adapter, but this was much larger - 5" in overall depth. With a normal drill bit in it, it was too long to fit in the gear well! OK, be innovative - this is what Dremels are for, right? I cut off about an inch of the bit, and was off and running again. Unfortunately, about 5 holes away from being done, I broke my bit, and it was my only one of this size! Grrrrrrrrrrrrr! Well, I do only have five holes left to drill... And I do have this bench grinder... No problem, I ground a new end onto the bit. I'm not that good at this, and I sort of free-handed it by grinding a bit, comparing it to a "real" drill bit, and grinding a bit more. I'm no machinist, but it did cut the last five holes, so it worked OK.

I'm now more than a little frustrated, but not as much as I'm about to become! The next step is to flox the hardpoints onto the bulkheads. Fine, easy job. I'm even loaded with all Fast hardener, so maybe I can keep going later today. I sanded the bulkheads, mixed up some flox, buttered up my hardpoints, and put them in place, using the drill bits again for alignment. Now I ran into TWO more snags. First, my bulkheads (remember, these are built in Chapter 4, when you don't know what you're doing) weren't PERFECTLY flat. I mean, they were MOSTLY flat, but after all the layups/reinforcements they sat at a few thousandths of an angle. That's annoying because when you screw the hardpoints down it puts a LOT of tension on the drill bits used for alignment, and makes it very difficult to remove them! I got around that using pliers and hammers, but at the cost of getting my drill bits covered with flox, and setting up for a later frustration.

My second issue was my screws - the ones the plans call for weren't long enough! After all this time, I'm so used to working with AN bolts that I have a good supply of extras in a wide variety of lengths. It hadn't occurred to me to get that many countersunk screws - the plans really don't use them that much. So I had no way to finish this step! Well, sort of - for now, I just installed regular AN bolts so I could at least get the hardpoints in. I've ordered more screws, and hopefully the lengths I need will be here by Thursday, which is my next build day. (And hopefully I'll be able to get the AN bolts back out!)

Off to the next step. Drilling! I'd been sort of afraid of this particular step for a while, and that's why I had been holding off for so long. Well, it wasn't that bad. I had two each of Milwaukee bimetal hole saws in 0.75" and 0.625" sizes, with arbors designed to sit with a set screw on a 1/4" arbor. Perfect. I ran the long 12" bits through my landing gear, set up the hole saws, and went at it. I was careful to drill only most of the way through each section, to keep the holes aligned and supported, and moreover since I had two of each hole saw, I was able to adjust them as I went so each acted as a drilling bushing as its hole was made. I was pretty happy with the holes in my landing gear. A little light filing to clean up the holes, and my bushing/tubes went in with a few light taps from a hammer. Perfect.

Then the trouble started. I proceeded to set up for the fuselage drilling, and was pleased with my initial results - the bimetal hole saws made clean work of the aluminum hard points, which I had been nervous about. But it took a LONG time. Friction in the system was high, so I kept having to back out the whole assembly and clear chips and metal/fiberglass rings out of the hole saws. I did use some cutting lube while drilling the hardpoints - I don't know that it helped. It seemed to hold the chips in the drilling area, and that wasn't helpful at all. To make matters worse, I had a SLIGHT bit of flox on the drill bit, and the heat of drilling was curing it hyper-fast. At one point it took me nearly 45 minutes to get the whole assembly out, using pry bars, screwdrivers, and hammers, because the hole saw arbors had gotten floxed into place on the 1/4" drill bit, the hole saws had filled up with chips AND cured in there too, and the whole assembly was locked in place! But I did get the job done. Finally, at the end of the day, I went to install the gear. My assembly is a VERY tight fit. I think it will go, but I didn't want to force it. I think I need to sand the faces of the steel bushings very slightly - I need a few more thousandths of clearance before the gear will pop in without flexing the bulkheads. And the AN bolt heads are in the way, so I need to install the countersunk screws. But despite all the issues, I'm relatively pleased - I think this whole mess turned out OK in the end!

04-22-2009 (3 hours):

Today my job was to get the bushings installed. My problem is that my bulkheads are either too close together, or my MKMGA spacers are too long. It's not a huge offset, but it's enough to make getting the gear to sit in the gear well almost impossible. So I started by milling the faces of the bushings - not a lot, just a few thousandths of an inch. But that's all I needed. Then I floxed the bushings in place and installed the studs to align them for cure. I aimed a hair dryer at each bushing, rotating it to another every 5 minutes, to accelerate the cure - this worked great. Getting the studs back OUT proved to be a major difficulty. There's really no good way to do this, especially without damaging the studs. What I ended up doing was threading on a closed-end box wrench, then a washer (to protect the nut), then a nut. I then hammered at the box wrench as close to the stud as I could until it pulled out. Sort of a primitive slide hammer. It worked OK, I guess.

Next I installed the spacer assemblies in the gear legs, then installed the whole thing in the fuselage. It fit! What's more, it fits without ANY play, and the legs are still dead on where they should be. I did tweak the fore-aft offset of one side a bit with a screwdriver, then installed the studs again for alignment and made a flox bead around the bushings, leaving that to cure overnight.

Getting the studs back OUT to do the last steps - making the BID wraps over the spacers, and floxing/BIDing on the final washers, is going to be a BITCH. On one side I had to use a hammer to get the stud in, with pretty firm raps. I have no idea how to get it back out now or in the future without damaging the studs or bushings. The only two options I can think of are either to buy a REAL slide hammer and figure out some safe way to hook it up to the ends of the studs, or to drill a small hole in the firewall aimed directly at the studs, then use a long steel rod (like a drill bit with its head ground flat) to let me hammer at the back side of it. I'll have to do something tomorrow - that's when I do the last step!


 
Nov 15, 2007     Landing brake - (6.5 hours)       Category: C09 Lnd Gear
The landing brake works very well on the actuator I chose for it (an eBay special, but small, lightweight, and well made). It is now installed and micro applied to fair the entire surface into a smooth final product.


 
Mar 07, 2007     Master Brake Cylinders - (12 hours)       Category: C09 Lnd Gear
01-10-2009 and 01-11-2009:

This weekend I installed some nut plates to hold the oil reservoirs. I put them on the back face of the nose gear pivot support box, which is out of the way but easy to inspect during the pre-flight, and also conveniently very close to the master cylinders.

To do this I marked and drilled out the locations where nut plates would go, then used temporary bolts through the reservoirs to hold the nuts plates in position while I floxed them in. I did this on Saturday. I used wax in the bolt holes to protect them. On Sunday, I removed the reservoirs and put a layer of BID across the face, then a sheet of plastic, then clamped the reservoirs back on so the BID will cure in a flat layer to support the reservoir mounting brackets. Next time I'm at the hangar I'll drill the holes back out and permanently install the reservoirs with their final (short) bolts.


 
Aug 30, 2005     Purchase add'l tools - (6 hours) Category: C02 Workshop
Purchased:
$86.78 - MyPaperMart, 4mil plastic sheeting and 80 ga. stretch wrap
$14.53 - ToolsForLess, decimal-graduated tape measure
$49.99 - AllBrands, Dritz electrical scissors
$63.50 - DryTheAir, Thermo/humidity gauge and heater rods for cloth box
$221.25 - Harbor Freight, Rivet gun, wire stripper, clamps, other misc tools
$49.95 - Aircraft Spruce, Extra set of M drawings
$134.40 - eBay, Oscillating spindle sander
$10.99 - eBay, 40 ft. 22 ga. nichrome wire
$92.99 - eBay, Smart Tool digital level
$64.99 - eBay, Medo vacuum pump

Paying rent on build space is great incentive to experiment with ways to improve productivity - anything that looks like a useful tool is probably worth buying if it's not too expensive. I spent some time browsing other builders' comments and made a list of useful items to have. I probably ended up wasting money on shipping costs by buying from so many vendors, but there were so many odd items to buy I really didn't have much choice. Hopefully this stuff will all end up being useful. The only items I believe I'm still missing at this point are some items related to specific steps in specific chapters. For instance, I may need a few extra drill bits for specific steps. I'll purchase those with the steps they relate to.
 
Aug 22, 2005     Identify New Build Site - (40 hours)       Category: C02 Workshop
Chad's build log....

In 2004, I moved to a new home. While we're very happy where we live now, I made a big sacrifice when it came to the Cozy. There simple is no place to build here - there is no garage at all, and only interior door access to the (small) basement. For various reasons, the back yard is also out. I came very close to giving up my build dreams, and selling the project to a prospective builder.

I could never quite shake the dream, though. I started flying lessons, thinking that would help offset the loss, but they only made me long for the skies even more. I started researching other projects, trying to find things that I could build quickly, and with limited environmental control. I even (gasp!) considered buying a spam can!

What gave me the needed kick in the pants was John Slade, to whom I'll be either eternally grateful (assuming I ever finish the project). John has been considering starting a builder support service, and I asked him if he would be willing to help me out. He was.

The first thing John did was convince me to find a local build site. When it comes down to it, my REAL problem is that my build time needs to come during breaks during my work day (I work from home). Once the work day is done, I'm a daddy and a husband, and don't have time left over to build. I had briefly considered renting a space, then discarded the idea because I didn't think I'd get much done if I had to leave work and drive to the build site. I never considered doing BOTH there.

This is exactly what I'm doing now. I'm renting an industrial space, about 800 sq. ft. for $700 per month, and moving both the plane and my business over to it. In this step I've included the cost for two years' rent. It's pricey, but there are some advantages:
1. It's cheaper than building a garage (not that we have the space anyway).
2. I can write off the rent as a business expense.
3. The space is much larger than most garages - 20' x 40'. I could actually work on the Cozy with both wings attached.
4. The unit is literally 5 minutes from home.

There are also some disadvantages. The two key items are:
1. Two years' rent on this unit adds 30% to my build cost estimates. Fortunately, since it's deductible, the impact is somewhat reduced. If nothing else, this will be incentive to keep me moving if/when I start to get distracted.
2. The garage door is only 8' x 8'. You need 10' or more to push the bird through on its wheels. I've done some modeling and I believe this is possible to do ONCE OR TWICE by removing the gear and pushing it through at an oblique angle, but this definitely needs to be an infrequent event.

Ultimately, I believe this is the right decision for my project. Time to get the space set up.


 
Jan 22, 2004     Epoxy hot box - (1 hour)       Category: C02 Workshop
My epoxy hot box is quite simple - just a simple frame of rigid foam insulation screwed together with LONG screws. (The front cover is not shown in the picture below.) There is absolutely no strength in this structure but that's fine because I don't move it around and it bears no weight. I installled one light bulb as a heat source for now - later this will be two bulbs and a thermostat. Currently I must monitor the temperature of the box and make sure it doesn't get too hot - I just only turn on the bulb an hour before I plan to use it.

You must be VERY safety-conscious if you follow in my footsteps. The aluminum foil is conductive, so the light bulb is actually mounted to a junction box that contains the wiring, and there are no sharp edges for wires to catch on. Don't let it get too hot, either. This type of insulation is flammable if exposed to flame or extensive heat (somewhat more than wood). Finally, note that one side is more reflective than the other (a stamping on the board indicates which) and should face INTO the box.

I have a very accurate digital scale for measuring my epoxy, and I plan to work by weight rather than by volume. I purchased the set of cheap-o West Systems epoxy pumps (I am using MGS 335) with the intention of doing as other builders had done and keeping the epoxy in Hefty gallon-size freezer containers (see Jeff Wilson's site, et. al.). However, I could not find suitable containers, and in the end discovered that the pumps fit the MGS bottles just fine if you don't mind the resin pump not actually screwing on. I also intended to work by volume and make the modifications to the pumps' depth controls discussed by others, but discovered that measuring by weight is so much easier (and more accurate) that it's not worth the effort and risk (of making a mistake).

Larry Wimble has created an excellent spreadsheet for MGS 335 that shows you precisely how much of each component to mix for a desired target quantity. I have cached a copy here in case he (re)moves the file - it's only 6K. Hope you don't mine, Larry

Building this project required:
1. One sheet of 1-7/8 rigid foam insulation ($23.25)
2. One junction box ($1.25)
3. One box-mount light bulb socket ($1.06)
4. Cut-off cord from a trash-bound device ($0)
5. Screws and masking tape ($0.75)
6. Four (for future replacements) 40W light bulbs ($.96)


 
Jan 20, 2004     Fabric Cupboard - (2.5 hours)       Category: C02 Workshop
I planned to make my cloth box wall-mountable, but for the time being I will be working out of my new office, and I didn't want to mar the walls (as you can see I'm still taping - I didn't have the heart to put four NEW screws into it!) I opted for a solution similar to that of some other builders (Dean May, Jeff Wilson, et. al.) and just made a few minor modifications.

First, I only have one leg at the moment - this is a temporary support while I figure out where I'll ACTUALLY be building the next few years, at which time I will be designing the table to drop down and hook onto a work table, giving me a bigger surface to cut fabric on. The sawhorses are also temporary.

Second, my front lid is mounted slightly offset from the bottom of the box. This allows it to fold down flat on the sawhorses I currently have it on, or whatever shelf/table it may sit on in the future. This prevents me from having to have the box flush with the front lip of a shelf.

Finally, my latches are two chest latches on the top of the box to help keep the cheap-a** utilitygrade plywood from warping and exposing the cloth to dust. I cut notches into the top of the lid that the latches hook onto.

I intend to eventually install a paper tape measure along the edge of the lid to make measuring things out faster, or simply install a self-healing cutting mat for rotary cutters, as these have markings on them already.


___________________________________________________________

Last time I went all out making a huge cloth box, and even though I used 1/2" plywood, it was heavy and also clumsy to use. The lid dropped down to make a cutting area, which seems like a nice touch until you have to cut large pieces. It was rough, and annoying to use. This time I applied the KISS principle (Keep It Simple, Stupid). I just need something to get the job done, and the setup you see below does this with standard closet shelving brackets. This produces a dual-use storage area - the cloth is mounted on closet rods, and the shelves can hold extra rolls of cloth, scissors, measuring tools, and etc. I'll mount another pair above the current two to provide storage for peel ply and plastic, and I can pull the plastic down to keep dust off the cloth.

For the cutting table I reused a work surface I had built a year ago. I initially planned to use this for the plane, but since I built new jig tables I didn't need it any longer. This is just a sheet of hardboard on a sheet of plywood, and like the jig tables, the base is built from 2x4 lumber (the only cost of this step). I'll marked cutting lines on the table at some point. Note that this produces a HUGE cutting surface, and can serve double-duty as a utility workbench when it comes time for chores such as wiring.


 
Jan 21, 2004     Test layup #2 - Confidence - (1.3 hours)       Category: C03 Training
In all, this is a pretty basic layup, and it went by a lot faster than I expected. I incorporated my changes from the flat layup. This time, I stippled with a brush to remove all visible bubbles, even the tiny ones present in the epoxy due to mixing. I also incorporated a trick suggested by several other builders, that you not only use plastic underneath the layup to protect the bench, but also on top of the peel ply. The plastic allows you to perform a final squeegee step to remove epoxy and air bubbles and prevents air from being reintroduced. This worked very well... for the top surface. Well, you can see the results. The 4mil plastic is actually not all that malleable in terms of compound corners, which this layup contains. I discovered the hard way that it was difficult to bend around the edges without it pulling the top surface off the foam block, or lifting the peel ply right off the layup.

This caused all sorts of problems. First, by picking the peel ply up it created a peel ply air pocket. That's not a big deal because the peel ply doesn't stay there, but it DOES mean there is an area where peel ply didn't touch the layup, so I would have to sand this spot and I would also expect extra epoxy buildup here. This area is circled in red.

More important, I found it very difficult to actually do the squeegee work in the lower portions, under the complex bends. Because of this I ended up with much more epoxy on the top of the peel ply than should be there, and it became impossible to remove - epoxy doesn't stick TO peel ply, but a 0.5mm sheet of it on top of the peel ply with fingers down through the mesh sure HOLDS it there. I'd have to sand the excess epoxy down, then sand the peel ply off to be sure it was fully removed before doing another layup.

In all, I think I will leave this trick to flat layups or areas where there are gentle curves and great benefit to be had, like on the wing surfaces. Nonetheless, the layup was a success - it's epoxy rich and ugly as hell, but it easily held my weihght, and I don't think I really need to practice sanding - I'm moving on.

During the layup I was also reminded of a complaint I forgot in all the fuss in the flat layup - loose fabric strands. These get all OVER the place if you let them get onto your brush, gloves, or squeegee. I think in the future I willl simply take the hit and add an inch or two to each cut to keep these away from the areas I'm working in during the layup. I could do a temporary selvedge with masking tape or similar, but because the BID is so malleable, I keep having problems with my 4" cuts becoming 3" strips, even when I roll the fabric; cutting things oversized will prevent problems there in the future as well.


 
Jan 21, 2004     Test layup #1 - flat layup - (3 hours)       Category: C03 Training
Some advise you to dive right into the first real chapter, but I wanted to proceed with the confidence layups for three reasons:
1. I wanted to show them to family members.
2. The plans say the flat layup (six plies of BID) can be useful later, and I believe them (grin)
3. My first few feet of the BID were warped beyond my satisfaction for actual use, despite the ability to reshape BID. This gets them out of the way.

I'm glad I did. My epoxy effort only wet out the first three layers of the BID because (hardy har har) I tried doing all six at once. Oops. I also had problems with the epoxy setting up too quickly - I was using Fast hardener to test for this very thing. Slow is probably too much in the wrong direction - I only needed another 5-10 minutes. I will probably mix Fast and Slow in the future - this is allowed for MGS. I will try again tomorrow, this time with more epoxy and wetting out each layer one at a time.

I am now using a roughly 30/70 mix of Fast and Slow. Since I am measuring by weight, my process is not rocket science. I place an empty cup on my scale and zero it. Then I fill the cup with as much resin as I think I want, by eye, allowing for the fact that hardener will join it. I weigh this, and look on my chart for the closest matching weight, then add a drop or two of resin if I'm not on an exact number. The chart gives me a final weight with the hardener, so I then just add equal squirts of each type of hardener in the ratio I want until I reach the target weight. I can get 1 drop at a time out of the pumps if I'm careful, or accuracy to a third of a gram (one drop's weight) in the entire batch.

This is a really easy and fast method of measuring out epoxy. If I want it to cure a bit faster, I lean more (or all the way) toward Fast hardener, and vice versa for more setup time. And there's basically no cleanup involved - the pumps don't drip or leak, and if they get gunked up over time I'll just replace them. The only drawback is that my scale only goes up to 500g, or about 17.6 ounces. That's about a medium cup full of resin - a 16 fl. oz. cup would contain more than the scale could measure. This is OK with me - I don't intend to work with that much at a time anyway, for fear of exotherms. I would rather mix 2-3 smaller cups to get the desired quantity.

My flat layup turned out to be 10.5 ounces, which is on the lighter side. I don't attribute this to an excellent layup but rather to the higher amount of tiny bubbles present. I don't really have any large air bubbles to speak of. However, I did have a large number of tiny bubbles that none of the pictures show well. There's enough there to be a concern (15% or so, I'd say) but the opacity isn't all from that - I peel-ply'd one side and that's the cause of the milkiness.

I also have some fabric dings I made with the squeegee while doing the layup, and some embedded aluminum foil bits and streaks on the back side where epoxy crept underneath the gap between my two sheets of foil (I laid foil over the plastic on my bench to see how well it peeled). None of these issues justify doing this layup over again. In the future, I will focus on my stirring technique for the epoxy mixing step. I believe this is where the tiny bubbles were introduced. Also, I have rounded the corners on my squeegee to prevent them from catching the fabric. Finally, I'll only use plastic instead of foil.


 
Jul 02, 2020     parts after epoxy wipe - (100 hours)       Category: C25 Paint
Every time I touched a part I found some surface flaw. The earlier I found the flaw, the better the repair - a quick batch of micro, a little dab of glazing putty, sanded flat and voila, no pit or there is a better transition between surfaces. I developed a rule of making the fix to primer and even the first layer of top coat. But once I was in the 2nd layer of top coat that flaw is something I have to live with. So, I don't have a perfect part anywhere on the airplane. But I do have surfaces that are more than airworthy, and if the look isn't quite right I ask that you step back to 4 feet; it looks great from there.

I sequenced the parts so that the last bit of epoxy wipe was the underside of the fuse. I worked all surfaces with gravity as my friend. That meant turning the fuse upside down to do the underside epoxy. I then moved over to applying prime and top coats, and the first surface I painted was the underside of the fuse, a less-viewed surface where I could learn how to work with this paint.

Below are pictures showing parts post epoxy wipe. They get a weird gloss but still need a healthy session of sanding before they get a prime coat.


 
Nov 04, 2020     Waiting for components - (5 hours) Category: C22 Electrical
My orders are hostage to the slow down at the USPS and overseas trade. I've got 8 or so components that were ordered more than 30 days ago, and I wait and wait. Aircraft Spruce, Northern Tool, eBay and TomTop all owe me parts I need to finish the backbone (not the high $$$ avionics) of the electrical system. PITA.
 
Jul 06, 2020     Com Antennas - (12 hours)       Category: C22 Electrical
It took some research, some time running wires and some review of the plans. I know where the antennae are located!
- nav antennas: one in each rudder, with a coax cable currently hanging at the wing tip end of the wire conduit. The location is consistent with the plans. I will made a coax connection at the nav light end and run a line back to the strake. Add another join there and use the existing coax run to the planned radio location.
- com antennas: one in each wing, mid-wing and on the bottom, with a coax cable currently hanging at the _strake_ end of the wire conduit. I bought the good stuff - RG-400 - and the BNC hardward and ran the connection to the planned radio location.
- marker beacon: under the pilot, emerging from the floor just forward of the instrument panel. Marked "MB" and stubbed off
- glide slope: under the co-pilot, emerging from the floor just forward of the instrument panel. Marked "GS" and stubbed off.

I got my instrument ticket and figured out it's not much fun - I want IFR capability in case a mistake takes me into IFR conditions. GS and MB are parts of precision instrument landing systems, and largely replaced by LPV approaches (localizer performance with vertical guidance). Pretty much every IFR GPS is WAAS enabled and allows the 200' LPV minimum. That's background on why I stubbed out the GS and MB antennae - they are preserved for future use by someone else, or if and as those antenna can be matched to some new capability (10th gen wifi?).

I need a transponder antenna, and spent too long screwing around with ground planes and making my own antennae. See that separate entry.

Still to install:
- I need two and possibly 3 GPS antennae, feeding the transponder, the Dynon Skyview and one the GPS navigator. I know Dynon can accept the feed from the WAAS enabled GPS.
- if there is a reasonable way to do it, I'd like to have a good ELT antenna ground. I don't plan to use it, but the device is required, so I might as well one that works well. Note that the smart money says to do a check-the-box install on the ELT and carry both a cell phone and a personal beacon. Add in flight following and it's a heck of a lot better than an ELT.


 
Aug 04, 2018     shop fixtures - (42 hours) Category: C02 Workshop
Tuesday 7/31/18 12.0 - clear workbench, re-do pegboard, fix wiring, move shop tools to garage
Wednesday 8/1/18 12.0 - clear workbench, re-do pegboard, fix wiring, move shop tools to garage
Thursday 8/2/18 6.0 - consolidate shelving units, moving two to hangar (home to Cub)
Friday 8/3/18 6.0 - consolidate shelving units, moving two to hangar (home to Cub)
Saturday 8/4/18 6.0 130.00 - build rolling fixtures
Saturday - build ceiling storage rack
 
Jun 30, 2018     New FL home - (92 hours) Category: C02 Workshop
Saturday 6/30/18 60.0 900.00 - in shop, removed wall and installed garage door, allowing wife's car to move to air conditioned splendor while I take over the 2- car garage.

Wednesday 7/18/18 24.0 85.00 - install 8 feet of additional shelving in new garage, shift and sort from construction space

Monday 7/30/18 8.0 - relocate stained glass workbench + approx 1000 lbs colored glass

 
Sep 11, 2011     Wing Intersection Trim - (1 hour)       Category: C99 to sort
Wing Intersection Trim
John started this step by stuffing the gap between the wing and strake with blue foam and prepping the area for a layup. A 2-BID tape goes across this shelf. Once it cured, I cut a perfectly straight line across it with a hacksaw. The foam will get cut away and replaced with a flox corner later. This gives you a perfect seam between wing and strake.


 
Jan 12, 2009     Sealing Fuel Tanks       Category: C21 Strakes
If you want to fly with mogas, don't use MGS-335 in your tanks. John Slade has proven that MGS-335 deteriorates over time (it takes years, but it does happen) when exposed to mogas, most likely due to the ethanol that is in it now. Various solutions have been proposed, including a range of tank sealants, the use of alternate epoxy systems like EZ-Poxy, and even building internal tank layers with vinyl-ester (which is designed specifically to resist chemicals, including alcohols). In my case I chose to seal my tanks with Pro-Seal. This process isn't hard, although it is expensive. At the time I wrote this, Aircraft Spruce was selling a quart kit for $150, and I ended up needing two.
The tanks were built per plans, but before attaching the top skin they were liberally coated with the Pro-Seal. This included the sump cover and the inside of the top skin, excluding the area around the T-hats. Pro-Seal is a manganese dioxide-cured polysulfide compound. Polysulfides (which, incidentally, my tank level sensors described below are also made of) are particularly resistant to chemical attack, and ethanol in particular. This solution is untested. However, I believe it to be the best choice for my aircraft. Pick a solution, but whatever you do, do something.


 
Apr 16, 2009     Leading Edge and Outboard Fairing Blocks - (8 hours)       Category: C21 Strakes
04/02/2009 (3 hours): With my strakes swept forward, their leading edges fall just past the instrument panel. This was too good of a coincidence to pass up. Along the leading edge, just under where the foam blocks will be, I installed electrical channels made of shower curtain rod covers. These are great - wires slide very easily along them. I carefully tucked them inside one another at the joints (where the sweep of the strakes changes), and duct-taped over them wherever there were holes to prevent micro from getting in when the leading edge foam blocks are attached.

In each channel I installed two pairs of 16ga wires (one each for NAV and strobe lights), and an antenna wire for the wing COM antenna. If I run into trouble with the strobe disrupting antenna signals I can always move one of the wire pairs, but I'll wait and see before I make any changes.

04/09/2009 (1 hour): Tonight I installed SOME of the leading-edge fairing blocks. I've left two off so I can do any fixes required if the left tank fails its next pressure check.

04-16-2009 (4 hours): The rest of the blocks went on tonight. Fairing into the fuselage was a little tricky but they look like they match, as near as we could tell. The leading edge layup was extended to cover the holes drilled to find the tank leaks.


 
Apr 05, 2009     Pressure Check - (11 hours)       Category: C21 Strakes
This is a long section because it took many steps. However, I believe the overall method for finding and fixing the leaks was sound, and I'd like to repeat it here for other builders:

1. Connect a hose barb fitting to an air compressor with a good (easily turned) pressure valve. Close the valve all the way. Hook a line up to a T fitting with one leg to an altimeter and the other to a tank vent line.

2. Break apart a standard butane BBQ lighter, the kind with the long nose. This will yield a largish butane cylinder and a tiny plastic hose. Just before hooking up the lines above, insert this hose into the tank's vent line and pull the cylinder's valve up for 3 seconds to release a shot of butane into the tank. You don't need much!

3. Turn on the air compressor and slowly pressurize the tank until the altimeter reads 1500 to -1800 ft. (We found -1800 was safe and made it easier to find the leaks.) Be patient. You have to FILL the tank with air, and the vent pipe is not large. Go slowly and let the tank settle every few seconds until you get it stable.

4. Use a gas sniffer around all joints, the leading edge, the end rib, the sump, the baggage compartment, and all fittings. Pay particular attention to seams, but don't assume the seam IS the leak. Do NOT throw soap liquid around yet! We found out the hard way that the gas sniffer is sensitive to the soap! (Try sticking the sensor of your gas sniffer into your soap bottle.)

5. If you think you've found a leak in bare glass, you can use soap to confirm it. This is useful around the sump. But if it's near the leading edge or ribs, it's probably a pinhole that's escaping through one of the kerfs in the leading edge curve. Drill small pilot holes through the TOP glass (don't go all the way through!) and use the gas sniffer to home in on the exact location. Then dremel away the likely area and use the sniffer and/or soap to confirm.

2009-04-02 (2 hours):

John and I played with an altimeter for a while, checking out both tanks. He managed to rig an air compressor to JUST BARELY pressurize the tank. There's definitely a leak somewhere in both tanks - a slow one, but worth finding. I had the great idea to duct tape plastic wrap loosely around all the typical leak spots - sump, outboard rib, inside wall, etc. My hope was that the leak would gradually inflate the area, effectively making a visible "balloon". My hopes were dashed! Either the leak isn't enough to noticeably inflate the plastic wrap, the idea itself is flawed (the tape around the wrap is leaking), or we just didn't tape the right areas. Whatever the reason, we ditched that idea.

I have two more ideas I intend to pursue. This weekend I'll be bringing a leak detector - a professional model my neighbor used in Navy housing to find gas leaks. My plan is to inject a tracer gas like butane into each tank and look for each leak. Yes, I know, I will have to be VERY careful once this is done. But the leak detector is extremely sensitive, and even a tiny bit of gas will set it off, so I don't need to inject enough to reach explosive levels!

My second idea is similar to finding A/C leaks. I have a canister of UV dye. Injecting that will show any leaks under black light (and the leak detector will sense this dye, as well). It's relatively inert and safe for fuel systems, but it's my second choice because I'm not sure the dye will properly aerosolize enough, and STAY aerosolized enough, to trace. Still, it's good to have a backup plan. Worst case this dye could be mixed with a light machine oil and it would definitely work then, it's just that I'd need like 25 gallons of it! I guess I could put it into fuel, but that's no cleaner than just using fuel and your nose to find the leaks. The one nice thing about this dye, though, is that it marks whatever it leaks into, so with a black light you can search around for even tiny, slow leaks that would otherwise escape notice. It's conceivable you could leave the tanks sitting for a week to try to get even the slightest leaks to show up.

2009-04-05 (4 hours):

Today we followed up on the pressure check. The UV dye was basically worthless - it didn't aerosolize enough to make it useful. I do think if it was added to fuel it might be handy if you were planning to fill the tank. It permanently marks anything it touches and glows bright yellow under a black light.

What did the trick was the butane and the gas leak detector. This is an expensive, professional unit - I don't know if a cheap, off-the-shelf device would work. I scavenged a tank of butane from a disposable grill lighter, which was nice because it included a handy plastic tube that fit over its nozzle. I ran this a few inches into the vent tube, got John to douse his cigarette, then pulled on the little nozzle until I could feel the gas come out (it gets quite cold). We quickly attached the air compressor, ran a bit of pressure in (about -1500ft on the altimeter), then started checking for leaks.

The left strake was a bit tricky. One leak showed up right away - it was a pinhole in the sump, which the leak detector localized then we found with soap bubbles. (The soap for kids' blowingbubbles worked great - it's specifically designed to produce large bubbles with minimal pressure. Dish soap is fine too but it helps if you dilute it.)

The second hole was more difficult to find. As noted above, we had previously duct-taped large sheets of saran wrap over various common leak areas. The leak detector was confirming that the hidey hole between the left two outboard ribs was filling slowly with the butane/air mix. But though we both tried (for almost two hours, I think), we couldn't find the area with the soap bubbles.

Switching to the right strake, we found that leak very quickly. If you're going to use this method, it helps to have fresh air coming in, but not a breeze. The detector is VERY sensitive, and it can pick up on the CO in human breath, smoke from a burning cigarette, or even fumes outgassing from your hangar mate's gas tank. Or anything else that might emit a vapor. Since it's basically a particle counter, even slight contaminants in the air can make it react, which forces you to turn down the sensitivity, which makes it harder to find the leaks. The right strake was coming up blank until we opened the hangar doors. (We hadn't done that before because it's still quite cold and windy here - fortunately, we were blessed with a sunny and relatively still evening.)

Bingo. As soon as we did that, and let the air clear out and settle a bit, I found a strong leak around the forward drain port. John tweaked the teflon compound around the screw in there, and eventually switched to teflon tape, and the tank is now sealed. We left an altimeter on it, pressurized, and we'll check it in a few days.

Back to the left tank, I think I just got lucky. John had suggested that many leaks creep along the strake skin kerfs - he'd had that problem himself. And the way the butane was filling the hidey hole made it seem like it had some expansion room ALONG the leak point. That is, it wasn't reacting the way the pinhole in the sump was. With that one, every time we pressurized the tank a bit more, the leak detector immediately went into overdrive. In the hidey hole, the buildup was much slower. It seemed like it had a delayed reaction - like it was creeping along something. I did finally notice with the leak detector that the leak was strongest along the leading edge - not against the tank wall, as I had intuitively been probing, but actually halfway OUTBOARD from that rib.

John suggested a binary search by drilling holes along the leading edge. Bingo. At the first hole he drilled, the leak detector went nuts. We then drilled additional holes at various intervals, noting that whenever we drilled a hole closer to the source, that hole had a stronger emission, but farther holes were reduced. As we zeroed in, we began using the Dremel to open up sections of the upper skin until we found what we were looking for - a hole in the inner side of the upper strake skin. This opened up very near one of the kerf lines, and was allowing the leak to follow that line. Incidentally, this was VERY near the outboard tank rib, which was why the ProSeal hadn't helped there wasn't any there because we had to allow a space for the flox on the T-hats to adhere!

The fix is easy. I stuffed a tiny bit of flox into this hole and the one in the sump, then put a very wet 2-BID patch on top, with some plastic to help eliminate pinholes, and worked the epoxy carefully with a hair dryer to remove all traces of bubbles. On Thursday when I go back out we'll recheck the tank pressure.

Despite the work involved, we were both pretty pleased. The right tank sealed on the first try - we don't really count the drain hole as a "leak" since it wasn't a problem in a layup, we just had to tighten the drain plug. The left tank only had two small issues, and both were easily fixed once we hit on the right combination to find the leaks. In any case, it was a 1-day effort. The big deal here is the ProSeal, which let us eliminate 95% of the bottom skin as leak sources. That's VERY helpful to know!

2009-04-07 (1 hour):

So the pressure went up! The secret, of course, is the temperature change, and also outside air pressure changing the pressure on the outside skin of the tank and the test tubing. This is amazingly important - even pressing on or squeezing slightly the strake skin or tubing makes a big jump in the altimeter. The right tank is sealed!

The left tank, not so much. I tested it again and was sad to see the leak was just as bad as before, despite fixing two big holes. Well, nothing for it. I started drilling holes again, this time starting at the kerf line that caused so much trouble before. It took a LOT more holes to find it this time, but it was right where I predicted - within an inch of a kerf line. Those kerfs are trouble. If you're reading this, and you haven't yet done your strake skin layups, make sure there's plenty of micro in there!

Anyway, this leak turned out to be a weak point in the skin that was letting air bleed out, find its way to a kerf line, then progress along the leading edge that way. Another patch, and I'll test again in a few days when I get back out. What I SHOULD have done is duct-taped the hole so I could test for any MORE leaks, but I stupidly didn't think about that. Oh well.

By the way: This leak testing system is working very well. The dye was a total waste of time, but the gas leak detector is so sensitive that it picks up even a tiny amount of butane. I'm injecting only a small amount - about equivalent to holding a butane lighter open for 3 seconds - in the entire 25-gallon tank. I've cautiously tested it to see if it will burn. It doesn't. But the leak detector definitely finds it, and screams its head off when you're right at the source of the leak. The only frustrating part has been adjusting the sensitivity of the unit to tolerate the other hydrocarbons we have in the hangar. John is working on his fuel tanks, and we're still heating with propane heaters, so those things are throwing the detector off a lot.

To make this system work we're pressurizing the tank to between 1500-1800ft (altimeter reads negative). At sea level (which we're at) that's about 1psi - not a lot of pressure to get from an air compressor. To achieve it we're just BARELY cracking the valve open. The air compressor helps maintain the pressure despite the leak, which is helpful for finding it. Unfortunately, what it also does is kick in every few seconds (because there IS a leak). The leak detector isn't loud enough to hear over the air compressor, so it slows down the detection a bit. If you can, get a detector with headphones!

Also, pay CLOSE attention to your pressure! It tends to creep up or down. Down and your leak goes away, which is not so good if you're trying very hard to find it! At least it's not harmful. But up, and you'll eventually crack something open elsewhere, just making more leaks. Not good!

04-09-2009 (2 hours):

I'm not sure exactly how tightly sealed these tanks need to be. I'm finding a number of leaks in the left tank, but they're all pinholes in the top skin. Only a very small amount of air is escaping, and only because I'm digging along the skin to find them... giving them an escape hatch as I do so. At least I'm getting faster at this.

04-12-2009 (1 hour):

The leaks continue. I managed to find and seal three more upper-skin pinholes. There's a pattern here - they're almost all along the middle tank rib, where there was no proseal (because it had to be bare glass for the flox to stick). The good news is the tank is definitely leaking a lot more slowly - as I find and fix each one, I can tell it's working. One lesson I learned the hard way is the gas sniffer detects soap! I never would have thought this, but it does. DAMHIKT.

04-16-2009 (1 hour): Finished! Both tanks now hold a seal. Onward!


 
Mar 22, 2009     Top Skin - (20 hours)       Category: C21 Strakes
My top skin is more or less to plans, but there are a few things to note from this step. First, there is an access hole in the outboard rib, normally an area filled with foam. After some discussion, John and I decided to leave this area open, and fill it later. For now it will provide an easy access point to one of the common sources of fuel tank leaks. After the tanks are fully sealed we'll discuss what to do with it.

Second, you can now see the accessories installed in my tank. In addition to the usual fuel line elbow in the sump, there is a return at the top of the tank. I'll use a solenoid to switch the return, which is the same thing John does. There has been a LOT of discussion of how to do this - I've agonized over it for THREE YEARS, and discussed various solutions with all the experts. My final conclusion has been that there IS no "perfect" way - every method has pros and cons. I chose this method because it seems the most natural to me, and thus I believe that during a failure I will be more likely to intuitively select the right response than if I'm relying on a system that makes less sense to me in the first place. Designed for Humans.

You can also see the plates installed for the level sensors. There are five in each tank - four in the tank itself, and one in the sump. The original Cozy just has sight gauges. Many builders install level sensors, but there are accuracy problems, especially with ethanol-based fuels. I chose a middle ground. In case you're curious, the part I used is a Cynergy 3 RSF86Y100R. Digikey carries them for $14.83 apiece, with a bit of a discount if you buy 10. But apparently Digikey won't be carrying them much longer. If they run out, both Allied Electronics and Newark show stock for similar prices.

I'll measure the weight next time I think of it. But as for that, they feel pretty light, and capacitive senders aren't exactly feathers anyway. The cost is probably comparable, if a bit more because I used five sensors.


 
Mar 22, 2009     Bottom Outside Skin and Sump - (16 hours)       Category: C21 Strakes
My sump blisters contain an added accessory, a liquid level sensor designed for fuel tank installation. It's made of polysulfone, which is both fuel and ethanol resistant, and has a 1/4" NPT tap so it's easily installed and completely accessible from outside the tank in case it ever needs to be serviced or replaced.

I actually installed a series of these sensors at even spacing up the tank wall (which was a bit of doing, actually - John saved my wrists by doing all the tapping in the aluminum plates installed in the tank walls, and I owe him - it was a lot of work doing that tapping!

The idea here is that people have had a lot of trouble with tank level sensors, especially when ethanol is in the fuel (as it will be in mine). But a mechanical sensor has fewer failure modes if it's properly installed. These units add an additional safety factor in that they use magnetic switches, so there is no risk of spark inside the tank. They're not cheap, at about $11 per, but they work very well and I'm looking forward to using them. I'll hook them up to a simple LED bar graph indicator, with an additional annunciator warning on the lowest tank sensor, and the sensor in the sump.


 
Jan 12, 2009     End Rib and Outlet Piping - (6 hours)       Category: C21 Strakes
My "end rib" step is a little weird because I followed the CozyGirrrls' technique and installed the rib with the rest of the strake parts. This was done while the wings were attached, then scribed and cut to the profile of the inboard edges of the wings. This will produce a very good match to the wing profile, and, ideally, minimize the finishing work in this area. This area is normally filled with foam but I left it open for now. The plan is to put storage compartments in here for spare bulbs, tire tubes, etc.


 
Jan 12, 2009     Top Skin Cores - (20 hours)       Category: C21 Strakes
I haven't had as much hangar time as I'd like, and had a bunch of dental work to recover from on top of it all, so John gets credit for the strakes. I just helped hold the skins as final assembly was completed. In these pictures you can see the dark ProSeal. It goes on VERY thick and stiff, but looks like it does a good job of forming a solid barrier. Between that and the hat method for installing the top skin, I think there's a good chance of either getting a seal on the first try, or coming very close. We'll see!

These pictures are very dark because the hangar is very dark. It's winter right now, and we're having to use two propane heaters to get the hangar warm enough to do any work at all. John asked me to get some electric blankets to help the strakes stay warm enough to cure. I wasn't able to find any, but it worked out OK anyway. The 50-50 Fast/Slow mix we are using for our MGS managed to cure rock-hard overnight.


 
Jan 12, 2009     Vent, Screen, and Drain - (10 hours)       Category: C21 Strakes
Some of these pictures are dark because it's winter, the hangar doors are closed, and lighting is pretty poor in the hangar right now. Here you can see here one of the fuel sump screens. It's a sink strainer, obviously, but hey, that's what the plans call for and it does the job very well. You can also see the vent and grounding lines, with the recommended additional vent holes near the back corner of the strake drilled into it. The water drains are also installed - I'll try to dig up some better pictures of them later.


 
Jan 12, 2009     Inside Layups - (20 hours)       Category: C21 Strakes
The inside layups went more or less according to plan. However, because I'll have ethanol in my fuel, I paid the extra bucks (lots of extra bucks) for ProSeal, which is supposedly proof against a range of alcohols and fuels. We'll see. It sure is expensive. It's also a hell of a mess - it's very thick, hard to mix, and hard to spread, even when heated. It's definitely not like micro - it doesn't spread smoothly and you end up with lots of little icicles and frosting tips. It cures to a rubber-like coating. We'll see!


 
Jan 12, 2009     Jigging and Assembly of Parts - (30 hours)       Category: C21 Strakes
I screwed this step up pretty good, and John's help was immeasurably valuable in catching and fixing the mistake. Basically, I started off OK. I rigged a table under the left strake area using plywood and 2x4s to rig up a relatively stiff and sturdy (and perfectly level) jig table. I didn't know at the time that I could really have just skipped this step, but c'est la vie. Using the table as a guide turns out to not be as convenient as using the string-line method to align the rib leading edges, so I ended up doing that. My case was a little complicated because I'm also doing the extended strake modification, so there are actually two important lines to deal with. But it sure is an easy method to do. Sort of. I must have either been tired or rushed when I set this up because when John double-checked the left and right sides they didn't match. He ended up having to redo a fair bit of the layout work. It all worked out OK in the end, but this does underscore the importance of taking it slow and having as many eyes on a project as possible to catch mistakes. I'm sure I would have caught it, too - it wasn't exactly a subtle mistake. But it could have been avoided if I hadn't been in such a rush.


 
Jun 06, 2009     Fuel Tanks and Strake Sealing - (30 hours) Category: C21 Strakes
Sealing the strakes is always a tricky job, and finding leaks can be time consuming and frustrating. I managed to work out one method that worked pretty well for me. Hopefully it will for you, too! Start with an altimeter, a length of flexible tubing, and a Tee fitting. You'll also need some way to reduce the size of your air compressor's output tubing. A short length cut from a rubber air hose seems to work well if you use the right flexible tubing - the tubing slides inside the air hose and makes a decent seal, and the air hose goes over a hose barb on the air compressor. You must have an air compressor with a good valve - you'll only be tapping 1psi or so from it!

Use this setup to pressurize the tank by hooking up the third leg of the Tee fitting to the vent line. Remember that air takes time to flow through such a small line. I've found it worked best if I pressurized the tank slowly (2 minutes or so) until the altimeter read about -1500ft. Stop here and clamp off the air hose so it can't leak through the air compressor fittings - they're a common leak source! See if your tank holds pressure. If it does, you're done - great! If not, keep reading.

Forget the soap. You have a lot of surface and joint length to hunt for leaks, and the soap just makes a mess. Save it for later confirmation once you think you have one. Instead, go get a "TIF 8800A" gas leak detector. Don't get a cheap one - this is the real deal. It's very sensitive, has adjustable sensitivity, and detects a wide range of gases. These sell for $100-$200 online, but I've seen them on eBay for as little as $40. In my opinion, this tool is indispensible! While you're at it, get a disposable BBQ lighter, the kind about a foot long, that your local market probably sells for a few bucks.

Back in the hangar, carefully crack open the BBQ lighter and you'll find a hefty cylinder of butane and a short length of tubing. You could get a butane lighter refill cartridge, instead, but they're more expensive and you really don't need much here. Stick the butane cylinder's tube up the vent line, and pull up on the cylinder's valve to open it for a few seconds. (Again, it doesn't take much!)

Now re-pressurize the tank. Using your gas sniffer, probe slowly around likely leak areas. You'll find that you can use very high sensitivity levels if you move slowly. (It also helps not to be using propane heaters or have open fuel or solvent cans around your test area.) Likely leak areas include the sump, water drain fittings, and along the kerfs in the leading edge.

I didn't fill in the outboard dead spaces with foam - I left them open. I'm glad I did, because a major leak showed up here. If you did, you may find as other builders have that you have a leak elsewhere that migrates along the kerf lines and shows up here. Instead of drilling into this area, if you've filled it, I'd suggest drilling 2-3 small holes through the outer (only!) skin of the strake, near the leading edge, and right on top of one or more of the kerf lines. Butane is a very light gas, and even though Divinycell is supposedly "closed-cell", I've found the leaks migrate through the top skin pretty easily. Making a few test holes is a quick, painless check, and it will get covered over when you glass the leading edge. You might as well find out early!

As you explore, keep checking your tank pressure. Make sure you have enough to keep forcing air (and butane) out any leaks, but don't overpressurize the tanks either! I found -1500 to -1800ft worked well.

Once you know you have a leak in this area, finding it is a matter of drilling more test holes to zero in on it until the leak detector goes nuts. Then use the Dremel and a sanding drum to open up a small portion of the skin, and carefully sand down to the inner skin. If you're right on the leak, the detector will go nuts, and you can use some soap to verify that you have a spot. Open it up enough to do a proper layup, and put two wet plies of BID over it - an inch square is fine. It's not structural. Fill the area back up with foam, sand flush to the outside skin, and it'll disappear when you glass the leading edge.

Perfecting this method took several work days and probably 25-30 hours, all total. Had I had this method written down ahead of time, and known it would work, I could probably have found AND fixed all of the leaks in just a few hours. It's that easy.
 
May 28, 2009     Fuselage together - (6.5 hours)       Category: C99 to sort
OK, I actually spent a very long time on this step today, but for me it was a culmination of a LOT of past work that's been lying around the shop, just waiting to be used. Here's what I did today:

1. Installed elevators in canard. The pins are a little stiff from some micro stuck in there, so I didn't drive them home - I'll pull and clean them, then do that next time.

2. Installed canard in fuselage. I didn't bolt it in, since it will probably come out again shortly, but at least I can finish hooking up the controls.

3. Installed mains in fuselage - this should be the final installation, unless finishing requires something weird. I hope it is. The studs were VERY firm going in, and even with my slide hammer it could be an all-day job getting them out again. I'd rather not.

4. Deployed nose gear. Doesn't sound like that big of a deal, but now I can roll the plane around, for the very first time!

5. Installed wings. I used a shop crane to help with this step, and WOW. WOW. If I had known how useful this would be I would have bought one on the first day I started the build!

So all in all, the "plane" is more or less "together". I have a huge list of little junk to work on, mostly finishing various things that couldn't be finished until it was at this stage - rigging the last of the controls, getting the electrical and antennae wired up, installing and trimming all the fairings and other finishing items, doing the actual finishing, fixing the canopy hinges, etc. Oh, and I sort of need an engine and some instruments! But you can definitely see it coming together now!



 
Nov 27, 2011     Fuel Fittings Category: C21 Strakes
Drill holes in the flange of a 3/8 NPT threaded fitting to allow flox to grip it, then flox it into the side wall of each sump. Glass over the area with 2 BID, then carefully cut away the BID to uncover the hole. Cutting it with a razor blade is a better idea than using a Dremel, to avoid tank contamination from fiberglass dust.

These flanges will support the installation of a finger strainer in each sump (see Ingredients, Aircraft Spruce). Alternatively, you could drill and tap a piece of aluminum to do the same thing, but unless you need more 3/8 NPT holes tapped, two flanges are cheaper and faster than the tap.
 
Apr 30, 2009     Rudder Cable Brackets - (8 hours)       Category: C15 Firewall
The plans included instructions on how to fabricate the rudder cable brackets, and I even have the basics already from Brock. However, the CozyGirrrls make such nice parts that I decided to buy the angled brackets for the rudder cable pulleys.

2009-04-29 (3.00 hours):

First Bracket

Metalworking isn't my favorite task, so I ordered the angled brackets from the CozyGirrrls to save time. But the vertical brackets are pretty easy, so I made those myself. I was careful to make sure I found the grain direction before cutting and bending the brackets. I had to tweak the holes a bit after drilling, but it worked out OK.

If I ever did this again, I would change how I installed the screws for the brackets way back in Chapter 4. I would mark and drill a block of wood as a template, then use it as a drill guide to install the screws. I would then clamp the brackets (which I would also make in Chapter 4) to the block to drill the holes in those. That would give you a perfect drill pattern without as much measuring and layout later.

I was pretty confident when I completed Chapter 4 that my screw heads wouldn't turn. FAIL. One did on my first bracket. Fortunately, it's the one on the far outside corner, nearest to the fuselage wall. I can drill through the side with a small drill bit into the screw, and then use that bit to keep it from turning. I may even flox in a bit of wire (or the drill bit!) to create a permanent solution. To prevent any of the other screws from turning, I'll also grind a slot into the end of each one so I can hold it with a flat-head screwdriver. Some builders have reported success with this method. I can think of a million better ways to do this step than the way the plans call for, but I guess it doesn't matter that much. Just another setback.

While I was at it, I taped down the rudder cable tubing so it pointed perfectly at the brackets, then used 5-min micro and a tiny swatch of BID over it to give it some protection where it exits the electrical channel.

2009-04-30 (4.50 hours):

Brackets Installed

Making the brackets wasn't too bad. I came up with a good way to mark the holes accurately for drilling, although I was halfway through before I hit on it. It's simple. Just drill one of the starter holes for alignment, then dab a tiny bit of black grease on the other screws. Gently line up and press the bracket against the screws, and the grease will accurately mark the holes to drill. Installing them was another matter entirely. I had three screws that spun, and it was a royal pain getting everything installed. Flox just doesn't grab hold of plywood edges - the plans method for installing the screws is terrible! They should have just had you install nut plates or something. Oh well.

What ended up working for me is the trick others have used of using a Dremel and cutting wheel to notch the end of each screw. A flat-head screwdriver then serves to keep the screw from turning as you tighten the nut. Oh well, at least it's done now.

After the installation, I put a vinyl glove over each pulley and wrapped it in duct tape. That should keep them clean for later.


 
Apr 16, 2009     Firewall Insulation and Liner - (7 hours)       Category: C15 Firewall
01/11/2009 (1 hour):

I started this step by making a template of the firewall out of cardboard. I laid the cardboard against the firewall, with two holes cut in the center to duct-tape it against the glass. I then carefully cut around the edges with a razor blade to get a perfect fit, leaving some extra material in front of the spar. Finally, a few taps with a mallet on each screw head gave me the exact screw hole locations.

Next time I'll actually cut the stainless. John suggested leaving 1/8" or so of margin since a to-theedge fit isn't COMPLETELY critical, and trimming it later is a pain. I still need room for the cowl lips.

04/02/2009 (1 hour):

OK, instead of cutting the stainless I realized that my template didn't allow for the lower cowl lips... because I hadn't installed them yet. So I did that today. It wasn't rocket science, although I did allow for a slightly larger indentation (1/8" rather than 1/16") than called for in the plans to make it a bit easier to fair in the cowl. When I first attached the firewall onto the fuselage, I had had trouble making the depressions properly - specifically, I hadn't made them at the right angle, or deep enough. This will help make up for that. To finish the lips I still need to knock out the foam blocks and do the inside layups.

04/05/2009 (1 hour):

Today I trimmed the previous layup, then made an inside layup of two more layers of BID. This will give me the 4 plies of BID called for in the plans on my cowl lips.

04/07/2009 (1 hour):

The cardboard template wasn't rocket science - hopefully the stainless will fit as well! I'm going to start cutting it on my next trip out.

04-16-2009 (3 hours):

Tonight I installed the Fiberfrax and firewall. I was actually pretty pleased with myself. Working with this stuff, and the stainless, has given some builders some trouble. I spent some time researching this step and had a pretty decent time with it.

To cut the firewall I used tin snips, which was hard on the hands but worked out OK. A nibbler would have been better but I wasn't buying one just for ONE USE. I filed and Dremeled all edges smooth, then worked on the holes. I center-punched each hole, then worked my way through a variety of bit sizes until I was happy with each hole. A step drill is really the #1 choice for this work, but although I have one, I couldn't for the life of me find it. I used a hole cutter for the torque tube holes, which was a bit more work. I wasn't using a bimetal hole saw, just a cheap-o from a $5 set. It took a bit of doing, and I think I killed the hole saw, but it worked OK.


 


NOTE: This information is strictly used for the EAA Builders Log project within the EAA organization.     -     Policy     -     © Copyright 2024 Brevard Web Pro, Inc.